HomeMy WebLinkAboutResolution - 2020-R0181 - Contract 15224, Intermountain Slurry SealResolution No. 2020-RO181
Item No. 7.7
June 9, 2020
RESOLUTION
BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
THAT the Mayor of the City of Lubbock is hereby authorized and directed to execute
for and on behalf of the City of Lubbock, Contract No. 15224 for Micro -Surfacing, by and
between the City of Lubbock and Intermoutain Slurry Seal, Inc., of North Salt Lake, Utah, and
related documents. Said Contract is attached hereto and incorporated in this resolution as if
fully set forth herein and shall be included in the minutes of the City Council.
Passed by the City Council on
ATTEST:
Rebe a Garza, City SecAajr
APPROVED AS TO CONTENT:
Jesica �Eachcm, Assiwyf City Manager
APPROVED AS TO FORM:
K lli Leisure, Assistant City Attorney
June 9, 2020
DANIEL M. POPE, MAYOR
ccdocs/RES.Contract 15224-Intermoutain Slurry Seal, Inc.
04.23.2020
REVISED:
PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM
UNIT PRICE PROPOSAL CONTRACT
DATE: May 14, 2020
PROJECT NUMBER: RFP 20-15224-JM Micro -Surfacing
Proposal of Intermountain Slurry Seal. Inc. (hereinafter
called Offeror)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The Offeror, in compliance with your Request for Proposals for the Micro -Surfacing having carefully
examined the plans, specifications, instructions to offerors, notice to offerors and all other related contract
documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the
construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to
furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans,
specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The
once to cover all exoenses incurred in oerforminu the work reouired under the contract documents_
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
QTY
U/M
UNIT COST
EXTENDED
+1-
COST
Micro -Surfacing CSS-1 P in accordance with
TxDOT Specifications Item # 350, including,
1.
emulsion, mineral filler, aggregate, labor,
109200
TON
211.00
2,152,200.00
equipment, and all incidentals needed to produce
micro-surfacing,delivered and placed.
Scrub Seal- # 6 Rock grade "A" sack or grade `B"
2'
sack if Meets soundness test. Polymer emulsion
72?687,372
372
SY
2.50
1,718,430.0
that meets the Requirements if item 300, "Asphalt,
oils, and Emulsions" Table 10 CMS-2P.
118+81-430
Paint stripe tabs for all streets requiring lane line
3.
repainting, including labor, equipment, preparation
4,000
EA
.60
2,400.0
of existing surface, etc.
24" Surface preparation on concrete materials
4.
including grinding, sealing, pre -marking, elimination
600
LF
1.00
600.00
of existing markings, and installation complete and
in place.
8" Surface preparation on concrete materials
5.
including grinding, sealing, pre -marking, elimination
100
LF
1.00
100.00
of existing markings, and installation complete and
in place
Type I Thermoplastic pavement marking .125 Mil
6.
24" white stop line (TxDOT DMS 8220). Including
650
LF
18.00
11,700.00
labor, equipment, and preparation of existing surface.
Complete and in place.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
QT
UIM
UNIT COST
XTE
E TENTED
Type I Thermoplastic pavement marking .125 Mil
24" white continental crosswalk (TxDOT DMS7.
1,248
LF
9.6E
11,980.8E
8220). Including labor, equipment, and preparation
of existing surface. Complete and in place.
Thermoplastic pavement marking Right or Left turn
8
arrow (TxDOT DMS 8220). Including labor,
12
EA
360.00
4,320.E
equipment, and preparation of existing surface.
Complete and in place.
4" lane line elimination. Including labor,
6.0E
12,630.0E
9.
equipment, and all tools necessary to remove and
2,105
LF
relaymarkings.
8" lane line elimination. Including labor,
10.
equipment, and all tools necessary to remove and
500
LF
16.35
8,175.0
relay markings.
24" Thermoplastic lane line elimination. Including
11.
labor, equipment, and all tools necessary to
1,900
LF
7.00
13,300.0
remove thermoplastic markings.
Thermoplastic turn arrow elimination. Including
12.
labor, equipment, and all tools necessary to
12
EA
95.0E
1,499.90
remove thermoplastic markings
1 Iqb.06
Milling of Asphalt surface to various depths at all
locations where Micro -Surfaced streets will join at
either a concrete valley gutter, or concrete
intersection, at varying widths. Including labor,
13.
equipment, and all incidentals needed to ensure a
500
SY
8.75
4,375.00
smooth transition between existing concrete
surface, and the Micro -Surfaced street. The
resulting millings to be retained by the City of
Lubbock.
14.
Mobilization
1
EA
385,000.00
385,000.E
q,3Z(o133 80 7D�
f�
Total Line Items (1-14)
$ &
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION TIME:
1. Contractors proposed CONSTRUCTION TIME for completion:
TOTAL CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS: 90 (to
Substantial Completion)
(not to exceed 90 consecutive days to Substantial Completion.
0
Offeror hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on a date to be specified in a written "Notice
to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 90 Consecutive Calendar Days as
stipulated in the specification and other contract documents. Offeror hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as
liquidated damages in the sum of $1,204.28 for each consecutive calendar day after substantial completion set
forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the General Conditions of the
Agreement.
Offeror understands and agrees that this proposal submittal shall be completed and submitted in
accordance with instruction number 29 of the General Instructions to Offerors. Offeror understands that the
Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals and to waive any formality in the proposing. The
Offeror agrees that this proposal shall be good for a period of six 60 calendar days after the scheduled
closing time for receiving proposals.
The undersigned Offeror hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully
examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this proposal, and
he further agrees to commence work on the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially
complete the work on which he has proposed; as provided in the contract documents.
Offerors are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's
check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable
surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five
percent (5%) of the total amount of the proposal submitted as a guarantee that offeror will enter into a contract,
obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) days after
notice of award of the contract to him.
0zle1 Offeror's Initials
S/jg/zoza
City of Lubbock
Bid RFP 20-15224-JM
Enclosed with this proposal is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check Enclosed with
this proposal is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for N/A
Dollars ($ N/A--_) or a Proposal Bond in the sum of Five Percent of Total Bid Amount
Dollars (Y,5% of bid 1, which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as
liquidated damages in the event the proposal is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned
fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required
bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) business days after the date of receipt of written
notification of acceptance of said proposal; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to
the undersigned upon demand.
Offeror understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Offeror shall be bound
and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the
Notice to Offerors.
Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a
competitive sealed proposal that has been opened may not be
changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the proposal
price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE
PROPOSAL PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE PROPOSAL
SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO PROPOSAL OPENING.
(Seal if Offeror is a Corporation)
ATTEST:
Secretary ary R. Price, Assistant Secretary
Offeror acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
Addenda No. / Date_
Addenda No. 2 Date 3Z�—
Addenda No. _ 3 Date &2 f
Addenda No. y— Date
AgoArw+oo ^10. S Ogrtr
AA*#.0 a Wo . b YiI/E '//;t
MIWBE Finn:
Date: March 25, 2020
AA.-_y 1
w
Josh Bowen, Project Manager _
(Printed or Typed Name)
_Intermountain Slurry
Seal Inc
Company
520 North 400 West
Address
North Salt Lake
Davis
City,
County
Utah
84054
State
Zip Code
Telephone: 801 -
532-8200
Fax: 469 635-6054
Email: iosh.bowenCaagcinc.com
FEDERAL TAX I or SOCIAL SECURITY
No.
0307259
3/2/2020 7:03 AM p. 35
�Ar
Lubliock
Purchasing and Contract Management
Project Summary
RFP 20-15224 — JM Micro Surfacing
Notice was published in the Lubbock Avalanche Journal on March 4, and March 11, 2020.
Notice was published on the Purchasing Web Site under Bid Opportunities.
Notice was published on BidSync.com from March 2, to April 8, 2020.
6 individuals attend the pre -conference meeting.
68 vendors viewed using BidSync.com.
32 vendors downloaded the documents.
5 vendors were notified separately.
2 vendor(s) submitted a proposal.
BOND CHECK
BEST RATING
LICENSED IN TEXAS
DATE BY:
CONTRACT AWARD DATE:
CITY OF LUBBOCK
SPECIFICATIONS FOR
Micro -Surfacing
RFP 20-15224-JM
CONTRACT: 15224
PROJECT NUMBER: 92435.9240.30000
Plans & Specifications may be obtained from
Bidsync.com
Lu
bbock
TEXAS
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Lubbock, Texas
Page Intentionally Left Blank
ADDENDUM
Page Intentionally Left Blank
1►r �tyof
LubbockTEXAS
ADDENDUM 1
Due Date Extension
RFP 20-15224-JM
Micro -Surfacing
DATE ISSUED: March 2, 2020
NEW CLOSE DATE: March 25, 2020 at 3:00 p.m.
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Request for Proposals (RFP).
Where any item called for in the RFP documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not
affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect.
Please review, incorporate, and acknowledge the information in this addendum on the signature
page of the Proposal Submittal Form.
Due Date Extension
1. The proposal due date has been extended to Wednesday, March 25, 2020, at 3:OOPM CST.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Jessie Montes, Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
1625 13th Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
Questions may be faxed to (806)775-2164 or Email to JMontesAmylubbock.us
Questions are preferred to be posted on BidSync: www.bidsync.com
b 0. n 12 1 LVAGII.A
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Jessie Montes
Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals.
It shall be the offeror's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any language,
requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this RFP to
a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Director of Purchasing
and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications
will be made.
of
zbli'ock
ADDENDUM 2
Revised Bid Form/Additional Specification
RFP 20-15224-JM
Micro -Surfacing
T E X A S DATE ISSUED: March 12, 2020
CLOSE DATE: March 25, 2020 at 3:00 p.m.
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Request for Proposals (RFP).
Where any item called for in the RFP documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not
affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect.
Revised Bid Form
The Bid Form has been revised and must be submitted with the response. The revised Bid Form is attached
to this addendum. Please review, incorporate, and acknowledge the information in this addendum on
the signature page of the Proposal Submittal Form.
Additional Specification
1. Please add the special specification to the current specification.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Jessie Montes, Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
1625 13th Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
Questions may be faxed to (806)775-2164 or Email to JMontes(i-bmvlubbock.us
Questions are preferred to be posted on BidSync: www.bidsync.com
IO MAN:GYttli�
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Jessie Montes
Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive bids. It shall be the bidder's responsibility to advise the
Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any language requirements etc or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or
limits the Mguirements stated in this ITB to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the
Director of Purchasing and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications will
be made.
REVISED:
PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM
UNIT PRICE PROPOSAL CONTRACT
DATE:
PROJECT NUMBER: RFP 20-15224-JM Micro -Surfacing
Proposal of _
called Offeror)
(hereinafter
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The Offeror, in compliance with your Request for Proposals for the Micro -Surfacing having carefully
examined the plans, specifications, instructions to offerors, notice to offerors and all other related contract
documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the
construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to
furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans,
specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The
price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract documents.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
QTY
U/M
UNIT COST
EXTENDED
Micro -Surfacing CSS-1 P in accordance with
TxDOT Specifications Item # 350, including,
1.
emulsion, mineral filler, aggregate, labor,
10,200
TON
equipment, and all incidentals needed to produce
micro -surfacing, delivered and placed.
Scrub Seal- # 6 Rock grade "A" sack or grade `B"
2.
sack if Meets soundness test. Polymer emulsion
727 372
SY
that meets the Requirements if item 300, "Asphalt,
'
oils, and Emulsions" Table 10 CMS-2P.
Paint stripe tabs for all streets requiring lane line
3.
repainting, including labor, equipment, preparation
4,000
EA
of existing surface, etc.
24" Surface preparation on concrete materials
4'
including grinding, sealing, pre -marking, elimination
600
LF
of existing markings, and installation complete and
in place.
8" Surface preparation on concrete materials
5'
including grinding, sealing, pre -marking, elimination
100
LF
of existing markings, and installation complete and
in place
Type I Thermoplastic pavement marking .125 Mil
6'
24" white stop line (TxDOT DMS 8220). Including
650
LF
labor, equipment, and preparation of existing surface.
Complete and in place.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
QTY
U/M
UNIT COST
EXTENDED
(+!-)
COST
Type I Thermoplastic pavement marking .125 Mil
�'
24" white continental crosswalk (TxDOT DMS
1,248
LF
8220). Including labor, equipment, and preparation
of existing surface. Complete and in place.
Thermoplastic pavement marking Right or Left turn
8.
arrow (TxDOT DMS 8220). Including labor,
12
EA
equipment, and preparation of existing surface.
Com lete and in place.
4" lane line elimination. Including labor,
9.
equipment, and all tools necessary to remove and
2,105
LF
relay markin s.
8" lane line elimination. Including labor,
10.
equipment, and all tools necessary to remove and
500
LF
relay markings.
24" Thermoplastic lane line elimination. Including
11.
labor, equipment, and all tools necessary to
1,900
LF
remove thermoplastic markings.
Thermoplastic turn arrow elimination. Including
12.
labor, equipment, and all tools necessary to
12
EA
remove thermoplastic markings
Milling of Asphalt surface to various depths at all
locations where Micro -Surfaced streets will join at
either a concrete valley gutter, or concrete
intersection, at varying widths. Including labor,
13.
equipment, and all incidentals needed to ensure a
500
SY
smooth transition between existing concrete
surface, and the Micro -Surfaced street. The
resulting millings to be retained by the City of
Lubbock.
14.
Mobilization
1
EA
Total Line Items (1-14)
$
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION TIME:
1. Contractors proposed CONSTRUCTION TIME for completion:
TOTAL CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS: (to
Substantial Completion)
(not to exceed 90 consecutive days to Substantial Completion.
Offeror hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on a date to be specified in a written "Notice
to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 90 Consecutive Calendar Days as
stipulated in the specification and other contract documents. Offeror hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as
liquidated damages in the sum of $1,204.28 for each consecutive calendar day after substantial completion set
forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the General Conditions of the
Agreement.
Offeror understands and agrees that this proposal submittal shall be completed and submitted in
accordance with instruction number 29 of the General Instructions to Offerors. Offeror understands that the
Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals and to waive any formality in the proposing. The
Offeror agrees that this proposal shall be good for a period of six 60 calendar days after the scheduled
closing time for receiving proposals.
The undersigned Offeror hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully
examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this proposal, and
he further agrees to commence work on the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially
complete the work on which he has proposed; as provided in the contract documents.
Offerors are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's
check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable
surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five
percent (5%) of the total amount of the proposal submitted as a guarantee that offeror will enter into a contract,
obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) days after
notice of award of the contract to him.
Offeror's Initials
W
3005
Special Specification 3005
Scrub Seal Treatment
1. DESCRIPTION
Construct a surface treatment consisting of 1 or more applications of a single layer of asphalt emulsion that is
scrubbed with a broom and covered with a single layer of aggregate.
2. MATERIALS
Furnish materials of the type and grade shown on the plans in accordance with the following:
■ Polymer modified emulsion that meets the requirements of Item 300, "Asphalts, Oils, and
Emulsions" Table 10 CMS-2P.
■ Item 302, "Aggregates for Surface Treatments." Furnish aggregate of the type and grade shown on
the plans and listed in Table 1. Ensure the aggregate gradation meets the requirements in Table 2
for the specified grade when tested in accordance with Tex-200-F, Part I. Furnish aggregates that
meet the quality requirements shown in Table 3, unless otherwise shown on the plans.
For final surfaces, unless otherwise shown on the plans, furnish aggregate with a surface
aggregate classification of "B" or better. Provide aggregates from sources listed in the
Department's Bituminous Rated Source Quality Catalog (BRSQC). Use material not listed or not
meeting the requirements of the BRSQC only when tested by the Engineer and approved before
use. Allow 30 calendar days for testing of material from such sources.
3. EQUIPMENT
3.1. Distributor. Furnish a distributor that will apply the emulsion uniformly at the specified rate or as directed.
3.1.1. Calibration. Furnish a volumetric calibration and strap stick for the distributor tank in accordance with Tex-
922-K, Part I. Provide documentation of distributor calibration performed not more than 5 yr. before the date
first used on the project. The Engineer may verify calibration accuracy in accordance with Tex-922-K, Part II.
3.1.2. Computerized Distributor. When paying for emulsion by weight, the Engineer may allow use of the
computerized distributor display to verify application rates. Verify application rate accuracy at a frequency
acceptable to the Engineer.
3.2. Aggregate Spreader. Use a continuous -feed, self-propelled spreader to apply aggregate uniformly at the
specified rate or as directed.
3.3. Rollers. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, furnish light pneumatic tire rollers in accordance with Item
210, "Rolling."
3.4. Scrub Broom. Furnish a scrub broom assembly of similar design to Exhibit A or B, as approved by the
engineer, and having the following characteristics:
■ Rigid frame construction,
■ Attached to, and pulled by, the distributor,
■ Of such weight that it does not squeegee the emulsion off the roadway surface,
■ Leading and trailing broom heads angled at 10 to 15 degrees off the centerline of the supporting
member,
■ Stiff bristles with a minimum height of five inches, and
■ Hinged wing assemblies or other means of adjusting the broom width.
02-15
OTU
3005
Provide a means of raising the broom from the road surface at desired points, and for towing the broom in
elevated position when moving between shots.
3.5. Power Broom. Furnish a rotary, self-propelled broom for initial sweeping and final surface sweeping.
3.6. Emulsion Storage and Handling Equipment. When the plans or the Engineer allows storage tanks, fumish
a thermometer in each tank to indicate the emulsion temperature continuously. Keep equipment clean and
free of leaks. Keep emulsion free of contamination.
3.7. Aggregate Haul Trucks. Unless otherwise authorized, use trucks of uniform capacity to deliver the
aggregate. Provide documentation showing measurements and calculation in cubic yards. Clearly mark the
calibrated level. Truck size may be limited when shown on the plans.
3.6. Digital Measuring Instrument. Furnish a vehicle with a calibrated digital -measuring instrument accurate to
t6 ft. per mile.
4. CONSTRUCTION
4.1. General. Application season will be as shown on the plans. Emulsion and aggregate rates shown on the
plans are for estimating purposes only. The Engineer will adjust the rates for the existing conditions.
4.2. Temporary Aggregate Stockpiles. The Engineer will approve the location of temporary aggregate
stockpiles on the right of way before delivery. Place stockpiles in a manner that will not:
■ obstruct traffic or sight distance,
■ interfere with the access from abutting property, or
■ interfere with roadway drainage.
Locate stockpiles a minimum of 30 ft. from roadway when possible. Sign and barricade as shown on the
plans.
4.3. Aggregate Furnished by the Department. When shown on the plans, the Department will furnish
aggregate to the Contractor without cost. Stockpile locations are shown on the plans.
4.4. Adverse Weather Conditions. Do not place surface treatments when, in the Engineer's opinion, general
weather conditions are unsuitable. Meet the requirements for air and surface temperature shown below.
4.4.1. Standard Temperature Limitations. Apply scrub seal when air temperature is above 50°F and rising. Do
not apply surface treatment when air temperature is 60°F and falling. In all cases, do not apply surface
treatment when surface temperature is below 60°F.
4.4.2. Cool Weather Night Air Temperature. The Engineer reserves the right to review the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) weather forecast and determine if the nightly air temperature is suitable
for placement to prevent aggregate loss.
4.4.3. Cold Weather Application. When application is allowed outside of the above temperature restrictions, the
Engineer will approve the emulsion grade and the air and surface temperatures for application. Apply scrub
seal at air and surface temperatures as directed.
4.5. Surface Preparation. Remove existing raised pavement markers. Repair any damage incurred by removal
as directed. Remove dirt, dust, or other harmful material before sealing. Cracks in the pavement must be
cleaned of debris using compressed air. When shown on the plans, remove vegetation and blade pavement
edges.
4.6. Rock Land and Shot.
4.6.1. Definitions.
02-15
OTU
3005
A "rock land" is the area covered at the aggregate rate directed with 1 truckload of aggregate.
A "shot' is the area covered by 1 distributor load of emulsion.
4.6.2 Setting Lengths. Calculate the lengths of both rock land and shot. Adjust shot length to be an even multiple
of the rock land. Verify that the distributor has enough emulsion to complete the entire shot length. Mark shot
length before applying emulsion. When directed, mark length of each rock land to verify the aggregate rate.
4.7. Emulsion Placement.
4.7.1. General. Adjust the shot width so operations do not encroach on traffic or interfere with the traffic control
plan, as directed. Use paper or other approved material at the beginning and end of each shot to construct a
straight transverse joint and to prevent overlapping of the emulsion. Unless otherwise approved, match
longitudinal joints with the lane lines. The Engineer may require a string line if necessary to keep joints
straight with no overlapping. Use sufficient pressure to flare the nozzles fully. Select an application
temperature, as approved, in accordance with Item 300. Uniformly apply the emulsion at the rate directed,
within 15°F of the approved temperature, and not above the maximum allowable temperature.
4.7.2. Scrubbing. Mechanically scrub the freshly applied emulsion by dragging the scrub broom behind the
distributor, so that the emulsion is evenly spread over the road surface and fills existing surface cracks.
4.7.3. Limitations. Do not apply emulsion to the roadway until:
■ traffic control methods and devices are in place as shown on the plans or as directed,
■ the loaded aggregate spreader is in position and ready to begin,
■ haul trucks are loaded with enough aggregate to cover the shot area, and
■ haul trucks are in place behind the spreader box.
4.7.4. Nonuniform Application. Stop application if it is not uniform due to streaking, ridging, puddling, flowing off
the roadway surface, or not filling the cracks. Verify equipment condition, operating procedures, application
temperature, and material properties. Determine and correct the cause of non -uniform application. If the
cause is high or low emulsion viscosity, replace emulsion with material that corrects the problem.
4.7.5. Test Strips. The Engineer may stop application and require construction of test strips at the Contractor's
expense if any of the following occurs:
■ non -uniformity of application continues after corrective action;
■ on 3 consecutive shots, application rate differs by more than 0.03 gal. per square yard from the
rate directed; or
■ any shot differs by more than 0.05 gal. per square yard from the rate directed.
The Engineer will approve the test strip location. The Engineer may require additional test strips until surface
treatment application meets specification requirements.
4.8. Aggregate Placement. As soon as possible, apply aggregate uniformly at the rate directed without causing
the rock to roll over.
4.9. Rolling. Start rolling operation on each shot as soon as aggregate applied. Use sufficient rollers to cover the
entire mat width in 1 pass, i.e., 1 direction. Roll in a staggered pattern. Unless otherwise shown on the plans,
make a minimum of 3 passes. If rollers are unable to keep up with the spreader box, stop application until
rollers have caught up, or furnish additional rollers. Keep roller tires asphalt -free.
4.10. Patching. Before rolling, repair spots where coverage is incomplete. Repair can be made by hand spotting
or other approved method. When necessary, apply additional emulsion to embed aggregate.
4.11. Finishing Broom. After rolling, sweep as soon as aggregate has sufficiently bonded to remove excess.
02-15
OTU
3005
4.12. Final Acceptance. Maintain surface treatment until the Engineer accepts the work. Repair any surface
failures. Before final project acceptance, remove all temporary stockpiles and restore the area to the original
contour and grade.
MEASUREMENT
5.1. Emulsion. Unless otherwise shown on the plans, emulsion will be measured by one of the following
methods:
5.1.1. Volume. Emulsion will be measured at the applied temperature by strapping the tank before and after road
application and determining the net volume in gallons from the distributor's calibrated strap stick. The
quantity to be measured for payment will be the number of gallons used, as directed, in the accepted surface
treatment.
5.1.2. Weight. Emulsion will be measured in tons using certified scales meeting the requirements of Item 520,
"Weighing and Measuring Equipment," unless otherwise approved. The transporting truck must have a seal
attached to the draining device and other openings. The Engineer may require random checking on public
scales at the Contractors expense to verify weight accuracy. Upon work completion or temporary
suspension, any remaining emulsion will be weighed by a certified public weigher, or measured by volume in
a calibrated distributor or tank and the quantity converted to tons at the measured temperature. The quantity
to be measured will be the number of tons received minus the number of tons remaining after all directed
work is complete and minus the amount used for other items.
5.2. Aggregate. Aggregate will be measured by the cubic yard in the trucks as applied on the road. The Engineer
may require loaded aggregate to be struck off for accurate measurement.
5.3. Loading, Hauling, and Distributing Aggregate. When the Department furnishes the aggregate, the
loading, hauling, and distributing will be measured by the cubic yard in the trucks as applied on the road.
PAYMENT
The work performed and materials furnished in accordance with this Item and measured as provided under
"Measurement" will be paid for at the unit prices bid for "Emulsion," "Aggregate," and "Loading, Hauling, and
Distributing Aggregate" of the types -grades specified. These prices are full compensation for surface
preparation; fumishing, preparing, hauling, and placing materials; removing existing pavement markers and
excess aggregate; rolling; cleaning up stockpiles; and equipment, labor, tools, and incidentals.
02-15
OTU
Exhibit A
f i nj��
�
I
lip! � ! �:�►��'
���1�'
M_,�.�5�f�
_
1
�.t
�t
MINCE POINTS
e -7STREET WOOMS W/ NYLON WPM
PASS ScrubBroom
„
exhibit A
(Not for fabricotion — Use as schematic only)
3005
02-15
OTU
3005
Exhibit 8
aM �ROC" 'UR LLY HF AUUCA SROk j POR
UAL SURFACE
QHT NZEH Ao,� a% k%,Y
EST TR CO
Ilk llsSPRAY T%T R4R
N9UNtoUck, T
kNs�N 4SPRJN�klT (Tye')SCRU� �Ro ftyp)
04
Truck Mounted Scrub Broom
6 02-15
OTU
bbock
TEXAS
ADDENDUM 3
Due Date Extension
RFP 20-15224-JM
Micro -Surfacing
DATE ISSUED: March 23, 2020
NEW CLOSE DATE: April 1, 2020 at 3:00 p.m.
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Request for Proposals (RFP).
Where any item called for in the RFP documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not
affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect.
Please review, incorporate, and acknowledge the information in this addendum on the signature
page of the Proposal Submittal Form.
Due Date Extension
1. The proposal due date has been extended to Wednesday, April 1, 2020, at 3:OOPM CST.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Jessie Montes, Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
1625 13th Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
Questions may be faxed to (806)775-2164 or Email to JMontesna,mylubbock.us
Questions are preferred to be posted on BidSync: www.bidsync.com
THANK YOU,
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Jessie Montes
Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals.
It shall be the offeror's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any language,
requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this RFP to
a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Director of Purchasing
and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications
will be made.
bli'ock
TEXAS
ADDENDUM 4
Due Date Extension
RFP 20-15224-JM
Micro -Surfacing
DATE ISSUED: March 31, 2020
NEW CLOSE DATE: April 6, 2020 at 3:00 p.m.
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Request for Proposals (RFP).
Where any item called for in the RFP documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not
affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect.
Please review, incorporate, and acknowledge the information in this addendum on the signature
page of the Proposal Submittal Form.
Due Date Extension
1. The proposal due date has been extended to Monday, April 6, 2020, at 3:OOPM CST.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Jessie Montes, Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
1625 13th Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
Questions may be faxed to (806)775-2164 or Email to JMontesna,mylubbock.us
Questions are preferred to be posted on BidSync: www.bidsync.com
THANK YOU,
A44a WON&4
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Jessie Montes
Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals.
It shall be the offeror's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any language
requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this RFP to
a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Director of Purchasing
and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications
will be made.
bboc
k
TEXAS
ADDENDUM 5
Due Date Extension
RFP 20-15224-JM
Micro -Surfacing
DATE ISSUED: April 3, 2020
NEW CLOSE DATE: April 8, 2020 at 3:00 p.m.
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Request for Proposals (RFP).
Where any item called for in the RFP documents is supplemented here, the original requirements, not
affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect.
Please review, incorporate, and acknowledge the information in this addendum on the signature
page of the Proposal Submittal Form.
Due Date Extension
1. The proposal due date has been extended to Monday, April 8, 2020, at 3:OOPM CST.
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Jessie Montes, Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
1625 13th Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
Questions may be faxed to (806)775-2164 or Email to JMontes(a,mylubbock.us
Questions are preferred to be posted on BidSync: www.bidsync.com
THANK YOU,
e"& W&4&4
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Jessie Montes
Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals.
It shall be the offeror's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any language,
requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements stated in this RFP to
a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the Director of Purchasing
and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A review of such notifications
will be made.
ib
b ock
TEXAS
ADDENDUM 6
Public Opening
RFP 20-15224-JM
Micro -Surfacing
DATE ISSUED: April 7, 2020
CLOSE DATE: April 8, 2020 at 3:00 p.m.
The following items take precedence over specifications for the above named Request for Proposals
(RFP). Where any item called for in the RFP documents is supplemented here, the original
requirements, not affected by this addendum, shall remain in effect.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS FOR PUBLIC OPENING
Topic: Public Opening -RFP 20-15224-JM Micro -Surfacing
Time: Apr 8, 2020 03:00 PM Central Time (US and Canada)
Join Zoom Meeting
https://zoom.us/j/718969396
Meeting ID: 718 969 396
One tap mobile
+13462487799„718969396# US (Houston)
+16699009128„718969396# US (San Jose)
Dial by your location
+1 346 248 7799 US (Houston)
+1 669 900 9128 US (San Jose)
+1 253 215 8782 US
+1 301 715 8592 US
+1 312 626 6799 US (Chicago)
+1 646 558 8656 US (New York)
Meeting ID: 718 969 396
Find your local number: https://zoom.us/u/ahVp4PDTn
All requests for additional information or clarification must be submitted in writing and directed to:
Jessie Montes, Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
1625 13th Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
Questions may be faxed to (806)775-2164 or Email to JMontesna,mylubbock.us
Questions are preferred to be posted on BidSync: www.bidsync.com
THANK YOU,
P44a NON*4
CITY OF LUBBOCK
Jessie Montes
Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contracts Management Office
It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals.
It shall be the offeror's responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management if any
language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently restricts or limits the requirements
stated in this RFP to a single source. Such notification must be submitted in writing and must be received by the
Director of Purchasing and Contract Management no later than five (5) business days prior to the close date. A
review of such notifications will be made.
City of Lubbock Bid RFP 20-1 U24 4M
City of Lubbock, TX
Purchasing and Contract Management
Contractor Checklist for
RFP 20-152244M
Micro -Surfacing
Carefully read and understand the plans and specifications and properly complete the BID SUBMITTAL
FORM. Signatures must be original, in blue or black ink, and by hand. The bidder binds himself on
acceptance of his bid to execute a contract and any required bonds, according to the accompanying
forms, for performing and completing the said work within the time stated and for the prices stated
below. The bidder MUST submit his bid on forms furnished by the City, and all blank spaces in
the form shall be correctly filled in, stating the price in numerals for which he intends to do the
work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink, distinctly
and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the unit price and the extended total
for a bid Item, the unit price will be taken. A bid that has been opened may not be changed for the
purpose of correcting an error in the bid price. Include corporate seal and Secretary's signature.
Identify addenda received (if any). Include firm's FEDERAL TAX ID number or Owner's SOCIAL
SECURITY number.
2. Include BID BOND or CASHIER'S OR CERTIFIED CHECK as your bid surety. Failure to provide a
bid surety WIOLL result in automatic rejection of your bid.
3. _yf� Complete CITY OF LUBBOCK REFERENCE FORM.
4. _Ief� Complete and sign the CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT.
Contractor's signature must be original.
5. Complete CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS
6. � Clearly mark the bid number, title, due date and time and your company name and address on the outside
of the envelope or container.
7. / Ensure your bid is RECEIVEV by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office
prior to the deadline. Late bids will not be accepted.
8. Complete and sign the SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE. All "YES" responses must be explained
in detail and submitted with Bid.
9. , � Complete and sign the SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION. Include lrm's
/ FEDERAL TAX ID number or Owner's SOCIAL SECURITY number,
10. ✓ Complete and submit the CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE.
11. ✓ Chapter 2270 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies Boycotting Israel
12. i Complete and submit the LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS.
DOCUMENTS REQUIRED WITHIN SEVEN BUSINESS DAYS AFTER CLOSING
13. Complete and submit the FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS.
DOCUMENTS REQUIRED BEFORE CONTRACT IS FINALIZED:
14. Please acknowledge and submit the ONLINE DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES FORM
1295 within the specified time according to Texas Government Code 2252.908 using the Texas Ethics
Commission website.
FAILURE TO PROVIDE ANY OF THE ABOVE MAY RESULT IN YOUR BID BEING DEEMED NON-
RESPONSIVE AND, THEREFORE, NOT FURTHER EVALUATED. PLEASE INCLUDE THIS
COMPLETED PAGE AS THE FIRST PAGE OF YOUR BID SUBMITTAL.
Intermountain slurTy Seal Inc.
(Type or Print Company Name)
3PL= 7:03 AM
P. 6
Page Intentionally Left Blank
INDEX
1. NOTICE TO OFFERORS
2. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS
3. TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE § 2269
4. PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM — (must be submitted by published due date & time)
4-1. UNIT PRICE PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM
4-2. CITY OF LUBBOCK REFERENCE FORM
4-3. CONTRACTOR'S STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS
4-4. CITY OF LUBBOCK INSURANCE REQUIREMENT AFFIDAVIT
4-5. SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE
4-6. SUSPENSION AND DEBARMENT CERTIFICATION
4-7. PROHIBITION ON CONTRACTS WITH COMPANIES BOYCOTTING ISRAEL
VERIFICATION
4-8. PROPOSED LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS
5. POST -CLOSING DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS — (to be submitted no later than seven business days
after the close date when proposals are due)
5-1. FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS
6. PAYMENT BOND
7. PERFORMANCE BOND
8. CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
9. CONTRACT
10, CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE CHAPTER 176
11. CHAPTER 46. DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
12. GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
13. CITY OF LUBBOCK WAGE DETERMINATIONS
14. SPECIAL CONDITIONS (IF APPLICABLE)
15. SPECIFICATIONS
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
NOTICE TO OFFERORS
Page Intentionally Left Blank
Notice to Offerors
RFP 20-15224-JM
Sealed proposals addressed to Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management, City of
Lubbock, Texas, will be received in the office of the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management City Hall,
1625 13th Street, Room 204, Lubbock, Texas, 79401, until 3:00 PM on March 18, 2020, or as changed by the
issuance of formal addenda to all planholders, to furnish all labor and materials and perform all work for the
construction of the following described project:
Micro -Surfacing
After the expiration of the time and date above first written, said sealed proposals will be opened in the
office of the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management and publicly read aloud. It is the sole responsibility
of the proposer to ensure that his proposal is actually in the office of the Director of Purchasing and Contract
Management for the City of Lubbock, before the expiration of the date above first written.
The Contractor is only required to submit one original copy of every item listed on the Contractor
Checklist in the proposal submittal.
Proposals are due at 3:00 PM on March 18, 2020, and the City of Lubbock City Council will consider
the proposals on April 14, 2020, at the City Hall, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, Texas, or as soon thereafter as may
be reasonably convenient, subject to the right to reject any or all proposals and waive any formalities. The
successful proposer will be required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government
Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and
the successful proposer will be required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government
Code, in the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $50,000. Said
statutory bonds shall be issued by a company carrying a current Best Rating of "A" or better. THE BONDS
MUST BE IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE CITY ATTORNEY. NO WORK ON THE CONTRACT
SHOULD COMMENCE BEFORE THE BONDS ARE PROVIDED AND APPROVED.
Offerors are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's or
certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable surety
company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than 5% of the total
amount of the proposal submitted as a guarantee that proposer will enter into a contract and execute all necessary
bonds within ten (10) business days after notice of award of the contract to the Offeror. FAILURE OF THE
PROPOSER TO INCLUDE PROPOSAL SECURITY WITH THE PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL SHALL
CONSTITUTE A NON -RESPONSIVE PROPOSAL AND RESULT IN DISQUALIFICATION OF THE
PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL.
Copies of plans and specifications may be obtained at bidder's expense from the City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contract Management office. Plans and specifications can be viewed online and downloaded
from http://www.bidsvnc.com at no cost. In the event of a large file size, please be patient when downloading
or viewing. BUSINESSES WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries.
It shall be each proposer's sole responsibility to inspect the site of the work and to inform Offeror regarding
all local conditions under which the work is to be done. It shall be understood and agreed that all such factors
have been thoroughly investigated and considered in the preparation of the proposal submitted. There will be a
non -mandatory pre -proposal conference on March 11, 2020, at 10:00AM, in the City of Lubbock, City Council
Conference, Room 201, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, TX 79401.
Attention of each proposer is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem
wages included in the contract documents on file in the office of the Purchasing and Contract Management Office
of the City of Lubbock, which document is specifically referred to in this notice to offerors. Each offerors attention
is further directed to Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, and the requirements
contained therein concerning the above wage scale and payment by the contractor of the prevailing rates of wages
as heretofore established by owner in said wage scale.
The City of Lubbock hereby notifies all offerors that in regard to any contract entered into pursuant to this
advertisement, minority and women business enterprises will be afforded equal opportunities to submit proposals
in response to this invitation and will not be discriminated against on the grounds of race, color, sex, disability,
or national origin in consideration for an award.
The City of Lubbock does not discriminate against persons with disabilities. City of Lubbock pre -proposal
meetings and proposal openings are available to all persons regardless of disability. If you require special
assistance, please contact the Purchasing and Contract Management Office at (806) 775-2572 write to Post Office
Box 2000, Lubbock, Texas 79457 at least 48 hours in advance of the meeting.
CITY OF LUBBOCK,
-Alarta .Alvarez
Marta Alvarez
DIRECTOR OF PURCHASING &
CONTRACT MANAGEMENT
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO OFFERORS
PROPOSAL DELIVERY, TIME & DATE
The City of Lubbock is seeking written and sealed competitive proposals to furnish Micro -Surfacing per
the attached specifications and contract documents. Sealed proposals will be received no later than 3:00
PM, March 18, 2020, at the office listed below. Any proposal received after the date and hour specified
will be rejected and returned unopened to the proposer. Each proposal and supporting documentation
must be in a sealed envelope or container plainly labeled in the lower left-hand comer: "RFP 20-15224-
JM, Micro -Surfacing" and the proposal opening date and time. Offerors must also include their company
name and address on the outside of the envelope or container. Proposals must be addressed to:
Marta Alvarez, Director of Purchasing and Contract Management
City of Lubbock
1625 13th Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
1.1 Offerors are responsible for making certain proposals are delivered to the Purchasing and Contract
Management Office. Mailing of a proposal does not ensure that it will be delivered on time or
delivered at all. If proposer does not hand deliver proposal, we suggest that he/she use some sort
of delivery service that provides a receipt.
1.2 Proposals may be delivered in person, by United States Mail, by United Parcel Service, or by
private courier service. Only written proposals submitted in conformance with the Instruction to
Offerors will be considered responsive and evaluated for award of a Contract.
1.3 The City of Lubbock reserves the right to postpone the date and time for opening proposals through
an addendum.
2 PRE -PROPOSAL MEETING
2.1 For the purpose of familiarizing offerors with the requirements, answering questions, and issuing
addenda as needed for the clarification of the Request for Proposals (RFP) documents, a non -
mandatory pre -proposal conference will be held at 10:00AM. March 11, 2020, in the City of
Lubbock, City Council Conference, Room 201, 1625 13th Street, Lubbock, TX 79401. All persons
attending the meeting will be asked to identify themselves and the prospective proposer they
represent.
2.2 It is the proposer's responsibility to attend the pre -proposal meeting though the meeting is not
mandatory. The City will not be responsible for providing information discussed at the pre -
proposal meeting to offerors who do not attend the pre -proposal meeting.
ADDENDA & MODIFICATIONS
3.1 Any changes, additions, or clarifications to the RFP are made by ADDENDA information
available over the Internet at www.bidsync.com. We strongly suggest that you check for any
addenda a minimum of forty-eight hours in advance of the response deadline. BUSINESSES
WITHOUT INTERNET ACCESS may use computers available at most public libraries.
3.2 Any proposer in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the specifications or other documents
may request an interpretation thereof
3.3 from the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management. At the request of the proposer, or in
the event the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management deems the interpretation to be
substantive, the interpretation will be made by written addendum issued by the Purchasing and
Contract Management. Such addenda issued by the Purchasing and Contract Management Office
will be available over the Internet at htty://www.bidsvnc.com and will become part of the proposal
package having the same binding effect as provisions of the original RFP. NO VERBAL
EXPLANATIONS OR INTERPRETATIONS WILL BE BINDING. In order to have a request for
interpretation considered, the request must be submitted in writing and must be received by the
City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office no later than five (5) calendar days
before the proposal closing date.
3.4 All addenda, amendments, and interpretations of this solicitation shall be in writing. The City of
Lubbock shall not be legally bound by any explanation or interpretation that is not in writing. Only
information supplied by the City of Lubbock Purchasing and Contract Management Office in
writing or in this RFP should be used in preparing proposal responses. All contacts that a proposer
may have had before or after receipt of this RFP with any individuals, employees, or
representatives of the City and any information that may have been read in any news media or seen
or heard in any communication facility regarding this proposal should be disregarded in preparing
responses.
3.5 The City does not assume responsibility for the receipt of any addendum sent to offerors.
4 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS AND REQUIREMENTS
4.1 Each proposer shall carefully examine all RFP documents and thoroughly familiarize itself with
all requirements before submitting a proposal to ensure that their proposal meets the intent of these
specifications.
4.2 Before submitting a proposal, each proposer shall be responsible for making all investigations and
examinations that are necessary to ascertain conditions and requirements affecting the
requirements of this Request for Proposals. Failure to make such investigations and examinations
shall not relieve the proposer from obligation to comply, in every detail, with all provisions and
requirements of the Request for Proposals.
4.3 Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these plans, specifications, or contract
documents, shall be given to the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management and a
clarification obtained before the proposals are received, and if no such notice is received by
the Director of Purchasing and Contract Management prior to the opening of proposals,
then it shall be deemed that the proposer fully understands the work to be included and has
provided sufficient sums in its proposal to complete the work in accordance with these plans
and specifications. If proposer does not notify the Director of Purchasing and Contract
Management before offering of any discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for
all purposes that the plans and specifications are sufficient and adequate for completion of
the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification must be submitted no later
than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of proposals.
PROPOSAL PREPARATION COSTS
5.1 Issuance of this RFP does not commit the City of Lubbock, in any way, to pay any costs incurred
in the preparation and submission of a proposal.
5.2 The issuance of this RFP does not obligate the City of Lubbock to enter into contract for any
services or equipment.
2
5.3 All costs related to the preparation and submission of a proposal shall be paid by the proposer.
6 TRADE SECRETS, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION AND THE TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION
ACT
6.1 If you consider any portion of your proposal to be privileged or confidential by statute or judicial
decision, including trade secrets and commercial or financial information, clearly identify those
portions.
6.2 Proposals will be opened in a manner that avoids disclosure of the contents to competing offerors
and keeps the proposals secret during negotiations. All proposals are open for public inspection
after the contract is awarded, but trade secrets and confidential information in the proposals are
not open for inspection. Tex. Loc. Govt. Code 252.049(a)
6.3 Marking your entire proposal CONFIDENTIAL/PROPRIETARY is not in conformance with the
Texas Public Information Act.
6.4 Pursuant to Section 552.234(c) of the Texas Government Code, the City of Lubbock has
designated the following email address for which public information requests may be made by an
emailed request: orrAmylubbock.us. Please send this request to this email address for it to be
processed.
6.5 For more information, please see the City of Lubbock Public Information Act website at:
https:Hci.lubbock.tx.us/pages/public-information-act
7 LICENSES, PERMITS, TAXES
The price or prices for the work shall include full compensation for all taxes, permits, etc. that the proposer
is or may be required to pay.
8 UTILIZATION OF LOCAL BUSINESS RESOURCES
Prospective offerors are strongly encouraged to explore and implement methods for the utilization of local
resources, and to outline in their proposal submittal how they would utilize local resources.
9 CONFLICT OF INTEREST
9.1 The proposer shall not offer or accept gifts or anything of value nor enter into any business
arrangement with any employee, official or agent of the City of Lubbock.
9.2 By signing and executing this proposal, the proposer certifies and represents to the City the offeror
has not offered, conferred or agreed to confer any pecuniary benefit or other thing of value for the
receipt of special treatment, advantage, information, recipient's decision, opinion,
recommendation, vote or any other exercise of discretion concerning this proposal.
10 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
10.1 All work covered by the contract shall be done in accordance with contract documents described
in the General Conditions.
10.2 All offerors shall be thoroughly familiar with all of the requirements set forth on the contract
documents for the construction of this project and shall be responsible for the satisfactory
completion of all work contemplated by said contract documents.
11 PLANS FOR USE BY OFFERORS
It is the intent of the City of Lubbock that all parties with an interest in submitting a proposal on the project
covered by the contract documents be given a reasonable opportunity to examine the documents and
prepare a proposal without charge. The contract documents may be examined without charge as noted in
the Notice to Offerors.
12 PROPOSER INQUIRIES AND CLARIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS
12.1 It is the intent and purpose of the City of Lubbock that this request permits competitive proposals.
It shall be the offerors responsibility to advise the Director of Purchasing and Contract
Management if any language, requirements, etc., or any combinations thereof, inadvertently
restricts or limits the requirements stated in this RFP to a single source. Such notification must be
submitted in writing and must be received by the City Purchasing and Contract Management
Office no later than five (5) calendar days before the proposal closing date. A review of such
notifications will be made.
12.2 NO PROPOSER SHALL REQUEST ANY INFORMATION VERBALLY. ALL
REQUESTS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR CLARIFICATION
CONCERNING THIS REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS (RFP) MUST BE SUBMITTED IN
WRITING NO LATER THAN FIVE (5) CALENDAR DAYS PRIOR TO THE PROPOSAL
CLOSING DATE AND ADDRESSED TO:
Jessie Montes, Buyer II
City of Lubbock
Purchasing and Contract Management Office
1625 13th Street, Room 204
Lubbock, Texas 79401
Fax: 806-775-2164
Email: JMontes(a,mylubbock.us
Bidsync: www.bidsvnc.com
13 TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
13.1 The construction covered by the contract documents shall be substantially completed within 90
Consecutive Calendar Days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City
of Lubbock to the successful proposer.
13.2 The Contractor will be permitted to prosecute the work in the order of his own choosing, provided,
however, the City reserves the right to require the Contractor to submit a progress schedule of the
work contemplated by the contract documents. In the event the City requires a progress schedule
to be submitted, and it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not in accordance
with the progress schedule so submitted, the City may direct the Contractor to take such action as
the City deems necessary to ensure completion of the project within the time specified.
13.3 Upon receipt of notice to proceed, and upon commencement of the work, the Contractor shall
ensure daily prosecution of the work is conducted every business day until the work is completed,
regardless if the work will be substantially or finally complete ahead of specified deadlines in the
agreement, unless the City determines time off from said prosecution is necessary or reasonable
and Contractor received said determination in writing from the City. Additionally, inclement
weather shall be the only other reason consistent, daily prosecution of the work may not take place
on those inclement weather days.
4
14 PAYMENT
All payments due to Contractor shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions
of the contract documents.
15 AFFIDAVITS OF BILLS PAID
The City of Lubbock reserves the right, prior to final acceptance of this project to require the Contractor
to execute an affidavit that all bills for labor, materials and incidentals incurred in the construction of the
improvements contemplated by the contract documents have been paid in full and that there are no claims
pending, of which the Contractor has been notified.
16 MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP
The intent of these contract documents is that only materials and workmanship of the best quality and
grade will be furnished. The fact that the specifications may fail to be sufficiently complete in some detail
will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility for providing materials of high quality and for
protecting them adequately until incorporated into the project. The presence or absence of a representative
of the City on the site will not relieve the Contractor of full responsibility of complying with this provision.
The specifications for materials and methods set forth in the contract documents provide minimum
standards of quality, which the Owner believes necessary to procure a satisfactory project.
17 GUARANTEES
17.1 All equipment and materials incorporated in the project and all construction shall be
guaranteed against defective materials and workmanship. Prior to final acceptance, the
Contractor shall furnish to the Owner, a written general guarantee which shall provide that
the Contractor shall remedy any defects in the work, and pay for any and all damages of any
nature whatsoever resulting in such defects, when such defects appear within TWO years
from date of final acceptance of the work as a result of defective materials or workmanship,
at no cost to the Owner (City of Lubbock).
17.2 Notwithstanding any provisions contained in the contractual agreement, the Contractor
represents and warrants fault -free performance and fault -free result in the processing date
and date -related data (including, but not limited to calculating, comparing and sequencing)
of all hardware, software and firmware products delivered and services provided under this
Contract, individually or in combination, as the case may be from the effective date of this
Contract. Also, the Contractor warrants calculations will be recognized and accommodated
and will not, in any way, result in hardware, software or firmware failure. The City of
Lubbock, at its sole option, may require the Contractor, at any time, to demonstrate the
procedures it intends to follow in order to comply with all the obligations contained herein.
17.3 The obligations contained herein apply to products and services provided by the Contractor,
its sub -contractor or any third party involved in the creation or development of the products
and services to be delivered to the City of Lubbock under this Contract. Failure to comply
with any of the obligations contained herein, may result in the City of Lubbock availing itself
of any of its rights under the law and under this Contract including, but not limited to, its
right pertaining to termination or default.
17.4 The warranties contained herein are separate and discrete from any other warranties specified
in this Contract, and are not subject to any disclaimer of warranty, implied or expressed, or
limitation to the Contractor's liability which may be specified in this Contract, its appendices,
its schedules, its annexes or any document incorporated in this Contract by reference.
18 PLANS FOR THE CONTRACTOR
The contractor will, upon written request, be furnished up to a maximum of five sets of plans and
specifications and related contract documents for use during construction. Plans and specifications for use
during construction will only be furnished directly to the Contractor. The Contractor shall then distribute
copies of plans and specifications to suppliers, subcontractors or others, as required for proper prosecution
of the work contemplated by the Contractor.
19 PROTECTION OF THE WORK
The Contractor shall be responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, and protection of all materials,
supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, apparatus, accessories, facilities, and all means of construction,
and any and all parts of the work whether the Contractor has been paid, partially paid, or not paid for such
work, until the date the City issues its certificate of completion to Contractor. The City reserves the right,
after the proposals have been opened and before the contract has been awarded, to require of a proposer
the following information:
(a) The experience record of the proposer showing completed jobs of a similar nature to the one
covered by the intended contract and all work in progress with bond amounts and percentage
completed.
(b) A sworn statement of the current financial condition of the proposer.
(c) Equipment schedule.
20 TEXAS STATE SALES TAX
20.1 This contract is issued by an organization which qualifies for exemption provisions pursuant to
provisions of Article 20.04 of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act.
20.2 The Contractor must obtain a limited sales, excise and use tax permit which shall enable him to
buy the materials to be incorporated into the work without paying the tax at the time of purchase.
21 PROTECTION OF SUBSURFACE LINES AND STRUCTURES
It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to prosecute the work contemplated by the contract documents
in such a way as to exercise due care to locate and prevent damage to all underground pipelines, utility
lines, conduits or other underground structures which might or could be damaged by Contractor during
the construction of the project contemplated by these contract documents. The City of Lubbock agrees
that it will furnish Contractor the location of all such underground lines and utilities of which it has
knowledge. However, such fact shall not relieve the Contractor of his responsibilities aforementioned.
All such underground lines or structures, both known and unknown, cut or damaged by Contractor during
the prosecution of the work contemplated by this contract shall be repaired immediately by Contractor to
the satisfaction of the City of Lubbock, Texas, and/or the owning utility at the Contractor's expense.
22 BARRICADES AND SAFETY MEASURES
The contractor shall, at his own expense, furnish and erect such barricades, fences, lights and danger
signals, and shall take such other precautionary measures for the protection of persons, property and the
work as may be necessary. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to
failure of barricades, signs, and lights to protect it, and when damage is incurred, the damaged portion
shall be immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at his own cost and expense. The Contractor's
responsibility for maintenance of barricades, signs, and lights shall not cease until the date of issuance to
Contractor of City's certificate of acceptance of the project.
23 EXPLOSIVES
23.1 The use of explosives will not be permitted
23.2 Explosive materials shall not be stored or kept at the construction site by the Contractor.
24 CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE
The successful proposer shall be required to have a responsible local representative available at all times
while the work is in progress under this contract. The successful proposer shall be required to furnish the
name, address and telephone number where such local representative may be reached during the time that
the work contemplated by this contract is in progress.
25 INSURANCE
25.1 The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as
required in the General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to
do business in the State of Texas and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished
to the City and written notice of cancellation or any material change will be provided ten (10) days
in advance of cancellation or change. All policies shall contain an agreement on the part of the
insurer waiving the right to subrogation. The Contractor shall procure and carry at his sole cost
and expense through the life of this contract, insurance protection as hereinafter specified.
Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such insurance shall be
carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall
cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a
subcontractor, or separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor.
A certificate of insurance specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted before contract
execution.
26 LABOR AND WORKING HOURS
26.1 Attention of each proposer is particularly called to the schedule of general prevailing rate of per
diem wages included in these contract documents. The wage rate that must be paid on this project
shall not be less than specified in the schedule of general prevailing rates of per diem wages as
above mentioned. The proposer' attention is further directed to the requirements of Texas
Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage Rates, providing for the payment of the wage
schedules above mentioned and the proposer's obligations thereunder. The inclusion of the
schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages in the contract documents does not release
the Contractor from compliance with any wage law that may be applicable. Construction work
under this contract requiring an inspector will not be performed on Sundays or holidays unless the
following conditions exist:
26.1.1 The project being constructed is essential to the City of Lubbock's ability to provide the
necessary service to its citizens.
26.1.2 Delays in construction are due to factors outside the control of the Contractor. The
Contractor is approaching the penalty provisions of the contract and Contractor can show
he has made a diligent effort to complete the contract within the allotted time.
26.2 Before construction work requiring an inspector is to be performed on Sundays or holidays, the
Contractor must notify the Owner's Representative not less than three full working days prior to
the weekend or holiday he desires to do work and obtain written permission from the Owner's
Representative to do such work. The final decision on whether to allow construction work
requiring an inspector on Sundays or holidays will be made by the Owner's Representative.
26.3 In any event, if a condition should occur or arise at the site of this project or from the work being
done under this contract which is hazardous or dangerous to property or life, the Contractor shall
immediately commence work, regardless of the day of the week or the time of day, to correct or
alleviate such condition so that it is no longer dangerous to property or life.
27 PAYMENT OF EMPLOYEES AND FILING OF PAYROLLS
The contractor and each of his subcontractors shall pay each of his employees engaged in work on the
project under this contract in full (less mandatory legal deductions) in cash, or by check readily cashable
without discount, not less often than once each week. The Contractor and each of his subcontractors
shall keep a record showing the name and occupation of each worker employed by the Contractor
or subcontractor in the construction of the public work and the actual per diem wages paid to each
worker. This record shall be open at all reasonable hours to inspection by the officers and agents
of the City. The Contractor must classify employees according to one of the classifications set forth in
the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages, which schedule is included in the contract
documents. The Contractor shall forfeit as a penalty to the City of Lubbock on whose behalf this contract
is made, sixty dollars for each laborer, workman, or mechanic employed for each calendar day, or portion
thereof, such laborer, workman or mechanic is paid less than the wages assigned to his particular
classification as set forth in the schedule of general prevailing rate of per diem wages included in these
contract documents.
28 PROVISIONS CONCERNING ESCALATION CLAUSES
Proposals submitted containing any conditions which provide for changes in the stated proposal price due
to increases or decreases in the cost of materials, labor or other items required for the project will be
rejected and returned to the proposer without being considered.
29 PREPARATION FOR PROPOSAL
29.1 The bidder shall submit his bid on forms furnished by the City, and all blank spaces in the
form shall be correctly filled in, stating the price in numerals for which he intends to do the
work contemplated or furnish the materials required. Such prices shall be written in ink,
distinctly and legibly, or typewritten. In case of discrepancy between the unit price and the
extended total for a bid item, the unit price will be taken. A bid that has been opened may
not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the bid price.
29.2 If the proposal is submitted by an individual, his name must be signed by him or his duly authorized
agent. If a proposal is submitted by a firm, association, or partnership, the name and address of
each member must be given and the proposal signed by a member of the firm, association or
partnership, or person duly authorized. If the proposal is submitted by a company or corporation,
the company or corporate name and business address must be given, and the proposal signed by
30
31
an official or duly authorized agent. Powers of attorney authorizing agents or others to sign
proposals must be properly certified and must be in writing and submitted with the proposal. The
proposal shall be executed in ink.
29.3 Each proposal shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope, addressed as specified in the Notice to
Offerors, and endorsed on the outside of the envelope in the following manner:
29.3.1 Proposer's name
29.3.2 Proposal "RFP 20-15224-JM Micro -Surfacing"
Proposal submittals may be withdrawn and resubmitted at any time before the time set for
opening of the proposals, but no proposal may be withdrawn or altered thereafter.
29.5 Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a competitive sealed proposal that
has been opened may not be changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the proposal
price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE PROPOSAL PRICE MUST BE
MADE ON THE PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM PRIOR TO PROPOSAL OPENING.
BOUND COPY OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Proposer understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by proposer shall be bound and include
the following:
(a)
Notice to Offerors.
(b)
General Instructions to Offerors.
(c)
Proposer's Submittal Form.
(d)
Statutory Bonds (if required).
(e)
Contract Agreement.
(f) General Conditions.
(g) Special Conditions (if any).
(h) Specifications.
(i) Insurance Certificates for Contractor and all Sub -Contractors.
(j) All other documents made available to proposer for his inspection in accordance with the Notice
to Offerors.
If Plans and Specifications are too bulky or cumbersome to be physically bound, they are to be considered
incorporated by reference into the aforementioned contract documents.
QUALIFICATIONS OF OFFERORS
The proposer may be required before the award of any contract to show to the complete satisfaction of the
City of Lubbock that it has the necessary facilities, ability, and financial resources to provide the service
specified therein in a satisfactory manner. The proposer may also be required to give a past history and
references in order to satisfy the City of Lubbock about the proposer's qualifications. The City of Lubbock
may make reasonable investigations deemed necessary and proper to determine the ability of the proposer
to perform the work, and the proposer shall furnish to the City of Lubbock all information for this purpose
9
that may be requested. The proposer's proposal may be deemed not to meet specifications or the proposal
may be rejected if the evidence submitted by, or investigation of, the proposer fails to satisfy the City of
Lubbock that the proposer is properly qualified to carry out the obligations of the contract and to complete
the work described therein. Evaluation of the proposer's qualifications shall include but not be limited to:
(a) The ability, capacity, skill, and financial resources to perform the work or provide the service
required.
(b) The ability of the proposer to perform the work or provide the service promptly or within the time
specified, without delay or interference.
(c) The character, integrity, reputation, judgment, experience, and efficiency of the proposer.
(d) The quality of performance of previous contracts or services.
(e) The safety record of the Contractor and proposed Sub -Contractors
(f) The experience and qualifications of key project personnel
(g) Past experience with the Owner
Before contract award, the recommended contractor for this project may be required to show that he has
experience with similar projects that require the Contractor to plan his work efforts and equipment needs
with City of Lubbock specifications in mind. Demonstration of experience shall include a complete list of
ALL similar municipal and similar non -municipal current and completed projects for the past five (5)
years for review. This list shall include the names of supervisors and type of equipment used to perform
work on these projects. In addition, the Contractor may be required to provide the name(s) of supervisor(s)
that will be used to perform work on this project in compliance with City of Lubbock specifications herein.
32 BASIS OF PROPOSALS AND SELECTION CRITERIA
The City uses the Competitive Sealed Proposals procurement method as authorized by the Texas
Legislature and further defined by Texas Government Code Section 2269. The Maximum Point value is
equal to 100 points. The weight factor is 60 points for Price, 30 points for Contractor Qualifications, 5
points for Safety Record Questionnaire, and 5 points for Construction Time. The selection criteria used
to evaluate each proposal includes the following:
32.1 60 POINTS - PRICE: The quality of Offerors is not judged solely by a low initial cost proposal
or, conversely, eliminated solely because of a high initial cost proposal. The following is the
formula used when determining price as a factor for construction contract proposals. The lowest
proposal price of all the proposals becomes the standard by which all price proposals are evaluated.
One at a time, each proposal is evaluated by taking the lowest proposal price and dividing it by the
price of the proposal being evaluated. That fraction is then multiplied by the maximum point value
of the price factor for the price score. For Example: (Lowest Price/Current Proposal Price) x
Maximum Point Value = Price Score.
32.2 30 POINTS - CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS: When evaluating a contractor's
qualifications, the City uses the "Contractor's Statement of Qualifications" attached within and
past experience with the contractor. The City may also interview the job superintendent at a time
to be named after receipt of proposals. This criterion is subjectively evaluated and the formula is
as follows: (Points = Score). Each evaluator assigns points based upon the responses the contractor
provides in the "Contractor's Statement of Qualifications" And any past experience with the
10
contractor. The "Contractor's Statement of Qualifications" is a minimum, and you may provide
additional pertinent information relevant to the project for which you are submitting this proposal.
32.3 5 POINTS - SAFETY RECORD QUESTIONNAIRE: This criterion is also more subjectively
evaluated and the formula is as follows: (Points = Score). Each evaluator assigns points based
upon the responses you provide in your "Safety Record Questionnaire" and the Contractors
Experience Modification Ratio (EMR). Contractors with an EMR greater than 1.0, as well as those
Contractors not submitting EMRs, will receive zero points for this portion of the selection criteria.
The City may consider any incidence involving worker safety or safety of Lubbock residents, be
it related or caused by environmental, mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or
factor under the contractor's control. Evaluators base their rating primarily upon how well you
document previous offenses with the date of the offense, location where the offense occurred, type
of offense, final disposition of the offense, and any penalty assessed as well as the EMR.
32.4 5 POINTS - CONSTRUCTION TIME: This criterion is, as with price, objective and evaluators
use the following formula when determining construction time as a factor for construction contract
proposals. The lowest construction time proposal of all the proposals becomes the standard by
which all the construction time proposals are evaluated. One at a time, each proposal is evaluated
by taking the lowest construction time and dividing it by the construction time of the proposal
being evaluated. That fraction is then multiplied by the maximum point value of the construction
time factor for the construction time score. For example: (Lowest construction time/Current
Proposal construction time) x Maximum Point Value = Construction Time Score)
32.5 EVALUATION PROCESS: Evaluators independently review and score each proposal. The
Committee meets, during which time the Committee Chairperson totals the individual scores. If
the individual scores are similar, the Chairperson averages the scores then ranks offerors
accordingly. If the scores are significantly diverse, the Chairperson initiates and moderates
discussion to determine the reasons for the differences and ensures that all evaluators are fully
knowledgeable of all aspects of the proposals. Scores may then be adjusted by the committee based
on committee discussion. Please note that offerors with higher qualifications scores could be
ranked higher than offerors with slightly better price scores.
32.6 The estimated budget for the construction phase of this project is $4,000,000
32.7 Proposals shall be made using the enclosed Proposal Submittal Form.
33 SELECTION
33.1 Selection shall be based on the responsible offeror whose proposal is determined to be the most
advantageous to the City of Lubbock considering the relative importance of evaluation factors
included in this RFP.
33.2 NO INDIVIDUAL OF ANY USING DEPARTMENT (CITY OF LUBBOCK WATER
UTILITIES OR OTHER) HAS THE AUTHORITY TO LEGALLY AND/OR FINANCIALLY
COMMIT THE CITY TO ANY CONTRACT, AGREEMENT OR PURCHASE ORDER FOR
GOODS OR SERVICES, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY SANCTIONED BY THE
REQUIREMENTS OF THIS REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL.
11
33.3 The City shall select the offeror that offers the best value for the City based on the published
selection criteria and on its ranking evaluation. The City shall first attempt to negotiate a contract
with the selected offeror. The City and its engineer or architect may discuss with the selected
offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with the
modification. If the City is unable to negotiate a contract with the selected offeror, the City shall,
formally and in writing, end negotiations with that offeror and proceed to the next offeror in the
order of the selection ranking until a contract is reached or all proposals are rejected.
33.4 In determining best value for the City, the City is not restricted to considering price alone, but may
consider any other factor stated in the selection criteria.
33.5 A proposal will be subject to being considered irregular and may be rejected if it shows
omissions, alterations of form, conditional alternate proposals, additions or alternates in lieu of
the items specified, if the unit prices are obviously unbalanced (either in excess of or below
reasonably expected values), or irregularities of any kind.
34 ANTI -LOBBYING PROVISION
34.1 DURING THE PERIOD BETWEEN PROPOSAL SUBMISSION DATE AND THE
CONTRACT AWARD, PROPOSERS, INCLUDING THEIR AGENTS AND
REPRESENTATIVES, SHALL NOT DISCUSS OR PROMOTE THEIR PROPOSAL WITH
ANY MEMBER OF THE LUBBOCK CITY COUNCIL OR CITY STAFF EXCEPT UPON THE
REQUEST OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK PURCHASING DEPARTMENT IN THE COURSE
OF CITY -SPONSORED INQUIRIES, BRIEFINGS, INTERVIEWS, OR PRESENTATIONS.
34.2 This provision is not meant to preclude bidders from discussing other matters with City Council
members or City staff. This policy is intended to create a level playing field for all potential
bidders, assure that contract decisions are made in public, and to protect the integrity of the bid
process. Violation of this provision may result in rejection of the bidder's bid.
35 PROTEST
35.1 All protests regarding the RFP process must be submitted in writing to the City Director of
Purchasing and Contract Management within 5 working days after the protesting party knows of
the occurrence of the action which is protested relating to advertising of notices deadlines,
proposal opening and all other related procedures under the Local Government Code, as well as
any protest relating to alleged improprieties with the RFP process. This limitation does not
include protests relating to staff recommendations as to award of contract. Protests relating to
staff recommendations may be directed to the City Manager. All staff recommendations will be
made available for public review prior to consideration by the City Council as allowed by law.
FAILURE TO PROTEST WITHIN THE TIME ALLOTTED SHALL CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF
ANY PROTEST.
36 PREVAILING WAGE RATES
12
36.1 Offerors are required to comply with Texas Government Code, Chapter 2258, Prevailing Wage
Rates, with respect to the payment of prevailing wage rates for the construction of a public work,
including a building, highway, road, excavation, and repair work or other project development or
improvement, paid for in whole or in part from public funds, without regard to whether the work
is done under public supervision or direction. A worker is employed on a public work if the worker
is employed by the contractor or any subcontractor in the execution of the contract for the project.
35.2 A worker employed on a public work by or on behalf of the City of Lubbock shall be paid not less
than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages for the work of a similar character in the locality
in which the work is performed, and not less than the general prevailing rate of per diem wages
for legal holiday and overtime work.
35.3 A contractor or subcontractor who violates Texas Government Code Section 2258.023 shall pay
to the City of Lubbock $60 for each worker employed for each calendar day or part of the day that
the worker is paid less than the wage rates stipulated in the contract.
13
Page Intentionally Left Blank
TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE 4 2269
SUBCHAPTER D.
SELECTING CONTRACTOR FOR CONSTRUCTION
SERVICES THROUGH COMPETITIVE SEALED PROPOSALS
Sec. 2269.151. CONTRACTS FOR FACILITIES: COMPETITIVE SEALED PROPOSALS. (a) In
this chapter, "competitive sealed proposals" is a procurement method by which a governmental entity requests
proposals, ranks the offerors, negotiates as prescribed, and then contracts with a general contractor for the
construction, rehabilitation, alteration, or repair of a facility.
(b) In selecting a contractor through competitive sealed proposals, a governmental entity shall follow
the procedures provided by this subchapter.
Sec. 2269.152. USE OF ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER. The governmental entity shall select or
designate an architect or engineer to prepare construction documents for the project. The selected or designated
engineer or architect has full responsibility for complying with Chapter 1001 or 1051, Occupations Code, as
applicable. If the engineer or architect is not a full-time employee of the governmental entity, the governmental
entity shall select the engineer or architect on the basis of demonstrated competence and qualifications as
provided by Section 2254.004, Government Code.
Sec. 2269.153. PREPARATION OF REQUEST. The governmental entity shall prepare a request for
competitive sealed proposals that includes construction documents, selection criteria and the weighted value for
each criterion, estimated budget, project scope, estimated project completion date, and other information that a
contractor may require to respond to the request. The governmental entity shall state in the request for proposals
the selection criteria that will be used in selecting the successful offeror.
Sec. 2269.154. EVALUATION OF OFFERORS. (a) The governmental entity shall receive, publicly
open, and read aloud the names of the offerors and any monetary proposals made by the offerors. (b) Not later
than the 45th day after the date on which the proposals are opened, the governmental entity shall evaluate and
rank each proposal submitted in relation to the published selection criteria.
Sec. 2269.155. SELECTION OF OFFEROR. (a) The governmental entity shall select the offeror that
submits the proposal that offers the best value for the governmental entity based on:
(1) the selection criteria in the request for proposal and the weighted value for those criteria in
the request for proposal; and (2) its ranking evaluation. (b) The governmental entity shall first attempt to
negotiate a contract with the selected offeror. The governmental entity and its architect or engineer may discuss
with the selected offeror options for a scope or time modification and any price change associated with the
modification. (c) If the governmental entity is unable to negotiate a satisfactory contract with the selected
offeror, the governmental entity shall, formally and in writing, end negotiations with that offeror and proceed to
the next offeror in the order of the selection ranking until a contract is reached or all proposals are rejected. In
determining best value for the governmental entity, the governmental entity is not restricted to considering
price alone, but may consider any other factor stated in the selection criteria.
Page Intentionally Left Blank
PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM
Page Intentionally Left Blank
REVISED:
PROPOSAL SUBMITTAL FORM
UNIT PRICE PROPOSAL CONTRACT
DATE: May 14, 2020
PROJECT NUMBER: RFP 20-15224-JM Micro -Surfacing
Proposal of Intermountain Slurry Seal. Inc. (hereinafter
called Offeror)
To the Honorable Mayor and City Council City of Lubbock, Texas (hereinafter called Owner)
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The Offeror, in compliance with your Request for Proposals for the Micro -Surfacing having carefully
examined the plans, specifications, instructions to offerors, notice to offerors and all other related contract
documents and the site of the intended work, and being familiar with all of the conditions surrounding the
construction of the intended project including the availability of materials and labor, hereby intends to
furnish all labor, materials, and supplies; and to construct the project in accordance with the plans,
specifications and contract documents, within the time set forth therein and at the price stated below. The
price to cover all expenses incurred in performing the work required under the contract documents.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
QTV
U/M
UNIT COST
EXTENDED
+/-
COST
Micro -Surfacing CSS-1 P in accordance with
TxDOT Specifications Item # 350, including,
1.
emulsion, mineral filler, aggregate, labor,
10,200
TON
211.00
2,152,200.00
equipment, and all incidentals needed to produce
micro-surfacing,delivered and placed.
Scrub Seal- # 6 Rock grade "A" sack or grade "B"
2.
sack if Meets soundness test. Polymer emulsion
687,372
.,�
that meets the Requirements if item 300, Asphalt,
SY
2.50
1,718,430.0
oils, and Emulsions" Table 10 CMS-2P.
1,8i8;�30
Paint stripe tabs for all streets requiring lane line
3.
repainting, including labor, equipment, preparation
4,000
EA
.60
2,400.0
of existing surface, etc.
24" Surface preparation on concrete materials
4.
including grinding, sealing, pre -marking, elimination
600
LF
1.00
600.00
of existing markings, and installation complete and
in place.
8" Surface preparation on concrete materials
5.
including grinding, sealing, pre -marking, elimination
100
LF
1.00
100.00
of existing markings, and installation complete and
in place
Type I Thermoplastic pavement marking .125 Mil
6'
24" white stop line (TxDOT DMS 8220). Including
650
LF
18.00
11,700.00
labor, equipment, and preparation of existing surface.
Complete and in place.
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
Q+�Y
UIM
UNIT COST
XTE
E COSTED
Type I Thermoplastic pavement marking .125 Mil
7.
24" white continental crosswalk (TxDOT DMS
1,248
LF
9.60
11,980.80
8220). including labor, equipment, and preparation
of existiq& surface. Complete and in place.
Thermoplastic pavement marking Right or Left turn
8.
arrow (TxDOT DMS 8220). Including labor,
12
EA
360.00
4,320.0
equipment, and preparation of existing surface.
Com lete and in place.
4" lane line elimination. Including labor,
6.00
12,630.00
9.
equipment, and all tools necessary to remove and
2,105
LF
relay marlin s.
8" lane line elimination. Including labor,
10.
equipment, and all tools necessary to remove and
500
LF
16.35
8,175.0
relay markings.
24" Thermoplastic lane line elimination. Including
11.
labor, equipment, and all tools necessary to
1,900
LF
7.00
13,300.0
remove thereto lastic markings,
Thermoplastic turn arrow elimination. Including
12.
labor, equipment, and all tools necessary to
12
EA
95,001,499.99.
remove thermoplastic markings
t p,on
Milling of Asphalt surface to various depths at all
locations where Micro -Surfaced streets will join at
either a concrete valley gutter, or concrete
intersection, at varying widths. Including labor,
13.
equipment, and all incidentals needed to ensure a
500
SY
8.75
4,375.00
smooth transition between existing concrete
surface, and the Micro -Surfaced street. The
resulting millings to be retained by the City of
Lubbock.
14.
Mobilization
1
EA
385,000.00
385,000.0
q�32tO, 35D. So I&F
Total Line Items (1-14)
$ - ,326,619.9&
PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION TIME:
1. Contractors proposed CONSTRUCTION TIME for completion:
TOTAL CONSECUTIVE CALENDAR DAYS: 90 (to
Substantial Completion)
(not to exceed 90 consecutive days to Substantial Completion.
�AF
Offeror hereby agrees to commence the work on the above project on a date to be specified in a written "Notice
to Proceed" of the Owner and to substantially complete the project within 90 Consecutive Calendar Days as
stipulated in the specification and other contract documents. Offeror hereby further agrees to pay to Owner as
liquidated damages in the sum of $1,204.28 for each consecutive calendar day after substantial completion set
forth herein above for completion of this project, all as more fully set forth in the General Conditions of the
Agreement.
Offeror understands and agrees that this proposal submittal shall be completed and submitted in
accordance with instruction number 29 of the General Instructions to Offerors. Offeror understands that the
Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals and to waive any formality in the proposing. The
Offeror agrees that this proposal shall be good for a period of six 60 calendar days after the scheduled
closing time for receiving proposals.
The undersigned Offeror hereby declares that he has visited the site of the work and has carefully
examined the plans, specifications and contract documents pertaining to the work covered by this proposal, and
he further agrees to commence work on the date specified in the written notice to proceed, and to substantially
complete the work on which he has proposed; as provided in the contract documents.
Offerors are required, whether or not a payment or performance bond is required, to submit a cashier's
check or certified check issued by a bank satisfactory to the City of Lubbock, or a proposal bond from a reliable
surety company, payable without recourse to the order of the City of Lubbock in an amount not less than five
percent (5%) of the total amount of the proposal submitted as a guarantee that offeror will enter into a contract,
obtain all required insurance policies, and execute all necessary bonds (if required) within ten (10) days after
notice of award of the contract to him.
Ozer Offeror's Initials
-S-f j9lz.0za
7
City of Lubbock
Bid RFP 20-15224-JM
Enclosed with this proposal is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check Enclosed with
this proposal is a Cashier's Check or Certified Check for N/A
Dollars ($ NIA ) or a Proposal Bond in the sum of Five Percent of Jotal Bid Amount
Dollars (SC 5% of bid ), which it is agreed shall be collected and retained by the Owner as
liquidated damages in the event the proposal is accepted by the Owner and the undersigned
fails to execute the necessary contract documents, insurance certificates, and the required
bond (if any) with the Owner within ten (10) business days after the date of receipt of written
notification of acceptance of said proposal; otherwise, said check or bond shall be returned to
the undersigned upon demand.
Offeror understands and agrees that the contract to be executed by Offeror shall be bound
and include all contract documents made available to him for his inspection in accordance with the
Notice to Offerors.
Pursuant to Texas Local Government Code 252.043(g), a
competitive sealed proposal that has been opened may not be
changed for the purpose of correcting an error in the proposal
price. THEREFORE, ANY CORRECTIONS TO THE
PROPOSAL PRICE MUST BE MADE ON THE PROPOSAL
PRIORSUBMMAL FORM TOTROPOSAL
(Seal if Offeror is a Corporation)
ATTEST:
Secretary 9fary R. Price, Assistant Secretary
Offeror acknowledges receipt of the following addenda:
Addenda No. / Date9/2
_
Addenda No. 2 Date 34 a T
Addenda No. .2 Date 3121_
Addenda No. I/ — Date &V
14~.voo Wo. SS D+ Ar `'I /3
A^wn0 No , is
M/WBE Firm:
,Cwre y/iz
Date:— March 25, 2020
Josh Bowen, Project Manager
(Printed or Typed Name)
- Intempi
Company
0 North 400 West
Address
North Salt Lake
Davis
City,
County
Utah
84054
State
Zip Code
Telephone: 801 - 532-$2pp
Fax: 469 - 835-8054
_
Email: josh.bowen cinc.com
FEDERAL TAX ID or SOCIAL SECURITY
No.
87-0307259
3l2/2020 7:03 AM
p. 35
BID BOND TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY
Hartford, Connecticut 06183
KNOWN ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, That we, Intermountain Slurry Seal, Inc., as
Principal, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, as Surety, are held and firmly
bound unto City of Lubbock, as Obligee, in the sum of Five Percent (5%) of Bid Amount
Dollars ($5% of Bid Amount) for the payment of which we bind ourselves, and our
successors and assigns, jointly and severally, as provided herein.
WHEREAS, Principal has submitted or is about to submit a bid to the Obligee on a
contract for Solicitation RFP 20-15224-JM - Micro -Surfacing ("Project").
NOW, THEREFORE, the condition of this bond is that if Obligee accepts Principal's bid,
and Principal enters into a contract with Obligee in conformance with the terms of the
bid and provides such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or contract
documents, then this obligation shall be void; otherwise Principal and Surety will pay to
Obligee the difference between the amount of Principal's bid and the amount for which
Obligee shall in good faith contract with another person or entity to perform the work
covered by Principal's bid, but in no event shall Surety's and Principal's liability exceed
the penal sum of this bond.
Signed this 18th day of March, 2020.
GA
��, YYYY�♦`�
6'
7�
r
COOL
4
s
�•r �
�t
Mom+
Intermountain Slurry Seal,lnc.
(Principan
By: A? rej L,4-"--
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
By.
Isabel Barron, Attomeyan-Fact
ffima
cmurtcft es dyyftW tyofd= i3-w ACKNOWLEDGMENT
who signed the doc=m to which this certlftcm is
attach d mW not the tmWuk=, amwuy, or vandiry
of dw documen
State of California
County of Santa Cruz
on March 18, 2020 before me, Maria Gomez, Notary Public
(insert name and title of the officer)
personally appeared Isabel Barron
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are
subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/shei'they executed the same in
hisftrltheir authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the
person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument.
I certify under PENALTY OF PERJURY under the laws of the State of California that the foregoing
paragraph is true and correct.
WITNESS my hand and official seal.
Signature
—/Woov� �tpfnt
Maria Gomez, Notary Public
EIARIA 601YF1
COMM #2259567
NotaryPublic - California
Santa Cruz County Ow�—
Own- .24.2D221.
(Seal)
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company
TRAVELERS, SL 108W Fire and Marine Insurance Contiminy
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Travelers and Casualty and Surety Company, and St
Paul Fire and Marine Insurance C Y Surety Company of America, Travelers
Company are corporations duly organized under the laws of the State of Cow cogecW* aped the
*Companies"). and that the Companies do hereby make, Constitute and appoint babel Barron
California ONVILLE
. their true and lawful Attorney -in -Fact to sign, execute, seal and acknowledge any and all bonds, recogrAmncea,
conditional undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in their business of guaranteeing the
fidelity of persons.
actions or prroceedingsuWIowed ibyy ng the performance of contracts and executing or guaranteeing bonds and undertakings required or permitted in any
IN WiTNESS WHEREOF, tiro Companies have Caused this instrument to be signed, and their corporate seals to be hereto alfoced, this 3rd day of February.
2017.
Gee)
State of
City of Hartford ss. BY
Robert L Raney, Se or vice President
On this the 3rd day of February. 2017, before me personally appeared Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged hi naeff to be the Senior vice President of
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, and St Paul Fire and Marine Irhsouacnce Company. arid that
t he, as such, being authorized so to do, executed the foregoing instrument for the pugxma therein contained by signing on behalf of the corporations by
himseff as a duly authorized officer.
In Witness Whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.
MY Commission expires the 30th day of June, 2021 � t(Y\uzx- I� '� *
Marie C. Tetmault, Notary Public
This Power of Attomey is granted under and by the audw* of the fdlowdng resaftrdons adopted by the Boards of Directors of Travelers Casualty and
Surety Company of America, Travers Casualty and Surety Company. and St Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, which resolutions are now in full force and effect, reading as follows:
RESOLVED, that the Chaim=. the President, any Vice Chairman, any Exaeubve vice President, any Senior vrae President, any vice President, any
Second Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant Secretary may appoint A tom ac and
Agents the Compaq n t for and on behalf of the name and seal with the Company and Trey give such appointee such authority as his or her certificate of authority may prescribe to sign with
Cornpany's seal bonds, ►ecognizanoes. conbada of Indemnity, and other writings obligatory in the nature of a bond,
recognizance, or conditional undertaking, and any of said officers or the Board of Directors at any time may remove any such appointee and revoke the
power given him or her, and it is
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Chairman, the Presidatt, arty Vice Chairman, any Executive Moe President, any Senior Vice President or any Vice
President may delegate all or any part of the foregoing authority to one or more officers or
a
is in writing and aemployees of this Company, provided that each such delegation
Dopy thereof is filed in the office of the Secretary; and It is
FURTHER RESOLVED that any bond, recognizance, contract of Indemnity, or writing obligatory in the nature of a bond, recognizance, or conditions) undertaking shop be valid and binding upon the Company when (a) signed by the Pmsiderit any Vice Chalrrnan, any Executive vice President, any Senior
Vice President or any vice President any Second vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer, the Corporate Secretary or any Assistant
Secretary and duly attested and sealed with the Company's seal by a Secretary orAsilstant Secretary; or (b) duly executed (under seal, if r"Wred) by one
or more Attorneys -in -Fad and Agents Pursuant to the power prescribed in his or her certificate or their certificates of authority or by one or more
Company officers Pursuant to a written delegation of authoaity; and lt is
FURTHER RESOLVED. that the signature of each of the following officers: President, any Executive vice President, any Senior vice President, any vice
President, any Assistant vice F4eeak*M any Secretary, any Assistant Secretary. and the seal of the Company may be affixed by fawimde to any Power of
Attorney or to any certificate relating thereto appointing Resident vice Presidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries or Attomeysdnfact for purposes only of
executing and attesting bonds and undertakings and other writings obligatory in the nature thereof, and any such Power of Attorney or certificate bearing
such facsimile signature or facsimile seal strap be valid and binding upon the Company arid any such power so executed and certified by such facsimile
signature and facsimile seal shag be valid and binding on the Company in the future with respect to any bond or understanding to which it is attached.
I, Kevin E. Hughes, the undersigned, Assistant Secretary of Travelers
Company, and St Paul Fire and Marais Insurance Casualty and Surety Company of Amoxfca, Travelers Casualty and Steely
Attorney executed said any, do hereby certify that the above and foregoing is a true and correct
by Companies, which remains In fup force and effect Copy of the Pourer of
Dated this 1${h day of March . 2020
2 VAMFM .4
am
t am
o
6 Kevin E Hughes, Ass&ant Secretary
To HsnBy ire a&dfwnftW of 6J& Powiar ofAttwPW, Pnfaans a df ors at I-MM-42f-JAM
Please reefer M &W a6Vv*1 mcdAttwney4n Fadarad ON dmbft of bald to whd h &W PowaerIs afilsdrod
Page Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock
City of Lubbock, TX
RFP 20-15224-JM
Micro -Surfacing
Reference Form
Bid RFP 20-15224-JM
Please list three references of current customers who can verify the quality of service your
company provides. The City prefers users of similar size and scope of work. Please do not use
the City of Lubbock.
REFERENCE ONE
Government/ Company Name: City of Midland. Texas _
Address:
Contact Person and Title: Abe Langston- Superintendent
Phone: 432-685-7299 Fax: 432-683-1786
REFERENCE TWO
Government/ Company Name:
Address: 224 West Ninth Street. Sioux Falls- SD57104
Contact Person and Title: Mark Cottter
Phone: 605-367-8600 Fax:
• l uent/ Company NaI1 of 1 Antonio,
Phone:1 1 :14Fax:-21-0-207-6553
3NMO 7:03 AM
p. 36
Page Intentionally Left Blank
Contractors Statement of Qualifications
Individual contractors and joint ventures submitting a bid must complete the following evaluation information for the
Project. Joint ventures shall be composed of not more than two firms and each firm must complete separate
evaluations. Evaluation information must be submitted at time of bid submittal. Failure to submit the following
Bidder Evaluation information may result in the OWNER considering the bid non -responsive and result in rejection of
the bid by the OWNER. Bidders are to provide any additional information requested by the OWNER.
In evaluating a firm's qualifications, the following major factors will be considered:
A. FINANCIAL CAPABILITY:
For this project, the CONTRACTOR'S financial capability to undertake the project will be determined by the
CONTRACTOR'S ability to secure bonding satisfactory to the OWNER.
B. EXPERIENCE:
Do the organization and key personnel have appropriate technical experience on similar projects?
C. SAFETY:
Does the organization stress and support safety as an important function of the work process?
D. OUALITY OF WORK:
(1) Does the organization have a commitment to quality in every facet of their work - the process as well
as the product?
(2) Does the organization have a written quality philosophy and/or principles that exemplifies their
work? If so, submit as Attachment "A".
(3) Has this organization ever received an award or been recognized for doing "quality" work on a
project? If so, give details under Attachment "A".
E. CONFORMANCE TO CONTRACT DOCUMENTS:
(1) Does the organization have a commitment and philosophy to construct projects as designed and as
defined in the Contract Documents?
The OWNER reserves the right to waive irregularities in determining the firm's qualifications and reserves the right to
require the submission of additional information.
The qualifications of a firm shall not deprive the OWNER of the right to accept a bid, which in its judgement is the
lowest and best bid, to reject any and all bids, to waive irregularities in the bids, or to reject nonconforming, non-
responsive, or conditional bids. In addition, the OWNER reserves the right to reject any bid where circumstances and
developments have in the opinion of the OWNER changed the qualifications or responsibility of the firm.
Material misstatements on the qualifications forms may be grounds for rejection of the firm's bid on this project. Any
such misstatement, if discovered after award of the contract to such firm, may be grounds for immediate termination of
the contract. Additionally, the firm will be liable to the OWNER for any additional costs or damages to the OWNER
resulting from such misstatements, including costs and attorney's fees for collecting such costs and damages.
Complete the following information for your organization:
10
cdty of Lubbock
Contractor's General Information
Bid RFP 20.1 S224JM
Organization Doing Business As
Intermountain Slurry Seal Inc.
Business Address of Principle Office84054
520 North 400 West
Telephone Numbers
Main Number
801)532-8200
Fax Number
(469)635-6054
Web Site Address
http:/twww.intermountainslurryseal.com
Form of Business (Check One)
A Corporation A Partnership An Individual
Date of Incorporation
April 23, 1982
State of Incorporation
Wyoming
Chief Executive Officer's Name
President's Name
Vice President's Names)
Christopher M. Burke
Dairen S. Beevor
Robert K. Chase
Secretary's Name
Darren D. Beevor
Treasurer's Name
Date of Organization
Robert K. Chase
N/A
State whether partnership is general or
limited
Name
NLA
Business Address
N/A
Average Number of Current Full Time 50 Average Estimate of Revenue for the
E 1 Current Year j$80,000,000
11
&2/2= 7_03 AM
P- 38
n
City of Lubbock
Contractor's Organizational Experience
Bid RFP 20-15224-JM
Organization Doing Business As
Business Address of Regional Office
Name of Regional Office Manager
Telephone Numbers
KelSie Goodwin
-
Main Number
(801)532-8200
fax Number
(801)526-6049
Web Site Address www.intermountainslurryseal.com
List of names that this organization currently, has or anticipates operating under over the history of the o
including the names of related companies presently doing business:
Names ofOrganization From Date To Date
Bear River Constructors and Intermountain Slurry Seal Inc.
merged on 12/21/1999 and were then named ISS, Inc.
then changed their name on 05/24/2000 (18 Years) to
their current name of Intermountain Slurry Seal, Inc.
List of companies, firms or organizations that own any part of the organization.
Name of companies, firms or organization Pit Own,
Intermountain Slurry Seal, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Granite 100%
Construction Incorporated.
Years experience in projects similar to the proposed project:
As a General Contractor 1 37+ 1 As a Joint Venture Partner
Has this or a predecessor organization ever defaulted on a project or failed to complete any work
awarded to it? No
If yes provide full details in a separate attachment. See attachment No. N/A
Has this or a predecessor organization been released from a bid or ro
P Posal in the past ten Years? No
If yes provide full details in a separate attachment. See attachment No.
N/A
Has this or a predecessor organization ever been disqualification as a bidder or proposer by any
local, state, or federal agency within the last five years? No
If yes provide fidll details in a separate attachment. See attachment No.
Is this organization or your proposed surety currently in any litigation or contemplating
liti on? See Amendix Al - Litigation Yes
If yes provide full details in a separate attachment. Sit attachment No. Appendix Al
Has this or a predecessor organization ever refused to construct or refused to provide materials
defined in the contract documents? No
If yes provide full details in a separate attachment. See attachment No. N/A
312/2020 7,03 AM
12
P. 39
City of Lubbock
Contractor's Proposed Key Personnel
Bid RFP 20-15n4-JM
Organization Doing Business As Intermountain Slurry Seal Inc.
Provide a brief description of the managerial structure of the organization and illustrate with an organizational cart.
Include the title and names of key personnel. Include this chart at an attachment to this description. See attachment
No. ApPendix B1 • Qr-qanLZA2nal Chart
Provide a brief description of the managerial structure proposed for this project and illustrate with an organizational
r cart. Include the title and names of proposed key personnel and alternates. Include this chart at an attachment to this
description. See attachment No. Appendix B1 - Organizational Chart
Provide information on the key personnel proposed for this project that will provide the following key functions.
Provide information for candidates for each of these positions on the pages for each of these key personnel. Also
provide biographical information for each primary and alternate candidate as an attachment. The biographical
information must include the following as a minimum: technical experience, managerial experience, education and
formal training, work history which describes project experience, including the roles and responsibilities for each
assignment, and primary language. Additional information highlighting experience which makes them the best
candidate for the assignment should also be included:
Role
Primary Candidate
Alternate Candidate
Project Manager
Rick Nielson
Nate Niemann
Project Superintendent
John To Idns
Weston Albrecht
Project Safety Officer Derrick Christensen Ran Sorenson
Quality Control Manager George Peterson Kenna Sweat
If key personnel are to fulfill more than one of the roles listed above, provide a written narrative describing how much
time will be devoted to each function, their qualifications to fulfill each role and the percentage of their time that will
be devoted to each role. If the individual is not to be devoted solely to this project, indicate how time it to be divided
between this project and their other assignments.
...w..... ,.,,,Q.., �/.W..' �. a N.{yau I1HU1 fVVF5 Una uameu un me importance or uuainy t:ontrol Management Project
Managers follow a distinct procedure to ensure all materials delivered and onsite meet the spedf=tions and will
deliver a high -quality product to our owners. George Peterson will not be onsite, but will be available at any time he
may be needed on site. Project Managers will devote 20% of their time ensuring that all materials onsite meet
speaftcation. Our superintendents are ultimately responsible for assuring the product that is applied to the road is of
good workmanship and quality.
13
3f2/2= 7.03 AM
p.10
City of Lubbock
Proposed Project Managers
SW RFP 20-152244M
Organization Doing Business As
Name of Individual
Intermountain Slurry Seal, Inc.
Nate Niemann
Years of Experience as Project Manager
18
Years of Experience with this organization
18
Number of similar projects as Project Manager
20
Number of similar projects in other positions
40
Current Project Assignments
Name of Assignment
Percent of Time Used for
this Project
Estimated Project
Completion Date
No CarnWrin Assignments
Reference Contact
Information aisting names indicates apoval to contacting the
names individuals as a reference
Name
Aba Langawn
Name
Title/ Position
CJW of Mieltand. Tavas
Title/ Position
Engineering Technician
Organization
Organization
City of Sioux Falls South Dakota
Telephone
4 2
Telephone
E-mail
alanastonftidlandtexas.gov
E-mail
Fab
Pro ect
Project
Candidate role on
'eot
Pad Manager
Candidates role
on Project
Project Manager
Nacre of Individual
Rick Nielson
Years of Experience as Project Manager
6
Years of Experience with this organization
10
Number of similar projects as Project Manager
20
Number of similar projects in other positions
40
Current Project Assignments
Name of Assignment
Percent of Time Used for
this Project
Estimated Project
Completion Date
Ng—Corn"ting AssignMerft
Name rhsinpe rnip
McCullou h
Title/ Position
rN7ameBrad
in r
Or On
Wyoming Deparbnent of Transportation
Tel hone
Telephone
E-mail
cbance onlelaitd kJahn.gIny
E-mail
Project
95 Bon er Counly
Project
Candidate role on
Project
Project Manager
Candidate role on
Project
Project Manager
14
3/1J= 7:03 AM P. 41
City of Lubbodc
Proposed Project Superintendent
Bid RFP 20-15224-JM
Qlanization Doing Business As
Nance of Individual
Intermountain SJurrV Seal Inc.
John Tom ins
Years of Experience as Project Superintendent
16
Years of Experience with this organization
8
Number of similar projects as Superintendent
80
Number of similar projects in other positions
160
i %,u:rem rroject ASSIounents
Name of Assignment
Percent of Time Used for
this Project
Estimated Project
Completion Date
Reference Contact
Information (listing names indicates ap
to contacting the
names individuals as a reference
Name
Title/ PositionniMC;UZYVarkqTide/Position
Organization
Ketfin HaMil
My of RaVk= Toyan
Name
.on
Tel hone
Protect I
Candidate role on
Pro•ect
W n Alb ht
20
'Kay Beiter
Inspector
Ob of Siam Falls
Obf a S" Fab P*ftw M *WW VIM seal
Superintendent
Tel hone
E-mailkpwin-haryJ1dbb@AmNnE-mail
Project
Candidate role on
Project Superintendent I
Name of Individual
Years of Experience as Project Superintendent
Years of Experience with this organization
Number of similar projects as Superintendent
g
so
Number of similar projects in other positions
100
. WRV L riv�cu na»gruneniS
Name of Assignment Percent of Time Used for Estimated Project
Tthis Project I Completion Date
E-mail Ichance,i
Candidate role on
Nance
Title/ Position
role on
Superintendent
li
` 3PtI M 7:03 AM
P. 42
City of Lubbock
Proposed Project Safety Officer
Bid RFP 20-15224-JM
tian Doing Business As
771ndividual
Intermountain Slu Seal, Inc.
Derrick Christensen
nce as Project Safety Officer
10
ears oExperience with this organization
7
Number of similar projects as Safety Officer
Number of similar projects in other positions
100+
16
3/2=0 7:03 AM P. 43
n
w,
M
Gty of Lubbock
Proposed Project Quality Control Manager
Organization Doing Business As
Name of Individual
Years of Experience as Quality Control Man.
Years of Experience with this organization
Number of similar projects as Quality Manag
Number of similar projects in other positions
Cumnt Project Assignments
Bid RFP 20-15224-JM
Name of Assignment
Percent of Time Used for
Estimated Project
this Project
Completion Date
RgSional Commitment as QCM
5%
Annual AwJanment
Reference Contact Information(listingnames indicates apval
to contactingthe names individuals as a reference
Name Ulibarri
Name
l
Title/ PositionTer_hnle-hanTitle/
Position
R reh DiMgWr
Orgutization Department of Tranall9d3figIL
Tel hone
0E-mail
Organization
Inaevily
Tel hone
E-mail
Project UnriAlra
Project
Volious
Candidate role on
Candidate role on
Project uality Control Manager
Project
Quality Control Manager
Name of Individual
Kenna Sweat
Years of Experience as Quality Control Manager
20
Years of Experience with this organization
13
Number of similar projects as Quality Manager
50+
17
3/2/2020 7.03 AM
p. 44
9�
ti
r.M
City of Lubbock
Contractor's Project Experience and Resources
Bid RFP 20-15n4-JM
Organization Doing Business As Intermountain SlurrySeal, Inc.
Provide a list of major projects that are currently underway, or have been completed within the last ten years on
Attachment A See 6ppendix1 - MqiQr Incomplete
Provide a completed Project Information form (Attachment B) for projects that have been completed in the last five
ears which specifically illustrate the zatioas capabflity to provide best value to the Owner for this project.
Include a completed Project Information form (Attachment B) for projects which illustrate the experience of the
key personnel.
Provide a description of your orgaiuzations approach to completing this project to provide best value for the Owner.
Including a description of your approach in the following areas:
I. Contract administration
2. Management of subcontractor and suppliers
3. Time management
4. Cost control
5_ Quality management
6. Project site safety
7. Managing changes to the project
8. Managing equipment
9. Meeting HUB / MWBE Patti ci on Goal
Provide a list of major equipment for use on this projem Attach Additional Information if necessary
Item
EquipmentPrimary
Use on Project
Own
Will
Buy
I'e:ase
What work will the orgartizaton 2MIde unn
its own resources?
Scrub Seal and Micro -surfacing
What work does the organization propose to subcontract on thisproject?
Sweeping, Payment Markings
302020 7:03 AM 18
0.45
EAE�
0
Bid RFP 20-15n4-JM
Contractor's Subcontractors and Vendors
Organization Doing Business As Intermountain Slurry Seal, Inc.
Provide a list of sub mttadors that will pmvide more than 10 vercat of the work on coat -act amounts
Name
Work to be Provided
Est. Percent
of Contract
HUB/MWBE
Fir
NA
Provide information on the proposed key personnel, project experience and a description of past relationship and work
experience for each subcontractor listed above using the Project Information Fors.
Provide a list of major S2jpment for use on this pro 'ed Attach Additional [nforntation if n
Vendor Name
Equipment / Material Provided
Furnish
Furnish
and
Install
HUB/M
WBE
Fir
See 6pg&ndix E1 - EQUipment
19
307M 7:03 AM P. 48
Attachment A: Current Projects and Projects Completed within the last 10 Years
Project Owner
I City of Sioux Falls, South Dakota Project Name
12019 Sioux Falls Surface Treatment
General Description of Project: Residential Polymer Modified Slurry Seal
Project Cost
$1,985,276
1 Date Project
Completed
8/9/2019
Key Project Personnel Project Manager
Project Superintendent
Safety Officer
Quality Control
Manalter
Name Nathan Niemann
JD Tompkins
Ryan Sorenson
IKenna Sweat
Reference Contact information (listing names indicates approval to contacting the names individuals as a reference)
Name
Title/ Position
Organization
Telephone
E-mail
Owner
Nick Trau el
Engineering Technician
City of Sioux Falls
(605) 387-8661
ntraupel@siouxfalls.org
Designer
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Construction Manager
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Projectowner I
Federal Highway
Administration (FHWA)
Project Name I
Grand Teton Pavement Preservation
General Description of Project: Chip Seal / Microsurfacing Project in Grand Teton National Park
Project Cost
6,859,416
Date Project
Completed
9/5/2019
Key Project Personnel
Project Manager
Project Superintendent
Safety Officer
Quality Control
Manager
Name
Paul Foster
Weston Albrecht
yan Sorenson
Kenna Sweat
Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contacting the names
individuals as a reference)
Name
Title/ Position
Organization
Telephone
E-mail
Owner
Charles Dissen
Contracting Officer
FHWA
360) 619-7979
charles.dissen@dot.gov
Designer
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Construction Manager
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Project Owner City of Midland
Proiect Name I FY1 �Mcro-Surfaclng &Slurry
General Description of Project: Micro -surf acing and Slurry Seal
Project Cost
$2,194,985
Date Project
Completed
10/1/2019
Key Project Personnel
Project Manager
Project Superintendent
Safety Officer
Quality Control
Mona er
Name
Nathan Niemann
JD Tompkins
Ryan Sorenson
Kenna Sweat
Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contacting the names
individuals as a reference)
Name
Title/ Position
Organization
Telephone
E-mail
Owner
Abraham Langston
City Superintendent
City of Midland
(432) 685.7293
alangston@midlandtexas.gov
Designer
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Construction Manager
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Attachment A: Current Projects and Projects Completed within the last 10 Years Continued
Project Owner
I City of San Antonio
Project Name 2018-2019 Micro -Surface Task Order Contract Package 2
General Description of Project: Micro-surfacin
Project Cost
$3,054,038
Date Project
Completed
12/31 /2019
Key Project Personnel
Name
Project Manager
Josh Bowen
Project Superintendent
JD Tompkins
Safety Officer
Ryan Sorenson
Quality Control
Manager
Kenna Sweat
Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contacting the names
individuals as a reference)
Name
Title/ Position
Organization
Telephone
E-mail
Owner
faustino Benavidez
Project Manager
City of San Antonio
(210) 730-1754
faustino.benavfde2@sanantonio.0
Designer
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Construction Manager
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Prcject Owner I
City of Lubbock
Project Name
I City of Lubbock Micro -Surfacing
General Description of Project: Micro -surfacing, Scrub Seal and Pavement Markings
Project Cost
$3,879,952 1 Date Project
Completed
8/15/2017
Key Project Personnel
Project Manager
Project Superintendent
Safety Officer
Quality Control
Manager
Name
Nathan Niemann
JD Tompkins
Ryan Sorenson
Kenna Sweat
Reference Contact Information (listing names indicates approval to contacting the names
individuals as a reference)
Name
Title/ Position
Organization
Telephone
E-mail
Owner
Dwain Mitchell
Senior Project Manager
City of Lubbock
(806) 544-6198
dmitcheil@maii.ci.iubbock.t Lus
Designer
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Construction Manager
NIA
N/A
NIA
N/A
N/A
2019 SIOUX FALLS REATMENT j
Project Owner —T—City
of Sioux Falls, South Dakota
Project Name
2019 Sioux Falls Surface Treatment
General Description of Project
Residential Polymer Modified Slurry Seal
Budget History
Schedule Performance
Amount
% of I
Proposa
Date
Days
Proposal
$1,985,276
100
Notice to Proceed
6/4/2019
Change Orders
Contract Substantial Completion Date at Notice to Proceed
8/9/2019
Owner Enhancements
Contract Final Completion Date at Notice to Proceed
8/9/2019
Unforeseen Conditions
Change Order Authorized Substantial Completion Date
Design Issues
Change Order Authorized Final Completion Date
Total
Actual / Estimated Substantial Completion Date
8/9/2019
Final Cost 1 $1,985,276
1100
Actual / Estimated Final
Project Manager
Completion Date
Project Sup Safety Officer
8/9/2019
Quality Control
Manager
Nate Niemann*
JD Tom kins* Ran Sorenson*
Kenna Sweat*
Time Devoted to the Project
7Didd
100
100 100
100
is Project
100
100 100
100
Start and Complete the Project?
Yes
Yes Yes
Yes
tarted or completed the project in
their place.
Reason for change.
Name
Title/ Position
Organization
Telephone
E-mail
Owner Nick Trau el
Engineering Technician City of Sioux Falls 605 387-8661
ntraupel(&siouxfalls.org
Designer N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Construction Manager N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Surety N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Number of Issues N/A Total Amount involved in N/A
Resolved Resolved Issues
Number of Issues N/A Total Amount involved in N/A
Pendipg Resolved Issues
�AND TETOJaddaMIL,E-MMnRESERVATI
Project Owner
Federal Highway Administration FHWA
Project Name
Grand Teton Pavement Preservation
General Description of Project
Chip Seal / Microsurfacing Project in Grand Teton National Park
Budget History
Schedule Performance
Amount
% Proposal
Date
Days
Proposal
$6,859,416
100
Notice to Proceed
5/1 /2019
Change Orders
Contract Substantial Completion Date at Notice to Proceed
8/28/2019
Owner Enhancements
Contract Final Completion Date at Notice to Proceed
8/28/2019
Unforeseen Conditions
Change Order Authorized Substantial Completion Date
Design Issues
Change Order Authorized Final Completion Date
Total
Actual / Estimated Substantial Completion Date
9/5/2019
Final Cost $6,859,416 100
Actual / Estimated Final Completion Date
Project Manager Project Sup Safety Officer
9/5/2019
Quality Control
Manager
Name
Paul Foster Weston Albrecht* Ran Sorenson *
Kenna Sweat*
Percentage of Time Devoted to the Project
100 100 100
100
Proposed for this Project
100 100 100
100
Did Individual Start and Complete the Project?
Yes Yes Yes
Yes
If not, who started or completed the project in their place.
Reason for change.
Name Title/ Position Organization Telephone
E-mail
Owner Charles Oissen ContractingOfficer FHWA 360 619-7979
charles.dissen dot. ov
Designer N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Construction Manager N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Su N/A N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Un
Number of Issues Total Amount involved in
Resolved 2 Resolved Issues
Number of Issues Total Amount involved in
$2,500 Pendin N/A Resolvedlssues
NIA
ua�ACiryG _1
Project Owner
Ci of Midland
Project Name
FY19 Micro-Surfacin & Slur
General Description of Project
Micro -surfacing and Slurry Seal
Budget History
Schedule Performance
Amount
% of proal
Date
Days
Proposal
$2,194,985
100
Notice to Proceed
4/1 /2019
Change Orders
Contract Substantial Completion Date at Notice to Proceed
10/1/2019
Owner Enhancements
Contract Final Completion Date at Notice to Proceed
10/1/2019
Unforeseen Conditions
Change Order Authorized Substantial Completion Date
Design Issues
Change Order Authorized Final Completion Date
Total
Actual / Estimated Substantial Completion Date
10/1/2019
Final Cost $2,194,985
100
Actual / Estimated Final Completion Date
Project Manager Project Sup Safety Officer
10/1/2019
Quality Control
Manager
Name
Nathan Niemann* JD Tompkins* Ran Sorenson*
Kenna Sweat*
Percentage of Time Devoted to the Project
100 100 100
100
Proposed for this Project
100 100 100
100
Did Individual Start and Complete the Project?
I Yes Yes I Yes
I Yes
If not, who started or completed the project in theirplace.
Reason for change.
Name
Title/ Position
Organization Telephone
E-mail
Owner Abraham Langston
CRY Superintendent City of Midland 432 685-7293
alan stop midlandtexas. ov
Designer N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Construction Manager N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Sure N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Number of Issues N/A Total Amount involved in N/A
Resolved Resolved Issues
=Numberes N/ATotsl Amount involved in N/A
Resolved Issues
2018-2019 MICRO-STASK ORDER CONTRAC
Project Owner
I City of San Antonio
Project Name
2018-2019 Micro -Surface Task Order Contract Package 2
General Description of Project
Micro -surfacing
Budget History
7ot
Schedule Performance
of
% Proposal o l
Date
Days
Proposal
$3,054,038
100
Notice to Proceed
2/15/2018
Change Orders
Contract Substantial Completion Date at Notice to Proceed
12/31 /2019
Owner Enhancements
Contract Final Completion Date at Notice to Proceed
12/31 /2019
Unforeseen Conditions
Change Order Authorized Substantial Completion Date
Design Issues
Change Order Authorized Final Completion Date
Total
Actual / Estimated Substantial Completion Date
12/31 /2019
Final Cost
$3,054,038
1100
1 Actual / Estimated Final
Project Manager
Completion Date
Project Sup Safety Officer
12/31 /2019
Quality Control
Manager
Name
Josh Bowen *
JD Tompkins* Ryan Sorenson*
Kenna Sweat*
Percentage of Time Devoted to the Project
100
100 100
100
Proposed for this Project
100
100 100
100
Did Individual Start and Complete the Project?
I Yes
Yes I Yes
1 Yes
If not, who started or completed the project in their place.
Reason for change.
Name
Title/ Position
Organization
Telephone
E-mail
Owner
Faustino Benavidez
Pro ect Manager Cityof San Antonio 210 730-1754
Faustino.benavidez@sanantonio.gov
Designer
N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Construction Manager
N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Sure
N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Number of Issues N/A
Resolved
Total Amount involved in N/A
Resolved Issues
Number of Issues N/A Total Amount involved in N/A
Pendin Resolved Issues
kITY OF LUBBOCK MICRO -SURFACING
Project Owner
Cf of Lubbock
Project Name
City of Lubbock Micro -Surfacing
General Description of Project
Micro -surfacing, Scrub Seal and Pavement Markings
loll
Budget History
Schedule Performance
Amount
% oof sal
Date
Days
Proposal
$3,879,952
100
Notice to Proceed
5/5/2017
Change Orders
Contract Substantial Completion Date at Notice to Proceed
8/15/2017
Owner Enhancements
Contract Final Completion Date at Notice to Proceed
8/15/2017
Unforeseen Conditions
Change Order Authorized Substantial Completion Date
Design Issues
Change Order Authorized Final Completion Date
Total
Actual / Estimated Substantial Completion Date
8/15/2017
Final Cost $3.879,952
100
Actual / Estimated Final Completion Date
Project Manager Project Sup Safety Officer
8/15/2017
Quality Control
Manager
Name
Nathan Niemann ¢ JD Tom kins* an Sorenson*
Kenna Sweat*
Percentage of Tithe Devoted to the Project
100 100 100
100
Proposed for this Project
100 100 100
100
Did Individual Start and Complete the Project?
Yes Yes I Yes
1 Yes
If not, who started or completed the project in their place.
Reason for change.
Name
Title! Position
Organization Telephone
Email
Owner Dwain Mitchell
Senior Project Manager Cityof Lubbock 806 544-6198
drnitchel1@mail.c1.lubbock.tx.us
Designer N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Construction Manager N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Sure N/A
N/A
N/A N/A
N/A
Number of Issues N/A Total Amount involved in=N/ANumber
Resolved Resolved IssuesI?endin
ofIssues N/A Total Amount involved inN/A
Resolved Issues
����N SENIOR PROJ
JkT—MANA =
Years of Experience
25
Licenses/Registrations
• OSHA 10-Hour
• ATTSA Traffic Control Supervisor
Certification
• UDOT Phase I and Phase II Partnering
Training
• Business and Ethics Training
• First Aid/ CPR Training 2018
• Reasonable Suspicion Training
• Environmental Compliance Training
• DBE Training
• Cyber Security Training
• Anti -Trust Compliance Training
• iSSA Workshop Training.
Areas of Expertise
All facets of pavement preservation and
maintenance including:
• Fog seals
• Chip Seals
• Scrub Seals
• Slurry Seals
• Micro -surfacing
• Crack Seal
• HMA patching
References
Abraham Langston
City of Midland
(432)685-7299
alangston@midiandtexas.gov
Nicolas Traupel
City of Sioux Falls
(605) 367-8661
ntraupel@siouxfalls.org
As Project Manager, Nathan is responsible for overseeing all aspect of project,
production, safety, quality, public relations, employee staffing and equipment
needs. Nathan works directly with the Owner's Representatives and Intermountain's
field supervision to ensure all stakeholders' needs and objectives are met.
Nathan is based in our Lewisville, TX office and bids and builds most of his
projects in the State of Texas. Moreover, Nathan and JD build much of our Texas
work together as a team. Nathan has worked in both our Salt Lake City office and
another pavement preservation firm, arming him diverse experience.
Relevant Experience
Lubbock Miciubwidwny anu acruu weal I LubbocK, ►x
Sevier Project Manager, June 2017 - Septen e r 2017
This $3.9101 project consisted of 13,000 ton of micro -surfacing and 284,000 Sy
of scrub seal on various surface and residential streets throughout Lubbock and
removal and replacement of pavement markings. The scrub was overlaid with
micro -surfacing forming a cape seal. The cape seal areas had not been improved
for 20 years. The scrub seal acted as a crack filler and a pliable interlayer,
giving a good consistent surface for the micro -surfacing to adhere to. As Senior
Project Manager, Nathan was responsible for scheduling company work force,
subcontractors, daily phasing schedules, procurement of materials, delivery
schedules, accounts payable, account receivable, oversite of quality control,
safety and production, daily reports, working with the Owner's Representative and
partnering for best -for -project solutions.
City of Sin!r$ Fnlle inrl Sttrrnnnriinn Aran I Ciniry rnlle cn
Streets Manager, June 2019 - August 2019
This $2M project consisted of 800.000 Sy of modified slurry seal and the
replacement of pavement markings in various locations around Sioux Falls and in
eight surrounding towns, some up to 30 miles away. There was a mix of residential
with some collectors and the main thoroughfare in the town of Tea. The project
had multiple completion deadlines and black -out days for each of the towns. The
project start was delayed due to weather impacts on city patching crews, however,
even with the delay, the team was able to meet the project's deadlines. Nate
was responsible for scheduling with multiple owners, providing weekly schedule
updates, procuring materials and delivery schedules, scheduling subcontractors,
over site of safety, quality control and production, crew supervision on multiple
work areas, stock yard management, project administration, accounts payable and
receivable approvals, negotiating City proposed change orders and partnering with
multiple owners and stakeholders.
FY InIQ !JItrrn-rrrrl�rp inrl Cl!irry Sail ! Wrllnnrl TV
Superintendent, April 2019 - June 2019
This $2.4M project consisted of Micro -surfacing scratch course and overlay on
various boulevards throughout Midland and slurry seal on several large residential
subdivision with applicable pavement marking removal and replacement. Nate's
responsibilities included materials procurement and delivery, project scheduling
of multiple crews, and subcontractors, phasing schedules of residential areas, City
proposed change order negotiations, superintendent support and new employee
training, oversite of safety, production and project finances, daily submission of
City required documentation, review and approval of monthly pay estimates and
addressing owner concerns and requests.
RICK 'N PROJECT MANAGER
(ALT, CANDIDATE)
Years of Experience
Rick is responsible for all aspects of the project from start to finish. He will
10
oversee all aspects of the project, bidding, productions, communication with the
owner, quality, public relations, work zone safety, account and project close out.
Licenses/Registrations
Rick bids and builds most of our seal coat work. Moreover, Hick and Weston build
• OSHA 30-Hour
much of our seal coat work together as a team. Rids has a deep understanding of
• ATTSA Traffic Control Supervisor
project logistics having built both city residential and rural highway projects.
Certification
• UDOT Phase I and Phase II Partnering
Relevant Experience
Training
enhal Package i 1 Tucson, A3
• Business and Ethics Training
Project MaMer, March 2015 - June 2015
• First Aid/ CPR Training 2019
This $2.8M project consisted of 334,383 SY of cape seal spread out over the city
• Reasonable Suspicion Training
of Tucson. Before the team placed the chip seal, they micro milled the surface
• Environmental Compliance Training
to remove any raised edges caused by the extreme cracking. They then placed a
• DBE Training
scrub seal which was then covered with micro surfacing. Rick was responsible
• Cyber Security Training
for Include coordinating with the different City departments, onsite scheduling,
• Anti -Trust Compliance Training
notification to the public, safety, quality control, and production, coordinating and
• ISSA Workshop Training
tracking various force account work and change ordered.
• Commercial drone pilot
ITn r.... ` - ' Coat S-1, Springs, ID
Education
Project Manager I June 2017 - August 2017
B.S., Construction Management
This $4M project consisted of 2,328,689 SY of seal coat and pavement markings.
Boise State University, 2011
State routes varied between urban and rural areas. Ricks responsibilities included
scheduling and coordinating the workforce and multiple subcontractors. procuring
Areas of Expertise
materials and delivery schedules from multiple suppliers, project administration,
All facets of pavement preservation and
accounts payable and receivable approvals.
maintenance including:
• Fag seals
` �'�T Regior ' -" I Denver, C+'
• Chip seals
Project Manager, June 2019 - September 2019
• Scrub Seals
This $2.3M project consisted of 380,000 SY of chip and fog seal, asphalt patching,
shouldering, crack seal, paint removal, and pavement markings. The project was
References
spread out over over locations through the Denver area. Rick was responsible
Chance Cole
for extensive scheduling and coordination with the State and subcontractors,
Idaho Department of Transportation
procurement of material and scheduling deliveries, notification to the public, safety,
(208) 772-8021
quality control, environmental and project administration.
Chance.cole@itd.idaho.gov
Brad McCullough
Wyoming Department of Transportation
(307) 352-3066
Brad.mccullough@wyo.gov
Years of Experience
JD has over 25 years of experience managing pavement preservation crews. JD is
28
based in our Lewisville, TX office and operates one of our three primary continuous
paver crews. Throughout his long career JD has worked in each of the roles on a
Licenses/Registrations
micro -surfacing crew, which allows him to lead and train each member of the crew.
• OSHA 10
On our more remote projects JD is often the face of the Company, successfully
• OSHA 30
managing all aspects of the project including interface with the Owner. JD has
• ATTSA Technician
built work all over the country but hers most familiar with the work and Agencies in
• ATTSA Supervisor
Texas, which makes him an ideal candidate for this project. JD has experience with
• ISSA Workshop (12 yrs)
a wide variety of Owners (DOT, Municipality, Private). All of our non -bid, interlocal
agreement work that we receive is in large part due to JD's history for quality
References
workmanship.
Dwain Mitchell
City of Lubbock, Texas
Relevant Experience
(806) 544-6198
Lubbock Micro Surfacinq and Scrub Seal I Lubbock, TX
dmitchell@mylubbock.us
Project Superintendent, June 2017 — September 2017
This $3.9M project consisted of placing 13,000 tons of micro on arterials and
Kay Oberle Reiter
residential streets. Traffic control was critical to street closures on residentials
City of Sioux Falls, South Dakota
and lane closures on the arterials. The City required a 24-hour notification to
(605) 212.2698
residents. Prior to placing the micro, streets were cleaned using weed eaters
kaybellj@gmail.com
and blowers then swept up using a vacuum broom. As Project Superintendent,
JD's responsibilities included organizing mobilization of crew and equipment to
the job site, setting up the stockpile, calibrating the paver, scheduling streets,
giving quantities to owner, ordering materials, overseeing the quality control and
interacting with the inspector and owner.
San Antonio Micro Surf acina San Antonio TX
Project Superintendent, June 2018 — August 2018
This $3.5M project in San Antonio consisted of hot mix patches, crack sealing
and micro surfacing. The micro surfacing consisted of 5182 ton of aggregate on
residential and arterial roads- 24 hour door knocking. Working with traffic subs
and scheduling roads. JD's responsibilities included organizing mobilization of
crew and equipment to the job site, setting up the stockpile, calibrating the paver,
scheduling streets, providing quantities to owner, ordering materials, overseeing
the quality control and interacting with the inspector and owner.
Micro Surfacing and Slurry Seal
Project Superintendent, AprR 2019 — June 2019
This $2.4M project involved micro surfacing the arterial roads and included lane
closures, grinding, scratch course and surface course- The work was completed
at night to eliminate traffic, scratch course applied first and allow for a 24-hour dry
time before placing the surface course. Prior to placing, the reflective buttons were
removed and a vacuum truck swept the lanes to remove the buttons, grindings and
debris. JD's was responsible for organizing mobilization of crew and equipment
to job site, setting up the stockpile, calibrating the paver, scheduling streets,
giving quantities to owner, ordering materials, overseeing the quality control and
interacting with inspector and owner.
1 IT -
Years of Experience
25
Licenses/Registrati on s
• OSHA 30
• MSHA
• ATTSA Traffic Control Supervisor
Certification
• First Aid/CPR Training
• Reasonable Suspicion Training
Environmental Compliance Training
• DBE Training
• Cyber Security Training
• An*Trust Compliance Training
• iSSA Workshop Training
• USU Motor Grader Level II
• Backhoe Level II
• Excavator Level 11
• Front End Loader Level II
• Class A CDL
Areas of Expertise
All facets of Pavement Preservation and
Maintenance:
• Fog seals
• Chip Seals
• Scrub Seals
• Slurry Seals
• Microsurfacing
• Crack Seal
• HMA paving
• Finish grading
References
Dwain Mitchell
City of Lubbock
(806) 775-3680
dmitchell@maii.ci.lubbock.tx.us
Chance Cole
Idaho Department of Transportation
(208) 772-8021
chance.cole@itd.fdaho.gov
Weston has over 25 years of experience managing a wide range of construction
projects. His specialty is seal coat operations. Throughout his career he has
performed each of the roles on a chip seal crew, which allows him to lead and
train each member of the crew. Weston has built some of our most complex and
unique projects. His familiarity with FHWA work and specifically National Park
environments has molded him into a patient and well -thought-out crew leader.
Attention to detail is everything on complex projects and with new Owners. Weston
Is perfectly suited to provide seal coat services on this project.
Relevant Experience
Lubbock Micros_ acing and Scrub Seal I Lubbock, T"
Scrub Seal Superintendent, May 2017 - June 2017
This $3.9M project consisted of 13,000 ton of micro -surfacing and 284,000 Sy
of scrub seal on various surface and residential streets throughout Lubbock and
removal and replacement of pavement markings. The scrub was overlaid with
Micro -surfacing forming what is known as a cape seal. The cape seal areas had
not been improved for 20 years. The scrub seal acted as a crack filler and a pliable
intedayer, giving a good consistent surface for the micro -surfacing to adhere to.
Westods responsibilities included daily planning and execution of the scrub seal
operation, scheduling and communicating the traffic control needs to make ensure
the publics safety around the job site. He was also responsible with notifying the
public in advance of the next days activities and any issues that came up.
ITn f 2rihnn nnim4v Qnnl rnif Cndn Qnrinne in
Superintendent, June 2017 - August 2017
This $4M project consisted of 2,328,689 SY of seal coat and pavement markings.
State routes varied between urban and rural areas. Westons responsibilities
included scheduling the work to complete it in the shortest amount of time to limit
the impact to the public, overseeing multiple subcontractors. He was responsible
for making sure the work site was safe for the traveling public.
ITn Ki-- f nrmfv z-1 r —t 1 "— in
Superintendent, August 2019 - September 2018
This $1.9M project consisted of 645,585 SY of seal coat and pavement markings.
Routes included city and rural highway areas. Weston was responsible for
scheduling the work to complete it in the shortest amount of time to limit
the impact to the public. He was also responsible for overseeing multiple
subcontractors and making sure the work site was safe for the traveling public.
GEORGE PETERSON, PE. QUALITY
CONTROL MANAGER
Years of Experience
George specializes in areas of lab testing for asphalt binder, emulsion, aggregate
20
and mix designs. George is the senior lab engineer for GARCO and manages a
team that performs over 1,000 tests a year and nearly 100 mix designs. George is
Licenses/Registraticns
an expert at creating mix designs for materials that come from various sources
Registered Professional Engineer,
throughout the western United States. George plays a critical role in testing the
State of Utah
viability of products prior to bid and plays an active role in the QC process and
additional testing throughout the project. George has an excellent reputation in
Education
the pavement preservation industry as evident by his appearance as a testing
B.S., Chemical Engineering
facilitator at the International Slurry Surfacing Association (ISSA) annual
University of Utah, May 2000
conference.
Areas of Expertise
Relevant Employment Experience
• Asphalt Binder & Emulsion
Garco Testing Labs I Sait Lake, U4
• Microsurfacing Systems
Asphalt Binder and Emulsion Er4neer, 2005-present
• QC Lab Testing
George is responsible for maintaining and calibrating test equipment as well as
• QC Lab Management
testing asphalt cement and asphalt emulsions for internal and external customers
• Proficient at Mix Design
according to ASTM/AASHTO methods. He performs slurry and micro surfacing mix
• Trainer for Test Procedure
designs for internal and external customers and extractions on RAP to determine
the grade of the asphalt to determine the amount of RAP to be used in hot mix.
References
George maintains and leads AASHTO's AMRL certification.
Roy Ulibarri
Lead Binder Technician — UDOT
Koch Materiais t,ompanp, norm Oast LaKe, ut
(801) 633-0667
Microsrrrfaeing Systems Leader/EH&S Leader, 2002-2005
rulibarri@utah.gov
George was promoted to the Micro surfacing Systems Leader from his previous
role as Mix Design Engineer. He has formulated emulsions for various projects
Tim O'Connell
and performed slurry and micro surfacing mix designs for the Western Region.
Research Director - Ingevity
He supports the plants during the manufacture of the emulsion and supports
(918) 284-9563
contractors in the field during construction. George maintains training records
tim.oconnell@ingevity.com
for EH&S training, performs EH&S training for employees and maintains chemical
inventory and updated MSDS.
3
r-
Years of Experience
Kenna specializes in boots on the ground quality control. Kenna travels with
4 20
GARCO's certified mobile testing lab and performs all required field testing for any
size project. Kenna has also spent time as the Quality Control Manager for the
Licenses/Registrations
most complex and unique FHWA Pavement Preservation Projects. In that role she
• NICET Level III Transportation
provides the Independent QC necessary for these large projects.
Engineering/Highway Materials
Certification #129851
Relevant Employment Experience
• WAQTC Certification
r---- Testing Labs I Salt G.
#161048 -Aggregate (AgTT)
Senior Teohnielam, 2007 - Present
• WAQTC Certification
Kenna's lab experience and field-testing experience includes testing of soils,
#161048 -Asphalt (AsTT)
aggregates, emulsion, asphalt and concrete according to AASHTO/ASTM test
• WYDOT Materials Technician
methods. She participates in AMRL and CCRL inspections and proficiency sample
Certification #5588 - Aggregate
programs. Her duties as Senior Technician include, but are not limited to, lab
• WYDOT Materials Technician
testing, field testing, test reporting and daily lab reports for a variety of state,
Certification #5588 - Asphalt
federal, city and county projects. She is responsible for the maintenance and
s Nuclear Testing Certification
calibration of the test equipment for two mobile lab trailers.
• U.S. Bureau of Reclamation Concrete
Certification
Areas of Expertise
• Asphalt Binder 8 Emulsion
• Microsurfacing Systems
• QC Lab Testing
• QC Lab Management
• Proficient at Mix Design
q • Trainer for Test Procedures
• Mobile Testing Lab
• QC Management
References
J.T. VanSwearingen
Construction Manager - RockSol
Consulting
(303) 880-8119
jt@rocksol.com
Ky Lovell
Sales Manager - Staker Parsons
Company
(801) 819-9085
Ky.lovell@stakerparsons.com
Years of Experience
8
LicensWRegistrations
• MSHA Approved Instructor (MIIN
M40248408)
• OSHA Authorized Construction Trainer
• OSHA 500/510
• OSHA 30/10
• Traffic Control Supervisor Certified
ATSSA
• Competent Person Certified Fall
Protection
• Competent Person Trench/Excavation
• First Aid/CPR/AED Certified
• Hazmat Certification
Derrick is equipped with all facets of safety and environmental experience. He
provides oversight to the entire Central and Western Divisions of Intermountain and
maintains a positive working relationship with each of our project teams. Over the
last 5 years, Derrick has garnered unique and diverse experience while working in
multiple regions across the company. He provides training and development for
our operations teams and remains active in the field throughout the construction
season, making sure he and his safety team satisfy the needs and goals of each
project.
Relevant Employment Experience
Aountaln blurry 5L as Lake City, U'
Reghxrral Safety i Envirenmental Manager, January 2020 - Present
Responsible for Regional oversight and implementation of Intermountain's annual
safety and environmental business plan. Leads the develop, execute and grow
themes of the strategic plan related to Safety and Health.
P-renva • nne"nirf-'^n Pt4, Danim- e`-1" -I-r Nfv IIT
Education Area Safety Manager 11, April 2017 - January 2020
B.S., Safety & Health, Responsible for developing Safety, Health, Environmental Action Plans and
Central Washington University, 2012 associated Risk Assessments work packages for various construction projects at
the Kennecott Utah Copper, Department of Transportation and Utah Plants.
Areas of Expertise
• Heavy civil construction
• Program setup/implementation
• Contractor management
• Traffic control management
• Mechanical maintenance
• Behavior based safety
• Safety team development
• Emergency response
• Hazard recognition
• Accident investigation
• Industrial plant outages
• Mentorship and team building
Reference
Anthony Trujillo
Safety Advisor - Rio Tinto Kennecott
(801) 302-7021
anthony.truiillo@dotinto.com
Chelly Heninger
Co -Owner - Awareness is Key
(801) 831-6740
awarenessiskeyctelly@gmail.com
iranite Constructio. ska Region , Anc,,orage, A,
Area Safety Manager, 2015 - 2017
Safety oversight of all Granite projects for the Alaska Region during 2015/2016
work seasons, multiple projects totaling in revenue of 200 million dollars. The
Alaska Region worked over 3000 thousand man-hours sustaining only one
recordable injury. Responsible for management team leadership field audits
that concentrated on operational excellence and zero -harm. Managed various
contractors / construction projects within the MSHA, OSHA, DOT and partnered
with Conoco Philips with multiple mining projects.
-• ''- Slurry Seal, Inc. I Salt Lake City. UT
Safety Coordhrator, 2013 - 2015
Responsible for all aspects of safety, security, industrial hygiene and emergency
response at Intermountain Slurry Seal Inc. Safety oversight of all Intermountain
projects out of the Salt Lake City UT and Lewisville TX central region. Teams
worked over 250 thousand man-hours, operated in 13 states and completed over
$65 million in revenue each year with zero recordable injuries within the central
region.
Years of Experience
5
Licenses/Registrations
• OSHA 510
• OSHA 30
• MSHA 24•Hour Training
• First Aid/CPR/AED Certified
• Traffic Control Supervisor Certified
ATSSA
• Utah Safety Council Forklift Trainer
Certification
• Competent Person Certified Fall
Protection
• Utah Registered SWPPP Writer
• Utah Chapter of the APWA -
Registered Stormwater Inspector
• Nevada Water Pollution Control
Manger Certification
• California Environmental Protection
Agency Air Resources Board Method
9 Certificate of Completion
Education
B_S., Environmental Science &
Management
Utah Valley University, 2013
Areas of Expertise
• Storm Water Protection
• Program setup/implementation
• Contractor management
• Traffic control management
• Mechanical maintenance
• Behavior based safety
• Regulatory Compliance
• Emergency response
• Hazard recognition
• Accident investigation
• USDOT Regulations
Reference
George Harvey
Project Executive — Granite Construction
(214) 870-5813
george.harvey@gcinc_com
Teri Bowman
Environmental Manager- Longnecker
(208) 251-4696
tbowman@la4nc.com
Ryan specializes in safety and environmental work. He works with project
management teams in the planning phases and subsequently with field supervisors
during the construction Implementation phase of every project. Ryan brings
extensive knowledge of environmental and safety regulation to each of the 18
states covered by Intermountain. In the off-season, he provides training and
development for our operations teams and remains active in the field throughout
the construction season, making sure he satisfies the all project goals.
Relevant Employment Experience
•Ttnrmnnntain Shim Saal I -I-- ^=• -
Safety & Environmental Coordinator, 2017 — Present
Ryan is responsible for developing Safety, Health, Environmental Action Plans and
associated Risk Assessments work packages for various construction projects and
responsible for all aspects of safety, security, industrial hygiene and emergency
response. Ryan provides safety oversight of all Intermountain projects out of the
Salt Lake City, UT and Lewisville, TX central region.
• Perform inspections related to job sites: work areas, housekeeping, traffic
control, compliance, personal protective equipment. To promote compliance
with all safety regulations.
• Analyze Job Hazard Analysis (JHA) prior to internal preconstruction meetings,
related to all resurfacing operations at Intermountain Slurry Seal.
• Conduct trainings through publishing tailgate meetings and in -person task
training during orientation.
• Oversee all of Granite's Standard Operating Procedures related to the
• Safety and Health Management System.
• Collaborate with safety manger, project managers, project engineers,
superintendents and craft work force to encourage and promote a safe work
environment.
• Ensure Intermountain Slurry Seal maintains OSHA compliance.
Intermountain slurry Seal, Inc. I Salt Lake City, UT
Regional &Mronmental Coordinator, 2015 - 2017
Ryan provided environmental oversight to all Intermountain projects across
18 states. He was responsible for environmental awareness and compliance,
including field audits, training, regulatory communication, permitting and
implementation of SWPPR Ryan focused on operational excellence and zero -harm
to the environment.
Page Intentionally Left Blank
City of Lubbock
City of Lubbock, TX
Insurance Requirement Affidavit
To Be Completed by Offeror
Must be submitted with Proposal
Bid RFP 20.15224JM
I, the undersigned Offeror, certify that the insurance requirements contained in this proposal document have been reviewed
by me and my Insurance Agent/Broker. If I am awarded this contract by the City of Lubbock, I will be able to, within ten
(10) business days after being notified of such award by the City of Lubbock, furnish a valid insurance certificate to the
City meeting all of the requirements defined in this proposal.
Josh Bowen, Project Manager
n ctor ("if Signature) Contractor (Print)
O'do
CONTRACTOR'S BUSINESS NAME: Intermountain Slurry Seal, Inc.
(Print or Type)
CONTRACTOR'S FIRM ADDRESS: 520 North400 West
North Salt Lake, UT 84054
NOTE TO CONTRACTOR
If the time requirement specified above is not met, the City has the right to reject this proposal and award the
contract to another contractor. If you have any questions concerning these requirements, please contact the
Director of Purchasing & Contract Management for the City of Lubbock at (806) 775-2572.
RFP 20-15224-JM - Micro -Surfacing
3/?J2020 7:03 AM p. 49
Page Intentionally Left Blank
city or LL teode Bid RFP M15224- JM
Safety Record Questionnaire
The City of Lubbock City Council desires to avail itself of the benefits of Section 252.0435 of the Local Government Code,
and consider the safety records of potential contractors prior to awarding proposals on City contracts. Pursuant to Section
252.0435 of the Local Government Code, City of Lubbock has adopted the following written definition and criteria for
accurately determining the safety record of a proposer prior to awarding proposals on City contracts.
The definition and criteria for determining the safety record of a proposer for this consideration shall be:
The City of Lubbock shall consider the safety record of the offerors in determining the responsibility thereof. The City may
consider any incidence involving worker safety or safety of the citizens of the City of Lubbock, be it related or caused by
environmental, mechanical, operational, supervision or any other cause or factor. Specifically, the City may consider, among
other things:
a. Complaints to, or final orders entered by, the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (OSHRC),
against the proposer for violations of OSHA regulations within the past three (3) years.
b. Citations (as defined below) from an Environmental Protection Agency (as defined below) for violations within the
past five (5) years. Environmental Protection Agencies include, but are not necessarily limited to, the U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers (USACOE), the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), the Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA), the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ), the Texas Natural Resource
Conservation Commission (TNRCC) (predecessor to the TCEQ), the Texas Department of State Health Services
(DSHS), the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department (TPWD), the Structural Pest Control Board (SPCB), agencies
of local governments responsible for enforcing environmental protection or worker safety related laws or
regulations, and similar regulatory agencies of other states of the United States. Citations include notices of
violation, notices of enforcement, suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses or registrations, fines assessed,
pending criminal complaints, indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and
judicial final judgments.
C. Convictions of a criminal offense within the past ten (10) years, which resulted in bodily harm or death.
d. Any other safety related matter deemed by the City Council to be material in determining the responsibility of the
offeror and his or her ability to perform the services or goods required by the proposal documents in a safe
environment, both for the workers and other employees of offeror and the citizens of the City of Lubbock.
In order to obtain proper information from offerors so that City of Lubbock may consider the safety records of potential
contractors prior to awarding proposals on City contracts, City of Lubbock requires that offerors answer the following four
(4) questions and submit them with their proposals:
QUESTION ONE
Has the offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the offeror, or anyone acting for such
firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of OSHA within the past three (3) years?
YES NO X
If the offeror has indicated YES for question number one above, the offeror must provide to City of Lubbock, with its
proposal submission, the following information with respect to each such citation:
Date of offense, location of establishment inspected, category of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and penalty
assessed
�$ Offeror's Initials
1
31MIM 7:03 AM P. 51
City of Lubbock
QUESTION TWO
Bid RFP 20-1=44M
Has the offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by the offeror, or anyone acting for such
firm, corporation, partnership or institution, received citations for violations of environmental protection laws or regulations,
of any kind or type, within the past five years? Citations include notice of violation, notice of enforcement,
suspension/revocations of state or federal licenses, or registrations, fines assessed, pending criminal complaints,
indictments, or convictions, administrative orders, draft orders, final orders, and judicial final judgments.
YES NO X
If the offeror has indicated YES for question number two above, the offeror must provide to City of Lubbock, with its
proposal submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction:
Date of offense or occurrence, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, if any, and
penalty assessed.
OUESTION THREE
Has the offeror, or the firm, corporation, partnership, or institution represented by offeror, or anyone acting for such firm,
corporation, partnership, or institution, ever been convicted, within the past ten (10) years, of a criminal offense which
resulted in serious bodily injury or death?
YES NO X
If the offeror has indicated YES for question number three above, the offeror must provide to City of Lubbock, with its
proposal submission, the following information with respect to each such conviction:
Date of offense, location where offense occurred, type of offense, final disposition of offense, in any, and penalty assessed.
Provide your company's Experience Modification Rate and supporting information:
THE STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
M
I certify that I have made no willful misrepresentations in this Questionnaire nor have I withheld information in my
statements and answers to questions. I am aware that the information given by me in this questionnaire will be investigated,
with my full permission, and that any misrepresentations or omissions may cause my proposal to be rejected.
/a v fir- /Josh Bowen
S a
Project Manager
Title
2
31212020 7.M AM P. 52
City of Lubbock Bid RFP 20-16224-JM
City of Lubbock, TX
RFP 20-15224-JM
Suspension and Debarment Certification
Federal Law (A-102 Common Rule and OMB Circular A-110) prohibits non -Federal entities from contracting
with or making sub -awards under covered transactions to parties that are suspended or debarred or whose
principals are suspended or debarred. Covered transactions include procurement contracts for goods or services
equal to or in excess of $25,000 and all non -procurement transactions (e.g., sub -awards to sub -recipients).
Contractors receiving individual awards of $25,000 or more and all sub -recipients must certify that their
organization and its principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency.
Before an award of $25,000 or more can be made to your firm, you must certify that your organization and its
principals are not suspended or debarred by a Federal agency.
I, the undersigned agent for the firm named below, certify that neither this firm nor its principals are
suspended or debarred by a Federal agency.
COMPANY NAME: Intermountain Slurry Seal. Inc.
FEDERAL TAX ID or SOC ECURITY o. 87-0307259
Signature of Company Official:—
Printed name of company official signing above: Josh Bowen, Project Manager
Date Signed: March 25, 2020
3r2/2020 7:03 AM P. 53
City of LUbbock Bid RFP 20-16224JM
City of Lubbock, TX
House Bill 99 Verification
�. RFP 20-15224-JM
I, Josh Bowen (Person name), the undersigned representative of (Company or
Business Name)_ Intermountain Slum Seal. Inc.
(hereafter referred to as company) being an adult over the age of eighteen (18) years of age, do hereby
depose and verify under oath that the company named -above, under the provisions of Subtitle F, Title 10,
Government Code Chapter 2270:
1. Does not boycott Israel currently; and
2. Will not boycott Israel during the term of the contract the above -named
Company, business or individual with the City of Lubbock acting by and through City of
Lubbock.
Pursuant to Section 2270.001, Texas Government Code.
1. "Boycott Israel" means refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise taking
any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial relations
specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an Israeli -controlled
territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business purposes; and
2. "Company" means a for profit sole proprietorship, organization, association, corporation, partnership,
joint venture, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, or any limited liability company,
" including a wholly owned subsidiary, majority -owned subsidiary, parent company or afflliate of those
entities or business associations that exist to make a profit.
Josh Bowen, Project Manager
March 25, 2020
DATE G ATL F COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE
3/2l2020 7:03 AM
p. 54
CKy of Lubbock
PROPOSED LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS
Bid RFP 20-15224-JM
Minority Owned
Company Name
Location Services Provided
Yes No
1. r� t s er Flsr✓�_
_ r�iN�odwtr{'y,_ fi � Al WS-446 4
_ ❑
y 2• GWG.ti
6.o Bd� c �c f TIC 70i4 VF/+�fis+lr ,.vaB�yC�,i,riS
❑ Q--
3.
❑ a
4.
❑ ❑
5.
❑ ❑
6.
❑ ❑
•• 7.
❑ ❑
9.
❑ ❑
10.
❑ a
11.
❑ a
12.
O O
13.
❑ ❑
14.
❑ a
15.
a o
- 16.
o ❑
THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED ALONG WITH YOUR PROPOSAL
IF NO SUB -CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO
SUBMITTED BY:
Intermountain SIuU Seal Inc.
(PRINT
RFP 20-15224-JM - Micro -Surfacing
I 3/2/2M 7*03 AM
p. 58
PaSe Intentionally Left Blank
POST -CLOSING DOCUMENT REQUIREMENTS
The below -listed document must be received in the Purchasing and Contract Management Office
Not Later Than SEVEN BUSINESS DAYS after the close date when proposals are due.
FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS
Page Intentionally Left Blank
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
FINAL LIST OF SUB -CONTRACTORS
Company Name Location Services Provided
C & S Sweeping Phoenix, AZ Sweeping
Barricades Unlimited Lubbock, TX Pgygment Markings
SUBMITTED BY:
Intermountain Slurry Seal, Inc.
(PRINT NAME OF COMPANY)
Minority Owned
Yes No
❑ M/
❑ ❑
❑ ❑
❑ ❑
❑ ❑
❑ ❑
❑ ❑
❑ ❑
❑ ❑
❑ ❑
❑ ❑
❑ ❑
❑ ❑
❑ ❑
THIS FORM SHALL BE COMPLETED AND RETURNED NOT LATER THAN SEVEN BUSINESS
DAYS AFTER THE CLOSE DATE WHEN PROPOSALS ARE DUE
IF NO SUB -CONTRACTORS WILL BE USED PLEASE INDICATE SO
RFP 20-15224-IN - Micro -Surfacing
Page Intentionally Left Blank
PAYMENT BOND
Page Intentionally Left Blank
STATUTORY PAYMENT BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a)
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
(CONTRACTS MORE THAN $50,000)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Intermountain Slurry Seal, Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as
Principal(s), and
(hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the
Obligee), in the amount of Four Million Three Hundred Twenty Six Thousand Three Hundred Fifty Dollars and
Eighty Cents. (4,326,350.80) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety
bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 9`h day of June,
2020 to RFP 20-15224-JM Micro -Surfacing
and said Principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in
the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if
copied at length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay
all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said
contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas
Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Article to
the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this
_ day of 2020.
Surety
*By:
(Title)
(Company Name)
By:
(Printed Name)
(Signature)
(Title)
The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby
designates an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered
and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship.
Surety
* By:
Approved as to form:
City of Lubbock
By:
City Attorney
(Title)
* Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing
that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of
attorney for our files.
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page Intentionally Left Blank
STATUTORY PERFORMANCE BOND PURSUANT TO SECTION 2253.021(a)
OF THE TEXAS GOVERNMENT CODE
(CONTRACTS MORE THAN $100,000)
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that Intermountain Slurry Seal, Inc. (hereinafter called the Principal(s), as
Principal(s), and
(hereinafter called the Surety(s), as Surety(s), are held and firmly bound unto the City of Lubbock (hereinafter called the
Obligee), in the amount of Four Million Three Hundred And Twenty Six Thousand Three Hundred Fifty Dollars And
Eighty Cents ($4,326,350.80) lawful money of the United States for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety
bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these
presents.
WHEREAS, the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Obligee, dated the 9"' day of June,
2020 RFP 20-15224-JM Micro Surfacing
and said principal under the law is required before commencing the work provided for in said contract to execute a bond in
the amount of said contract which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if
copied at length herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall
faithfully perform the work in accordance with the plans, specifications and contract documents, then this obligation shall
be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2253.021(a) of the Texas
Government Code, and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said article to
the same extent as if it were copied at length herein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal (s) and Surety (s) have signed and sealed this instrument this _ day
of , 2020.
Surety
* By:
(Title)
(Company Name)
By:
(Printed Name)
(Signature)
(Title)
The undersigned surety company represents that it is duly qualified to do business in Texas, and hereby designates
an agent resident in Lubbock County to whom any requisite notices may be delivered
and on whom service of process may be had in matters arising out of such suretyship.
Surety
*By:
(Title)
Approved as to Form
City of Lubbock
By:
City Attorney
* Note: If signed by an officer of the Surety Company, there must be on file a certified extract from the by-laws showing
that this person has authority to sign such obligation. If signed by an Attorney in Fact, we must have copy of power of
attorney for our files.
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
Page Intentionally Left Blank
CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
TO: CITY OF LUBBOCK DATE:
P.O. BOX 2000, Room 204
LUBBOCK, TX 79457 TYPE OF PROJECT:
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT (Name and Address of Insured) is, at the date of this certificate,
insured by this Company with respect to the business operations hereinafter described, for the typed of insurance and in accordance with the provisions
A the standard policies used by this company,
the further hereinafter
described. Exceptions to standard policy noted hereon.
TYPE OF INSURANCE
POLICY NUMBER
EFFECTIVE
EFFECTIVE
LIMITS
DATE
DATE
GENERAL LIABILITY
Commercial General Liability
General Aggregate $
Claims Made
Products-Comp/Op AGG $
Occurrence
Personal & Adv. Injury $
Owner's & Contractors Protective
Each Occurrence $
0
Fire Damage (Any one Fire) $
$
Med Exp (Any one Person)
AUTOMOTIVE LIABILITY
Any Auto
Combined Single Limit $
All Owned Autos
Bodily Injury (Per Person) $
Scheduled Autos
Bodily Injury (Per Accident) $
Hired Autos
Property Damage $
Non -Owned Autos
GARAGE LIABILITY
Any Auto
Auto Only - Each Accident $
Other than Auto Only:
Each Accident $
Aggregate $
BUILDER'S RISK
100% of the Total Contract Price
$
INSTALLATION FLOATER
$
EXCESS LIABILITY
Umbrella Form
Each Occurrence $
Aggregate $
Other Than Umbrella Form
$
WORKERS COMPENSATION AND
EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
The Proprietor/ Included
Statutory Limits
Partners/Executive Excluded
Each Accident $
Officers are:
Disease Policy Limit $
Disease -Each Employee $
OTHER
The above policies either in the body thereof or by appropriate endorsement provide that they may not be changed or canceled by the insurer in less
than the legal time required after the insured has received written notice of such change or cancellation, or in case there is no legal requirement, in less
than five days in advance of cancellation.
FIVE COPIES OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE
MUST BE SENT TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK (Name of Insurer)
By:
Title:
The Insurance Certificates Furnished shall name the City of Lubbock as Additional Insured on Auto General
Liability and provide a Waiver of Subrogation in favor of the City of Lubbock. THE ADDITIONAL INSURED
ENDORSEMENT SHALL INCLUDE PRODUCTS AND COMPLETE OPERATIONS.
CONTRACTORCHECKLIST
A CONTRACTOR SHALL:
(1) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project based on
proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of any coverage agreements;
(2) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the governmental entity prior
to beginning work on the project;
(3) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(4) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental entity:
(A) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental
entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services
on the project; and
(B) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing
extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends
during the duration of the project;
(5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter;
(6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within ten (10) days after
the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage
of any person providing services on the project;
(7) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project that they are
required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage and report failure to provide
coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting requirements imposed by the Act or other commission
rules. This notice must be printed in at least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish
and any other language common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following
text provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or changes:
PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE FORM
OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES FURNISHED
SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON AUTO/GENERAL
LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO INCLUDE PRODUCTS
OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF
THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO
PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS
INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR.
COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE REQUIRED.
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to this construction project must be
covered by workers' compensation insurance. This includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment and
materials, or providing labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity of their
employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 512-305-7238 to receive information on the legal
requirement for coverage, to verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report
an employer's failure to provide coverage." and contractually require each person with whom it contracts
to provide services on a project, to:
(A) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing
of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the
duration of the project;
(B) provide a certificate of coverage to the contractor prior to that person beginning work on the project;
(C) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage
ends during the duration of the project;
(D) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and
(ii) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of the
coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during
the duration of the project;
(E) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year
thereafter;
(F) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within (ten) 10 days
after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of
coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(G) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by
paragraphs (A) - (H), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they
are providing services.
Pase Intentionally Left Blank
CONTRACT
Page Intentionally Left Blank
Contract 15224
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF LUBBOCK
THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this 9th day of .tune 2020 by and between
the City of Lubbock, County of Lubbock, State of Texas, acting by and through the Mayor, City' of Lubbock, [hereunto
authorized to do so, hereinafter referred to as OWNER, and Intermountain Slurry Seal. Inc. of the City of North Salt
Lake County of Davis and the State of Utah hereinafter termed CONTRACTOR.
WITNESSETH: That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements hereinafter mentioned, to be made and
performed by the OWNER and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith (if any) the
CONTRACTOR hereby agrees with OWNER to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements
described as follows:
RFP 20-15224-JM Micro -Surfacing
and all extra work in connection therewith, under the terms as stated in the contract documents and at his (or their) own
proper cost and expense to furnish all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, labor, insurance
and other accessories and services necessary to complete the said construction in accordance with the contract documents
as defined in the General Condition of Agreement. Intermountain Slurry Seal. Inc.'s proposal dated March 25. 2020, is
incorporated into and made a part of this agreement.
The CONTRACTOR hereby agrees to commence work within ten days after the date written notice to do so shall have
been given to him and to substantially complete same within the time specified in the contract documents.
The OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds for the performance of the contract in accordance with
the proposal submitted therefore, subject to additions and deductions, as provided in the contract documents and to make
payment on account thereof as provided therein.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this agreement in Lubbock, Lubbock County,
Texas in the year and day fast above written.
CONTRACTOR:
Intermountain Shiny Seal Inc
By:
PRWTEDNAM ary rice
TM F- Vice President
COMPLETE ADDRESS:
Company Intermountain Slurry Seal, Inc.
Address 520 Nnrrh 40n Wegt
City, State, Zip North Salt Lake UT 84054
ATTEST:
.See Attached Certificate of Secretary
Corporate Secretary
CITY OF UBBOC , TOWNER):
By.
Daniel M. Pope, Mayor
Garza, City
TO
Works
Division Director
P ASS YP FORM:
MW
ili Leisure, Assistant City Attorney
Page Intentionally Left Blank
CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE CHAPTER 176
CONFLICT OF INTEREST QUESTIONNAIRE CHAPTER 176
FOR VENDOR DOING BUSINESS WITH LOCAL GOVERNMENTAL ENTITY
This questionnaire reflects changes made to law by H.B. 23, 841' Leg., Regular Session
Businesses and individuals doing business with the City need to file conflict of interest questionnaires with the
Office of the City Secretary's Office. Local government officers are also required to file when a conflict exists.
The questionnaire is to be filed in accordance with Chapter 176, Local Government Code, by a vendor who has a
business relationship as defined by Section 176.001 (1-a) with a local governmental entity and the vendor meets
the requirements under Section 176.006(a).
By law this questionnaire must be filed with the City Secretary's Office of the local governmental entity no later
than the 7ch business day after the date the vendor becomes aware of the facts that require the statement to be
filled.
Chapter 176 of the Local Government Code requires the City Manager and Council Members to file a Conflicts
Disclosure Statement regarding their relationships with City vendors (including bidders and potential vendors).
The law also requires that any vendor who contracts, or seeks to contract, with the City for the sale or purchase
of property, goods or services (including a bidder on a City contract) file a "Conflict of Interest Questionnaire"
regarding the vendor's business relationships, if any, with Council Members or the City Manager.
Compliance is the responsibility of each individual, business or agent who is subject to the law's filing
requirement. Questions about compliance should be directed to your legal counsel.
Office of the City Secretary
1625 13th Street, Room 206
Lubbock, TX 79401
Questionnaire is available at https:Hci.lubbock.tx.us/departments/purchasing/vendor-information
CHAPTER 46. DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
Texas Government Code 2252.908
Disclosure of Interested Parties
Form 1295
House Bill 1295, adopted by the 84th Legislature, created §2252.908, Texas Government Code. Section
2252.908 requires a business entity entering into certain contracts with a governmental entity or state agency to
file with the governmental entity or state agency a disclosure of interested parties at the time the business entity
submits the signed contract to the governmental entity or state agency.
§2252.908, Texas Government Code requires the commission to adopt rules necessary to implement the new
disclosure requirement and to prescribe the disclosure form. Section 2252.908 requires the disclosure form to be
signed by the authorized agent of the contracting business entity, acknowledging that the disclosure is made
under oath and under penalty of perjury. Section 2252.908 applies only to a contract that requires an action or
vote by the governing body of the governmental entity or state agency before the contract may be signed or has
a value of at least $1 million. Section 2252.908 provides definitions of certain terms occurring in the section.
House Bill 1295 provides that §2252.908 applies only to a contract entered into on or after January 1, 2016.
An interested party is defined as a person who has a controlling interest in a business entity with whom a
governmental entity or state agency contracts or who actively participates in facilitating the contract or
negotiating the terms of the contract, including a broker, intermediary, adviser, or attorney for the business
entity.
Contractors are required to acquire Form 1295 via the Texas Ethics Commission website. This requires
registration, generation of Form 1295 with a unique Certificate Number & filing date, printing the form, signing
the form, and returning the form to City of Lubbock Purchasing & Contract Management Department.
Once the form is received by the Purchasing and Contract Management Department, the Buyer associated with
the project will log -in to the Texas Ethics Commission portal and acknowledge receipt of the form not later than
the 30th day after the date the contract for which the form was filed binds all parties to the contract. This will
complete the form for the contract with which the form is associated. The completed form will be made
available via the Texas Ethics Commission website.
Form 1295 can be generated via the Texas Ethics Commission web portal. The website and detailed
instructions are located at: httys://www.ethics.state.tx.us/whatsnew/elf info form1295.htm
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE AGREEMENT
1. OWNER
Whenever the word Owner, or First Party, are used in this contract, it shall be understood as referring to the City of
Lubbock, Texas.
CONTRACTOR
Whenever the word Contractor, or Second Parry, is used, it shall be understood to mean the person, persons, co-
partnership or corporation, to wit Intermountain Slurry Seal, Inc. who has agreed to perform the work embraced
in this contract, or their legal representative.
3. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
Whenever the word Owner's Representative or representative is used in this contract, it shall be understood as
referring to, City of Lubbock, or its representative Dwain Mitchell, SR. Project Manager, so designated who will
inspect constructions; or to such other representatives, supervisors, architects, engineers, or inspectors as may be
authorized by said Owner to act in any particular under this agreement. Engineers, supervisors or inspectors will
act for the Owner under the direction of Owner's Representative, but shall not directly supervise the Contractor or
persons acting on behalf of the Contractor.
4. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The contract's documents shall consist of the Notice to Offerors, General Instructions to Offerors, Proposal, Signed
Agreement, Statutory Bonds (if required), General Conditions of the Agreement, Special Conditions of the
Agreement (if any), Specifications, Plans, Insurance Certificates, and all other documents made available to Offeror
for inspection in accordance with the Notice to Offerors. The above described materials are sometimes referred to
herein as the "contract" or "contract documents".
5. INTERPRETATION OF PHRASES
Whenever the words "Directed," "Permitted," "Designated," "Required," "Considered Necessary," "Prescribed," or
words of like import are used, it shall be understood that the direction, requirement, permission, order, designation
or prescription of the Owner's Representative is intended; and similarly, the words "Approved," "Acceptable,"
"Satisfactory," or words of like import shall mean approved by or acceptable or satisfactory to the Owner's
Representative.
6. SUBCONTRACTOR
The term Subcontractor, as employed herein, includes only those having a direct contract with the Contractor for
performance of work on the project contemplated by these contract documents. Owner shall have no
responsibility to any Subcontractor employed by Contractor for performance of work on the project contemplated
by these contract documents, but said Subcontractors will look exclusively to Contractor for any payments due
Subcontractor. The City reserves the right to approve or disapprove the selection of any subcontractor(s).
7. WRITTEN NOTICE
Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of
the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent certified mail to the last
business address known to the party who gives the notice.
8. CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES
Unless otherwise stipulated, the Contractor shall provide and pay for all materials, supplies, machinery, equipment,
tools, superintendence, labor, insurance, and all water, light, power, fuel, transportation and all other facilities
necessary for the execution and completion of the work covered by the contract documents. Unless otherwise
specified, all materials shall be new and both workmanship and materials shall be of a good quality. The Contractor
shall, if required, furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials. Materials or work described
in words which so applied have well known, technical or trade meaning shall be held to refer such recognized
standards.
All work shall be done and all materials furnished in strict conformity with the contract documents.
9. SUBSTANTIALLY COMPLETED
The term "Substantially Completed" is meant that the structure or project contemplated by the contract documents
has been made suitable for use or occupancy or the facility is in a condition to serve its intended purpose, but still
may require minor miscellaneous work and adjustment.
10. LAYOUT
Except as specifically provided herein, the Contractor shall be responsible for laying out all work and shall
accomplish this work in a manner acceptable to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative will check
the Contractor's layout of all major structures and any other layout work done by the Contractor at Contractor's
request, but this check does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of correctly locating all work in
accordance with the Plans and Specifications.
11. KEEPING OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS ACCESSIBLE
The Contractor shall be furnished ten copies of all Plans and Specifications without expense to Contractor and
Contractor shall keep one copy of same consistently accessible on the job site.
12. RIGHT OF ENTRY
The Owner's Representative may make periodic visits to the site to observe the progress or quality of the executed
work and to determine, in general, if the work is proceeding in accordance with the contract documents. Owner's
Representative will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous onsite inspections to check the quality or
quantity of the work, nor will Owner's Representative be responsible for the construction means, methods,
techniques, sequences or procedures, or the safety precautions incident thereto. Notwithstanding the Owner's
Representative's rights of entry hereunder, the Owner's Representative will not be responsible for the Contractor's
failure to perform the work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
13. LINES AND GRADES
The Contractor is responsible for construction layout based on the control provided in the construction documents.
All lines and grades shall be furnished whenever Owner's Representative (as distinguished from Resident Project
Representative(s)) deems said lines and grades are necessary for the commencement of the work contemplated by
these contract documents or the completion of the work contemplated by these contract documents. Whenever
necessary, Contractor shall suspend its work in order to permit Owner's Representative to comply with this
requirement, but such suspension will be as brief as practical and Contractor shall be allowed no extra compensation
therefore. The Contractor shall give the Owner's Representative ample notice of the time and place where lines and
grades will be needed. All stakes, marks, etc., shall be carefully preserved by the Contractor, and in case of careless
destruction or removal by Contractor, its Subcontractors, or its employees, such stakes, marks, etc., shall be replaced
by the Owner's Representative at Contractor's expense.
14. OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE'S AUTHORITY AND DUTY
Unless otherwise specified, it is mutually agreed between the parties to this Agreement that the Owner's
Representative (as distinguished from Resident Project Representative(s))has the authority to review all work
included herein. The Owner's Representative has the authority to stop the work whenever such stoppage may be
necessary to ensure the proper execution of the contract. The Owner's Representative shall, in all cases, determine
the amounts and quantities of the several kinds of work which are to be paid for under the contract documents, and
shall determine all questions in relation to said work and the construction thereof, and shall, in all cases, decide
every question which may arise relative to the execution of this contract on the part of said Contractor. The decision
of the Owner's Representative shall be conclusive in the absence of written objection to same delivered to Owner's
Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of any decision or direction by Owner's Representative. In the
absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any and all objection or objections shall be
deemed waived.
15. SUPERINTENDENCE AND INSPECTION
It is agreed by the Contractor that the Owner's Representative shall be and is hereby authorized to appoint from
time to time such subordinate engineers, supervisors, or inspectors, as distinguished from Resident Project
Representative, as the said Owner's Representative may deem proper to inspect the materials furnished and the work
done under this Agreement, and to see that said material is furnished and said work is done in accordance with the
specifications therefore. The Contractor shall furnish all reasonable aid and assistance required by the subordinate
engineers, supervisors or inspectors for the proper inspection and examination of the work. The Contractor shall
regard and obey the directions and instructions of any subordinate engineers, supervisors or inspectors so appointed,
when such directions and instructions are consistent with the obligations of this Agreement and accompanying plans
and specifications provided, however, should the Contractor object to any orders by any subordinate engineer,
supervisor or inspector, the Contractor may within fifteen (15) calendar days make written appeal to the Owner's
Representative for its decision. In the absence of timely written objection by Contractor, as provided herein, any
and all objection or objections shall be deemed waived.
16. CONTRACTOR'S DUTY AND SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor shall give personal attention to the faithful prosecution and completion of this contract and shall
keep on the work, during its progress, a competent superintendent and any necessary assistants, all satisfactory to
Owner's Representative. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor in its absence and all directions given
to superintendent shall be binding as if given to the Contractor. It is expressly agreed that adequate supervision by
competent and reasonable representatives of the Contractor is essential to the proper performance of the work and
lack of such supervision shall be grounds for suspending operations of the Contractor.
The work, from its commencement to completion, shall be under the exclusive charge and control of the Contractor
and all risk in connection therewith shall be borne by the Contractor.
The Owner or Owner's Representatives shall not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the Contractor, or any
subcontractors, or any of Contractor's agents or employees, or any other persons performing any of the work.
17. CONTRACTOR'S UNDERSTANDING
It is understood and agreed that the Contractor has, by careful examination, satisfied itself as to the nature and
location of the work, the confirmation of the ground, the character, quality and quantity of materials to be
encountered, the character of equipment and facilities needed preliminary to and during the prosecution of the work,
and the general and local conditions, and all other matters which in any way affect the work under the contract
documents. No oral agreement or conversation with any officer, agent, or employee of the Owner, or Owner's
Representative either before or after the execution of this contract, shall affect or modify any of the terms or
obligations herein contained. Subject to the rights of Owner as set forth in Paragraph 23 hereof, all modifications
and/or amendments to the contract documents, shall be in writing, and executed by Owner's Representative and
Contractor.
Unless otherwise specified herein, all loss, expense or damage to Contractor arising out of the nature of the work
to be done, or from the action of the elements, or from any unforeseen circumstance and the prosecution of the
work, shall be sustained and borne by the Contractor at its own cost and expense.
18. CHARACTER OF WORKERS
The Contractor agrees to employ only orderly and competent workers, skillful in the performance in the type of
work required under this contract, to do the work; and agrees that whenever the Owner's Representative shall inform
Contractor in writing that any person or persons on the work, are, in Owner's Representative's sole opinion,
incompetent, unfaithful, disorderly, or otherwise unacceptable to Owner or Owner's Representative, such person or
persons shall be discharged from the work and shall not again be employed on the work without the Owner's
Representative's written consent.
19. CONSTRUCTION PLANT
The Contractor shall provide all labor, tools, equipment, machinery and materials necessary in the prosecution and
completion of this contract where it is not otherwise specifically provided that Owner shall furnish same, and it is
also understood that Owner shall not be held responsible for the care, preservation, conservation, or protection of
any materials, tools, equipment or machinery or any part of the work until it is finally completed and accepted.
The building of structures for the housing of workers or equipment will be permitted only at such places as the
Owner's Representative shall consent or direct, and the sanitary conditions of the grounds in or about such structure
shall at all times be maintained in a manner satisfactory to the Owner's Representative.
20. SANITATION
Necessary sanitary conveniences for the use of laborers on the work site, properly secluded from public observation,
shall be constructed and maintained by the Contractor in such manner and at such points as shall be approved by
the Owner's Representative and their use shall be strictly enforced.
21. OBSERVATION AND TESTING
The Contractor is responsible for construction quality control testing, cost, and reporting of the type and extent
required by the contract documents. The Owner or Owner's Representative shall have the right at all times to
observe and test the work. Contractor shall make necessary arrangements and provide proper facilities and access
for such observation and testing at any location wherever such work is in preparation or progress. Contractor shall
ascertain the scope of any observation that may be contemplated by Owner or Owner's Representative and shall
give ample notice as to the time each part of the work will be ready for such observation. Owner or Owner's
Representative may reject any such work found to be defective or not in accordance with the contract documents,
regardless of the stage of its completion or the time or place of discovery of such errors and regardless of whether
Owner's Representative has previously accepted the work. If any such work should be covered without approval
or consent of the Owner, it must, if requested by Owner or Owner's Representative, be uncovered for examination
at Contractor's expense. In the event that any part of the work is being fabricated or manufactured at a location
where it is not convenient for Owner or Owner's Representative to make observations of such work or require
testing of said work, then in such event Owner or Owner's Representative may require Contractor to furnish Owner
or Owner's Representative certificates of inspection, testing or approval made by persons competent to perform
such tasks at the location where that part of the work is being manufactured or fabricated. All such tests will be in
accordance with the methods prescribed by the American Society for Testing and Materials or such other applicable
organization as may be required by law or the contract documents.
If any such work which is required to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered up without written approval or
consent of the Owner or Owner's Representative, it must, if requested by the Owner or Owner's Representative, be
uncovered for observation and testing at the Contractor's expense. The cost of all such inspections, tests and
approvals shall be bome by the Contractor unless otherwise provided herein. Any work which fails to meet the
requirements of any such tests, inspections or approvals, and any work which meets the requirements of any such
tests or approvals but does not meet the requirements of the contract documents shall be considered defective, and
shall be corrected at the Contractor's expense.
Neither observations by the Owner or Owner's Representative, nor inspections, tests, or approvals made by Owner,
Owner's Representative, or other persons authorized under the contract documents to make such inspections, tests,
or approvals shall relieve the Contractor from its obligation to perform the work in accordance with the requirements
of the contract documents.
22. DEFECTS AND THEIR REMEDIES
It is expressly agreed that if the work or any part thereof, or any material brought on the site of the work for use in
the work or selected for the same, shall be deemed by the Owner or Owner's Representative as unsuitable or not in
conformity with plans, specifications and/or contract documents, the Contractor shall, after receipt of written notice
thereof from the Owner's Representative, forthwith remove such material and rebuild or otherwise remedy such
work so that it shall be in full accordance with the contract documents. It is further agreed that any remedial action
contemplated as hereinabove set forth shall be at Contractor's expense.
23. CHANGES AND ALTERATIONS
The Contractor further agrees that the Owner may make such changes and alterations as the Owner may see fit, in
the line, grade, form dimensions, plans or materials for the work herein contemplated, or any part thereof, either
before or after the beginning of the construction, without affecting the validity of this contract and the accompanying
bond.
If such changes or alterations diminish the quantity of the work to be done, they shall not constitute the basis for a
claim for damages, or anticipated profits on the work that may be dispensed with. If they increase the amount of
work, and the increased work can fairly be classified under the specifications, such increase shall be paid according
to the quantity actually done and at the unit price established for such work under this contract; otherwise such
additional work shall be paid for as provided under Extra Work. In case the Owner shall make such changes or
alterations as shall make useless any work already done or material already furnished or used in said work, then the
Owner shall recompense the Contractor for any material or labor so used, and for actual expenses incurred in
preparation for the work as originally planned.
24. EXTRA WORK
The term "extra work" as used in this contract shall be understood to mean and include all work that may be required
by the Owner or Owner's Representative to be done by the Contractor to accomplish any change, alteration or
addition to the work as shown on the plans and specifications or contract documents and not covered by Contractor's
proposal, except as provided under Changes and Alterations in Paragraph 23.
It is agreed that the Contractor shall perform all extra work under the observation of the Owner's Representative
when presented with a written work order signed by the Owner's Representative; subject, however, to the right of
the Contractor to require written confirmation of such extra work order by the Owner. It is also agreed that the
compensation to be paid to the Contractor for performing said extra work shall be determined by the following
methods:
Method (A) - By agreed unit prices; or
Method (B) - By agreed lump sum; or
Method (C) - If neither Method (A) or Method (B) be agreed upon before the extra work is commenced,
then the Contractor shall be paid the lesser of the following: (1) actual field cost of the
extra work, plus fifteen (15%) percent to the firm actually performing the work, and
additional higher -tier markups limited to 5% to cover additional overhead and insurance
costs; or (2) the amount that would have been charged by a reasonable and prudent
Contractor as a reasonable and necessary cost for performance of the extra work, as
estimated by the Engineer and approved by the Owner..
In the event said extra work be performed and paid for under Method (C)(1), then the provisions of this paragraph
shall apply and the "actual field cost" is hereby defined to include the cost of all workers, such as foremen,
timekeepers, mechanics and laborers, materials, supplies, teams, trucks, rentals on machinery and equipment, for
the time actually employed or used on such extra work, plus actual transportation charges necessarily incurred,
together with all expenses incurred directly on account of such extra work, including Social Security, Old Age
Benefits, Maintenance Bonds, Public Liability and Property Damage and Workers' Compensation and all other
insurances as may be required by law or ordinances or directed by the Owner or Owner's Representative, or by them
agreed to. Owner's Representative may direct the form in which accounts of the actual field cost shall be kept and
records of these accounts shall be made available to the Owner's Representative. The Owner's Representative may
also specify in writing, before the work commences, the method of doing the work and the type and kind of
machinery and equipment to be used; otherwise, these matters shall be determined by the Contractor. Unless
otherwise agreed upon, the prices for the use of machinery and equipment shall be determined by using 100%,
unless otherwise specified, of the latest Schedule of Equipment and Ownership Expenses adopted by the Associated
General Contractors of America. Where practical, the terms and prices for the use of machinery and equipment
shall be incorporated in the written extra work order. The fifteen percent (15%) of the actual field cost to be paid
to Contractor shall cover and compensate Contractor for its profit, overhead, general superintendence and field
office expense, and all other elements of cost and expense not embraced within the actual field cost as herein
defined, save that where the Contractor's Camp or Field Office must be maintained primarily on account of such
Extra Work, then the cost to maintain and operate the same shall be included in the "actual field cost."
No claim for extra work of any kind will be allowed unless ordered in writing by Owner's Representative. In case
any orders or instructions appear to the Contractor to involve extra work for which Contractor should receive
compensation or an adjustment in the construction time, Contractor shall prior to commencement of such extra
work, make written request to the Owner's Representative for a written order authorizing such extra work. Should
a difference of opinion arise as to what does or does not constitute extra work or as to the payment therefore, and
the Owner's Representative insists upon its performance, the Contractor shall proceed with the work after making
written request for written order and shall keep adequate and accurate account of the actual field cost thereof, as
provided under Method (C) (1). If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before the commencement
of any extra work, any claim for payment due to alleged extra work shall be deemed waived.
25. DISCREPANCIES AND OMISSIONS
It is further agreed that it is the intent of the contract documents that all work described in the proposal, the
specifications, plans and other contract documents, is to be done for the prices quoted by the Contractor and that
such price shall include all appurtenances necessary to complete the work in accordance with the intent of these
contract documents as interpreted by Owner's Representative. Notices of any discrepancies or omissions in these
plans, specifications, or contract documents, shall be given to the Owners' Representative and a clarification
obtained before the proposals are received, and if no such notice is received by the Owner's Representative
prior to the opening of proposals, then it shall be deemed that the Contractor fully understands the work to
be included and has provided sufficient sums in its proposal to complete the work in accordance with these
plans and specifications. If Contractor does not notify Owner's Representative before offering of any
discrepancies or omissions, then it shall be deemed for all purposes that the plans and specifications are
sufficient and adequate for completion of the project. It is further agreed that any request for clarification
must be submitted no later than five (5) calendar days prior to the opening of proposals. In the absence of a
requested clarification for a conflict in the documents prior to proposals being reviewed, it will be assumed
that the Contractor proposes the higher cost alternative on conflicts identified after proposals are reviewed.
26. RIGHT OF OWNER TO MODIFY METHODS AND EQUIPMENT
If at any time the methods or equipment used by the Contractor are found to be inadequate to secure the quality of
work with the rate of progress required under this contract, the Owner or Owner's Representative may order the
Contractor in writing to increase their safety or improve their character and efficiency and the Contractor shall
comply with such order. If, at any time, the working force of the Contractor is inadequate for securing the progress
herein specified, the Contractor shall, if so ordered in writing, increase its force or equipment, or both, to
27. PROTECTION AGAINST ACCIDENT TO EMPLOYEES AND THE PUBLIC AND GENERAL INDEMNITY
The Contractor shall take out and procure a policy or policies of Workers' Compensation Insurance with an
insurance company licensed to transact business in the State of Texas, which policy shall comply with the Workers'
Compensation laws of the State of Texas. The Contractor shall at all times exercise reasonable precaution for the
safety of employees and others on or near the work and shall comply with all applicable provisions of federal, state
and municipal laws and building and construction codes. All machinery and equipment and other physical hazards
shall be guarded in accordance with the "Manual of Accident Prevention in Construction" of Associated General
Contractors of America, except where incompatible with federal, state or municipal laws or regulations. The
Contractor, its sureties and insurance carriers shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and Engineer
and all of its officers, agents and employees against any all losses, costs, damages, expenses, liabilities, claims
and/or causes of action, whether known or unknown, fixed, actual, accrued or contingent, liquidated or unliquidated,
including, but not limited to, attorneys' fees and expenses, in connection with, incident to, related to, or arising out
of, the Contractor's or any subcontractor's, agent's or employee's, in any manner whatsoever, omission, execution
and/or supervision of this contract, and the project which is the subject matter of this contract.
The safety precautions taken shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor, in its sole discretion as an Independent
Contractor; inclusion of this paragraph in the Agreement, as well as any notice which may be given by the Owners
or the Owner's Representative concerning omissions under this paragraph as the work progresses, are intended as
reminders to the Contractor of its duty and shall not be construed as any assumption of duty to supervise safety
precautions by either the Contractor or any of its subcontractors.
28. CONTRACTOR'S INSURANCE
The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract until he has obtained all insurance as required in the
General Conditions of the contract documents, from an underwriter authorized to do business in the State of Texas
and satisfactory to the City. Proof of coverage shall be furnished to the City and written notice of cancellation or
any material change will be provided ten (10) calendar days in advance of cancellation or change. All policies of
insurance, required herein, including policies of insurance required to be provided by Contractor and its
subcontractors, shall contain a waiver of any and all of the insurer's or payor's, in the event of self-insurance, rights
to subrogation that any such insurer or payor, in the event of self-insurance, may acquire by virtue of payment of
any loss under such insurance or self-insurance. All certificates of insurance submitted to the City in conformity
with the provisions hereof shall establish such waiver.
The Contractor shall procure and carry at its sole cost and expense through the life of this contract, insurance
protection as hereinafter specified. Coverage in excess of that specified herein also shall be acceptable. Such
insurance shall be carried with an insurance company authorized to transact business in the State of Texas and shall
cover all operations in connection with this contract, whether performed by the Contractor or a subcontractor, or
separate policies shall be provided covering the operation of each subcontractor. A certificate of insurance
specifying each and all coverages shall be submitted prior to contract execution.
PROOF OF COVERAGE SHALL BE FURNISHED TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK IN THE
FORM OF A CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE. THE INSURANCE CERTIFICATES
FURNISHED SHALL NAME THE CITY OF LUBBOCK AS ADDITIONAL INSURED ON
AUTO/GENERAL LIABILITY ON A PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY BASIS TO
INCLUDE PRODUCTS OF COMPLETE OPERATIONS. PROVIDE A WAIVER OF
SUBROGATION IN FAVOR OF THE CITY OF LUBBOCK. IT SHALL BE THE
CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TO THE OWNER ALL PROOF OF
COVERAGE INSURANCE DOCUMENTS INCLUDING WORKERS COMPENSATION
COVERAGE FOR EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. COPIES OF THE ENDORSEMENTS ARE
REQUIRED.
A. Commercial General Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required)
The contractor shall have Comprehensive General Liability Insurance with limits of $1,000,000 Combined
Single Limit in the aggregate and $1,000,000 per occurrence to include:
Products & Completed Operations Hazard
Contractual Liability
Personal Injury & Advertising Injury
w/Heavy Equipment
XCU
B. Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance — NOT REQUIRED
C. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation Required)
The Contractor shall have Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance with limits of not less than;
Bodily Injury/Property Damage, $L000,000 Combined Single Limit per occurrence, to include all owned
and non -owned cars including: Employers Non -ownership Liability Hired and Non -owned Vehicles.
D. Builder's Risk Insurance/Installation Floater Insurance — NOT REQUIRED
E. Umbrella Liability Insurance (Primary Additional Insured and Waiver of Subrogation required)
The Contractor shall have Umbrella Liability Insurance in the amount of $4,000,000 on all contracts with
coverage to correspond with Comprehensive General Liability and Comprehensive Automobile Liability
coverage's.
F. Worker's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance (Waiver of Subrogation required)
Worker's Compensation Insurance covering all employees whether employed by the Contractor or any
Subcontractor on the job with Employers Liability of at least $1,000,000
Definitions:
Certificate of coverage ("certificate") - A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority
to self -insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-
83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or
entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project.
Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the
Contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental
entity.
Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in Section 406.096, Texas Labor Code)
- includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the Contractor has undertaken
to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the Contractor
and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation,
independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner -operators,
employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide
services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering
equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project.
"Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as foodibeverage vendors, office
supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets.
2. The Contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and
payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of
Texas Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on
the project, for the duration of the project.
3. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being
awarded the contract.
4. If the coverage period shown on the Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the
duration of the project, the Contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new
certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended.
5. The Contractor shall obtain from each person providing services on the project, and provide to the
governmental entity:
(a) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all
persons providing services on the project; and
(b) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project.
6 The Contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and
for one year thereafter.
The Contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially
affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project.
8. The Contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by
the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the
project that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and
report lack of coverage.
9. The Contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services
on the project, to:
9
(a) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts
and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas
Labor Code, Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project,
for the duration of the project;
(b) provide to the Contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate
of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person
providing services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(c) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current
certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the Contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project;
and
(2) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of
the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of
coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the
provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and
(g) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to perform as required by
paragraphs (a) - (g), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom
they are providing services.
10. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the
Contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the Contractor who will
provide services on the project will be covered by worker's compensation coverage for the duration
of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or,
in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's Division of Self -Insurance Regulation.
Providing false or misleading information may subject the Contractor to administrative penalties,
criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions.
11. The Contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the
Contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the Contractor does
not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental
entity.
F. Proof of Coverage
Before work on this contract is commenced, each Contractor and subcontractor shall submit to the Owner
for approval five Certificates of Insurance covering each insurance policy carried and offered as evidence
of compliance with the above insurance requirements, signed by an authorized representative of the
insurance company setting forth:
10
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
The name and address of the insured.
The location of the operations to which the insurance applies.
The name of the policy and type or types of insurance in force thereunder on the date borne by such
certificate.
The expiration date of the policy and the limit or limits of liability thereunder on the date borne by
such certificate.
A provision that the policy may be canceled only by mailing written notice to the named insured at
the address shown in the proposal specifications.
A provision that written notice shall be given to the City ten days prior to any change in or
cancellation of the policies shown on the certificate.
The certificate or certificates shall be on the form (or identical copies thereof) contained in the job
specifications. No substitute of nor amendment thereto will be acceptable.
If policy limits are paid, new policy must be secured for new coverage to complete project.
A Contractor shall:
(a) provide coverage for its employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the
project based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filling of
any coverage agreements;
(b) provide a certificate of coverage showing workers' compensation coverage to the
governmental entity prior to beginning work on the project;
(c) provide the governmental entity, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate
of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
Contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(d) obtain from each person providing services on a project, and provide to the governmental
entity:
(i) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the
governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage
for all persons providing services on the project; and
(ii) no later than seven days after receipt by the Contractor, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(e) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one
year thereafter;
(f) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10
days after the Contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects
the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project;
(g) post a notice on each project site informing all persons providing services on the project
that they are required to be covered, and stating how a person may verify current coverage
and report failure to provide coverage. This notice does not satisfy other posting
requirements imposed by the Texas Worker's Compensation Act or other commission
rules. This notice must be printed with a title in at least 30-point bold type and text in at
least 19-point normal type, and shall be in both English and Spanish and any other language
common to the worker population. The text for the notices shall be the following text
provided by the commission on the sample notice, without any additional words or
changes:
11
REQUIRED WORKERS' COMPENSATION COVERAGE
"The law requires that each person working on this site or providing services related to
this construction project must be covered by workers' compensation insurance. This
includes persons providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing
labor or transportation or other service related to the project, regardless of the identity
of their employer or status as an employee."
"Call the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission at 800-372-7713 or 512-804-4000
(www tdi.state.t-us1 to receive information of the legal requirements for coverage, to
verify whether your employer has provided the required coverage, or to report an
employer's failure to provide coverage, " and
(h) contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project,
to:
(i) provide coverage based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll
amounts and filing of any coverage agreements for all of its employees providing
services on the project, for the duration of the project;
(ii) provide a certificate of coverage to the Contractor prior to that person beginning
work on the project;
(iii) include in all contracts to provide services on the project the following language:
`By signing this contract or providing or causing to be
provided a certificate of coverage, the person signing this
contract is representing to the governmental entity that all
employees of the person signing this contract who will provide
services on the project will be covered by workers'
compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that
the coverage will be based on proper reprinting of
classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage
agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance
carrier or, in the case of a self -insured, with the commission's
Division of Self -Insurance Regulation. Providing false or
misleading information may subject the Contractor to
administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or
other civil actions.";
(iv) provide the Contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of
coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the
current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project;
(v) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the
Contractor:
(1) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the
project; and
(2) prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage
showing extension of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown
on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the
project;
(vi) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and
for one year thereafter;
12
(vii) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery,
within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that
materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on
the project; and
(viii) contractually require each other person with whom it contracts, to perform as
required by paragraphs (i)-(viii), with the certificate of coverage to be provided to
the person for whom they are providing services.
29. DISABLED EMPLOYEES
Contractors having more than fifteen (15) employees agree to comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act of
1990, and agree not to discriminate against a qualified individual with a disability because of the disability of such
individual in regard to job application procedures, the hiring, advancement, or discharge of employees, employee
compensation, job training, and other terms, conditions, and privileges of employment.
30. PROTECTION AGAINST CLAIMS OF SUBCONTRACTORS, LABORERS MATERIALMEN AND
FURNISHERS OF MACHINERY, EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor agrees that it will indemnify and save the Owner and Engineer and all of its officers, agents and
employees, harmless against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, expenses and causes of action arising
out of, in any way, manner or form, the demands of subcontractors, laborers, workmen, mechanics, material men
and furnishers of machinery and parts thereof, equipment, power tools, and supplies, incurred in the performance
of this contract and the project which is the subject matter of this contract. When Owner so desires, the Contractor
shall furnish satisfactory evidence that all obligations of the nature hereinabove designated have been paid,
discharged or waived.
31. PROTECTION AGAINST ROYALTIES OR PATENT INVENTION
The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees, and shall provide for the use of any design, device, material
or process covered by letters patent or copyright by suitable legal agreement with the Patentee or owner thereof.
Without limiting, in any way, manner or form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the
Contractor shall defend all suits or claims for infringement of any patent or copyrights and shall indemnify and save
the Owner and Engineer, and all of its officers, agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof,
except that Owner shall defend all such suits and claims and shall be responsible for all such loss when a particular
design, device, material or process or the product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is specified or
required in these contract documents by Owner; provided, however, if choice of alternate design, device, material
or process is allowed to the Contractor, then Contractor shall indemnify and save Owner, and all of its officers,
agents and employees harmless from any loss on account thereof. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary,
if the material or process specified or required by Owner and/or this contract is an infringement, the Contractor
shall be responsible for such loss unless it gives written notice of such infringement to the Owner's Representative
prior to offering.
32. LAWS AND ORDINANCES
The Contractor shall at all times observe and comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and
regulations, which in any manner affect the contract or the work, and without limiting, in any way, manner or form,
the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the
Owner and Engineer and all of its officers, agents, and employees against any claims arising from the violation of
any such laws, ordinances, and regulations, whether by the Contractor, its employees, or subcontractors. If the
Contractor observes that the plans and specifications are at variance therewith, he shall notify the Owner's
Representative in writing prior to proposing and any necessary changes shall be adjusted as provided in the contract
13
for changes in the work. In the absence of timely written notification to Owner's Representative of such variance
or variances within said time, any objection and/or assertion that the plans and specifications are at variance with
any federal, state or local laws, ordinances or regulations shall be deemed waived. If the Contractor, its employees
or subcontractors perform any work contrary to such laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, and without such
notice to the Owner's Representative, Contractor shall bear all costs arising there from.
The Owner is a municipal corporation of the State of Texas and the law from which it derives its powers, insofar as
the same regulates the objects for which, or the manner in which, or the conditions under which the Owner may
enter into contracts, shall be controlling, and shall be considered as part of this contract to the same effect as though
embodied herein.
33. SUBCONTRACTING
The Contractor agrees that it will retain personal control and will give its personal attention to the fulfillment of this
contract. The Contractor further agrees that subletting of any portion or feature of the work, or materials required
in the performance of this contract, shall not relieve the Contractor from its full obligations to the Owner, as
provided by the contract documents.
34. TIME FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
It is hereby understood and mutually agreed by and between the Contractor and the Owner, that the date of beginning
and time for completion as specified in the Notice to Proceed and contract documents, respectively, of work to be
done hereunder are essential conditions of this contract; and it is further mutually understood and agreed that the
work embraced in this contract shall be commenced as provided in the contract documents.
If the Contractor should neglect, fail, or refuse to substantially complete the work within the time herein specified,
then the Contractor does hereby agree as part of the consideration for the awarding of this contract, the Owner may
withhold permanently from Contractor's total compensation, the sum of $1,204.28_PER CONSECUTIVE
CALENDAR DAY, not as a penalty, but as liquidated damages for the breach of the contract as herein set forth
for each and every working day that the Contractor shall be in default after the time stipulated for substantially
completing the work.
It is expressly understood and agreed, by and between Contractor and the Owner, that the time for the substantial
completion of the work described herein is reasonable time for the completion of the same, taking into consideration
the average climatic range and conditions and usual industrial conditions prevailing in this locality. The amount is
fixed and agreed upon by and between the Contractor and the Owner because the actual damages the Owner would
sustain in such event would be difficult and/or impossible to estimate, however, the amount agreed upon herein is
a reasonable forecast of the amount necessary to render just compensation to Owner, and is expressly agreed to be
not disproportionate to actual damages as measured at time of breach.
IT IS FURTHER AGREED AND UNDERSTOOD BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND OWNER THAT
TIME IS OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS CONTRACT.
35. TIME AND ORDER OF COMPLETION
It is the meaning and intent of this contract, unless otherwise herein specifically provided, that the Contractor shall
be allowed to prosecute its work in such order of precedence, and in such manner as shall be most conductive to
economy of construction. The Contractor shall ensure daily prosecution of the work is conducted every business
day until completed, regardless if the work will be substantially or finally complete ahead of specified deadlines in
the agreement, unless the City determines time off from said prosecution is necessary or reasonable and Contractor
received said determination in writing from the City. Further, when the Owner is having other work done, either by
14
contract or by its own force, the Owner's Representative (as distinguished from the Resident Project Representative)
may direct the time and manner of constructing work done under this contract so that conflicts will be avoided and
the construction of the various works being done for the Owner shall be harmonized. Additionally, inclement
weather shall be the only other reason consistent, daily prosecution of the work may not take place on those
inclement weather days.
The Contractor shall submit, at such times as may reasonably be requested by the Owner's Representative, schedules
which shall show the order in which the Contractor intends to carry on the work, with dates at which the Contractor
will start the several parts of the work and estimated dates of completion of the several parts.
36. TIME OF PERFORMANCE
The Contractor agrees that it has submitted its proposal in full recognition of the time required for the completion
of this project, taking into consideration the average climatic range and industrial conditions prevailing in this
locality, and has considered the liquidated damage provisions of paragraph 34 hereinabove set forth and expressly
agrees that it shall not be entitled to, nor will it request, an extension of time on this contract, except when its work
has been delayed by an act or neglect of the Owner, Owner's Representative, employees of the Owner or other
contractors employed by the Owner, or by changes ordered in the work, or by strike, walkouts, acts of God or the
public enemy, fire or flood. Any request for extension shall be in writing with the written request for same setting
forth all justifications, in detail, for the request, and submitted to Owner's Representative within twenty (20)
calendar days of the occurrence of the event causing said delay. A failure by Owner's Representative to
affirmatively grant the extension no later than within twenty (20) calendar days of written submission by Contractor
shall be deemed a denial, and final. Further, in the absence of timely written notification of such delay and request
for extension, as provided herein, any request for extension by Contractor shall be deemed waived.
37. HINDRANCE AND DELAYS
In executing the contract, the Contractor agrees that in undertaking to complete the work within the time herein
fixed, Contractor has taken into consideration and made allowances for all hindrances and delays incident to such
work, whether growing out of delays due to unusual and unanticipated circumstances, difficulties or delays in
securing material or workers, or any other cause or occurrence. No charge shall be made by the Contractor for
hindrance or delays from any cause during the progress of any part of the work embraced in this contract except
where the work is stopped by order of the Owner or Owner's Representative for the Owner's convenience, in which
event, such expense as in the sole judgment of the Owner's Representative that is caused by such stoppage shall be
paid by Owner to Contractor.
38. QUANTITIES AND MEASUREMENTS
No extra or customary measurements of any kind will be allowed, but the actual measured or computed length,
area, solid contents, number and weight only shall be considered, unless otherwise specifically provided. In the
event this contract is let on a unit price basis, then Owner and Contractor agree that this contract, including the
specifications, plans and other contract documents are intended to show clearly all work to be done and material to
be furnished hereunder. Where the estimated quantities are shown, and only when same are expressly stated to be
estimates, for the various classes of work to be done and material to be furnished under this contract, they are
approximate and are to be used only as a basis for estimating the probable cost of the work and for comparing their
proposals offered for the work. In the event the amount of work to be done and materials to be furnished are
expressly stated to be estimated, and only when same are expressly stated to be estimated, it is understood and
agreed that the actual amount of work to be done and the materials to be furnished under this contract may differ
somewhat from these estimates, and that where the basis for payment under this contract is the unit price method,
payment shall be for the actual amount of work done and materials furnished on the project, provided that the over
run or under run of estimated quantities32 note exceed 15% of the estimated quantity.
39. PROTECTION OF ADJOINING PROPERTY
15
The Contractor shall take proper means to protect the adjacent or adjoining property or properties in any way
encountered, which may be injured or seriously affected by any process of construction to be undertaken under this
agreement, from any damage or injury by reason of said process of construction; and Contractor shall be liable for
any and all claims for such damage on account of his failure to fully protect all adjacent property. Without limiting,
in any way, manner and form, the indemnity provided by Contractor in paragraph 27 hereof, the Contractor agrees
to indemnify, save and hold harmless the Owner and Engineer, and any of its officers, agents and employees, against
any and all claims or damages due to any injury to any adjacent or adjoining property, related to, arising from or
growing out of the performance of this contract.
40. PRICE FOR WORK
In consideration of the furnishing of all necessary labor, equipment and material and the completion of all work by
the Contractor, and on the delivery of all materials embraced in this contract in full conformity with the
specifications and stipulations herein contained, the Owner agrees to pay the Contractor the price set forth in the
proposal attached hereto, which has been made a part of this contract, and the Contractor hereby agrees to receive
such price in full for furnishing all materials and all labor required for the aforesaid work, also, for all expenses
incurred by Contractor and for well and truly performing the same and the whole thereof in the manner and
according to this agreement, the attached specifications, plans, contract documents and requirements of Owner's
Representative.
41. PAYMENTS
No payments made or certificates given shall be considered as conclusive evidence of the performance of the
contract, either wholly or in part, nor shall any certificate or payment be considered as acceptance of defective work.
Contractor shall at any time requested during the progress of the work furnish the Owner or Owner's Representative
with a verifying certificate showing the Contractor's total outstanding indebtedness in connection with the work.
Before final payment is made, Contractor shall satisfy Owner, by affidavit or otherwise, that there are no outstanding
liens against Owner's premises by reason of any work under the contract. Acceptance by Contractor of final
payment of the contract price shall constitute a waiver of all claims against Owner, Owner's agents and employees,
which have not theretofore been timely filed as provided in this contract.
42. PARTIAL PAYMENT
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for
partial payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment if submitted, and the
progress of the work made by the Contractor and if found to be in order, shall prepare a certificate for partial
payment showing as completely as practical the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including
the last day of the preceding month. The determination of the partial payment by the Owner's Representative shall
be in accordance with Paragraph 14 hereof.
The Owner shall then pay the Contractor on or before the fifteenth day of the current month the total amount of the
Owner's Representative's Certificate of Partial Payment, less 5% of the amount thereof, which 5% shall be retained
until final payment, and further, less all previous payments and all further sums that may be retained by Owner
under the terms of the contract documents.
Payment for materials on hand and delivered to the project site will be limited to 100 percent less the 5 percent
standard retainage until actually incorporated into the project.
Any partial payment made hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any and all other rights to enforce
the express terms of the contract documents, and all remedies provided therein, as to any and all work performed,
to be performed and/or materials delivered hereunder, including, but limited to, work to which said partial payment
is attributable.
16
43. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Contractor shall give Owner's Representative written notice of substantial completion. Within thirty-one (31)
working days after the Contractor has given the Owner's Representative written notice that the work has been
substantially completed, the Owner's Representative and/or the Owner shall inspect the work and within said time,
if the work be found to be substantially completed in accordance with the contract documents, the Owner's
Representative shall issue to the Owner and Contractor a certificate of substantial completion. Notwithstanding the
issuance of a certificate of substantial completion, Contractor shall proceed with diligence to finally complete the
work within the time provided in this contract.
44. FINAL COMPLETION AND PAYMENT
The Contractor shall give written notice to Owner's Representative of final completion. Upon written notice of
final completion, the Owner's Representative shall proceed to make final measurement to determine whether final
completion has occurred. If the Owner's Representative determines final completion has occurred, Owner's
Representative shall so certify to the Owner. Upon certification by Owner's Representative of final completion,
Owner shall pay to the Contractor on or before the 31 st working day after the date of certification of final
completion, the balance due Contractor under the terms of this agreement. Neither the certification of final
completion nor the final payment, nor any provisions in the contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of the
obligation for fulfillment of any warranty which may be required in the contract documents and/or any warranty or
warranties implied by law or otherwise.
45. CORRECTION OF WORK
Contractor shall promptly remove from Owner's premises all materials condemned by the Owner's Representative
on account of failure to conform to the contract documents, whether actually incorporated in the work or not, and
Contractor shall at its own expense promptly replace such condemned materials with other materials conforming to
the requirements of the contract documents. Contractor shall also bear the expense of restoring all work of other
contractors damaged by any such removal or replacement. If Contractor does not remove and replace any such
condemned work within a reasonable time but not to exceed 30 days after a written notice by the Owner or the
Owner's Representative, Owner may remove and replace it at Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall pay all
claims, cost, losses, and damages (including but not limited to all fees and charges of the engineers, architects,
attorneys, and other professionals and all court or arbitration or other dispute resolution cost) arising out of or
relating to such correction or removal.
Neither the final payment, nor certification of final completion or substantial completion, nor any provision in the
contract documents shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for faulty materials or workmanship, and
Contractor shall remedy any defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work resulting therefrom, which
shall appear within a period of one (1) year from the date of certification of final completion by Owner's
Representative.
46. PAYMENT WITHHELD
The Owner or Owner's Representative may, on account of subsequently discovered evidence, withhold or nullify
the whole or part of any certification to such extent as may be necessary to protect itself from loss on account of:
(a) Defective work not remedied and/or work not performed,
(b) Claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating possible filing of claims,
(c) Damage to another contractor,
(d) Notification to owner of failure to make payments to Subcontractors or Suppliers,
(e) Failure to submit up-to-date record documents as required,
(f) Failure to submit monthly progress schedule updates or revised scheduled as requested by Owner,
(g) Failure to provide Project photographs required by Specifications.
17
When the above grounds are removed, or the Contractor provides a surety bond satisfactory to the Owner, in the
amount withheld, payment shall be made for amounts withheld because of them.
47. CLAIM OR DISPUTE
It is further agreed by both parties hereto that all questions of dispute or adjustment presented by the Contractor
shall be in writing and filed with the Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days after the Owner's
Representative has given any direction, order or instruction to which the Contractor desires to take exception.
Timely written notice of dispute as provided in this contract of any decision by Owner's Representative or Owner
shall be a condition precedent to the bringing and/or assertion of any action or claim by Contractor of any right
under this Contract. If the matters set forth in the notice of dispute are not granted or otherwise responded to by
Owner's Representative within fifteen (15) calendar days of receipt of notice of dispute by Owner's Representative,
said objections shall be deemed denied. Any decision by the Owner's Representative, or deemed denial by the
Owner's Representative, shall be final and conclusive in the absence of fraud. It is further agreed that the acceptance
by the Contractor of the final payment shall be a bar to any and all claims of the Contractor, and constitute a waiver
of the right to assert any claim against Owner, Owner's agents and employees and Owner's Representative, by
Contractor.
48. NON-COMPLIANCE AND/OR ABANDONMENT BY CONTRACTOR
In case the Contractor should (1) abandon and fail or refuse to resume work within fifteen (15) calendar days after
written notification from the Owner or the Owner's Representative, or (2) if the Contractor fails to comply with the
written orders of the Owner's Representative, when such orders are consistent with this contract, then the Surety on
the bond shall be notified in writing and directed to complete the work and a copy of said notice shall be delivered
to the Contractor. In the event a bond is not required by law, or otherwise obtained by the Contractor, no further
notice of such non-compliance to Contractor shall be required.
After receiving said notice of abandonment or non-compliance , the Contractor shall not remove from the work any
machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies then on the job, but the same, together with any materials and
equipment under the contract for work, may be held for use on the work by the Owner or the Surety of the
Contractor, or another contractor, in completion of the work; and the Contractor shall not receive any rental or credit
therefore (except when used in connection with Extra Work, where credit shall be allowed as provided for under
paragraph 24 of this contract); it being understood that the use of such equipment and materials will ultimately
reduce the cost to complete the work and be reflected in the final settlement.
In the event the Contractor, or Surety, whichever is applicable, should fail to commence compliance with the notice
hereinbefore provided within ten (10) calendar days after service of such notice, and/or shall fail to proceed with
diligence to complete the project as contemplated and in compliance with all terms and provisions of the contract
documents, then the Owner may exercise any and all remedies available to it pursuant to law, contract, equity or
otherwise, including, but not limited to, providing for completion of the work in either of the following elective
manners:
(a) The Owner may employ such force of persons and use of machinery, equipment, tools, materials and
supplies as said Owner may deem necessary to complete the work and charge the expense of such labor,
machinery, equipment, tools, materials and supplies to said Contractor, and the expense so charged shall be
deducted and paid by the Owner out of such moneys as may be due, or that may thereafter at any time
become due to the Contractor under and by virtue of this Agreement. In case such expense is less than the
sum which would have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by the Contractor,
then said Contractor shall receive the difference. In case such expense is greater than the sum which would
have been payable under this contract, if the same had been completed by said Contractor, then the
Contractor and/or its Surety shall pay the amount of such excess to the Owner; or
18
(b) The Owner, under sealed proposals, after notice published as required by law, at least twice in a newspaper
having a general circulation in the County of location of the work, may let the contract for the completion
of the work under substantially the same terms and conditions which are provided in this contract. In case
of any increase in cost to the Owner under the new contract as compared to what would have been the cost
under this contract, such increase shall be charged to the Contractor and the Surety shall be and remain
bound therefore. Should the cost to complete any such new contract prove to be less than that which would
have been the cost to complete the work under this contract, the Contractor or his Surety shall be credited
therewith.
In the event the Owner's Representative elects to complete the work, as described above, when the work shall have
been finally completed, the Contractor and his Surety shall be so notified and certification of completion as provided
in paragraph 44 hereinabove set forth, shall be issued. A complete itemized statement of the contract accounts,
certified to by Owner's Representative as being correct shall then be prepared and delivered to Contractor and his
Surety, if applicable, whereon the Contractor or his Surety, or the Owner as the case may be, shall pay the balance
due as reflected by said statement within 30 days after the date of certification of completion.
In the event the statement of accounts shows that the cost to complete the work is less than that which would have
been the cost to the Owner had the work been completed by the Contractor under the terms of this contract, or when
the Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, shall pay the balance shown to be due by them to the Owner, then
all machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies left on the site of the work shall be turned over to the
Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable. Should the cost to complete the work exceed the contract price, and the
Contractor and/or his Surety, if applicable, fail to pay the amount due the Owner within the time designated
hereinabove, and there remains any machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies on the site of the work,
notice thereof, together with an itemized list of such equipment and materials shall be mailed to the Contractor and
his Surety, if applicable, at the respective addresses designated in this contract; provided, however, that actual
written notice given in any manner will satisfy this condition. After mailing, or other giving of such notice, such
property shall be held at the risk of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable, subject only to the duty of the Owner
to exercise ordinary care to protect such property. After fifteen (15) calendar days from the date of said notice the
Owner may sell such machinery, equipment, tools, materials or supplies and apply the net sum derived from such
sale to the credit of the Contractor and his Surety, if applicable. Such sale may be made at either public or private
sale, with or without notice, as the Owner may elect. The Owner shall release any machinery, equipment, tools,
materials, or supplies that remain on the jobsite and belong to persons other than the Contractor or his Surety, if
applicable, to their proper owners.
The remedies provided to Owner by law, equity, contract, or otherwise, shall be cumulative, to the extent permitted
by law. It is expressly agreed and understood that the exercise by Owner of the remedies provided in this paragraph
shall not constitute an election of remedies on the part of Owner, and Owner, irrespective of its exercise of remedies
hereunder, shall be entitled to exercise concurrently or otherwise, any and all other remedies available to it, by law,
equity, contract or otherwise, including but not limited to, liquidated damages, as provided in paragraph 34,
hereinabove set forth.
49. LIMITATION ON CONTRACTOR'S REMEDY
The remedies of Contractor hereunder shall be limited to, and Owner shall be liable only for, work actually
performed by Contractor and/or its subcontractors as set forth in the contract documents, and Owner shall not be
liable for any consequential, punitive or indirect loss or damage that Contractor may suffer in connection with the
project which is the subject matter of this contract.
50. BONDS
The Contractor is required to furnish a performance bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in
the amount of 100% of the total contract price in the event that said contract price exceeds $100,000 and the
Contractor is required to furnish a payment bond in accordance with Chapter 2253, Government Code, in the amount
19
In the event Owner's Representative shall consent to the request of Contractor, Contractor shall be responsible for
ensuring that all personnel involved in the Project are (i) trained for the level of expertise required for proper
performance of the actions contemplated by this Contract and, in particular, in all aspects of handling, storage,
disposal and exposure of Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum products or byproducts and/or
asbestos; and (ii) are provided and utilize all protective equipment, including without limitation, personal protective
gear, necessary to provide protection from exposure to Hazardous Substances, hydrocarbons or other petroleum
products or byproducts and/or asbestos.
56. NONAPPROPRIATION
All funds for payment by the City under this contract are subject to the availability of an annual appropriation for
this purpose by the City. In the event of non -appropriation of funds by the City Council of the City of Lubbock for
the goods or services provided under the contract, the City will terminate the contract, without termination charge
or other liability, on the last day of the then -current fiscal year or when the appropriation made for the then -current
year for the goods or services covered by this contract is spent, whichever event occurs first. If at any time funds
are not appropriated for the continuance of this contract, cancellation shall be accepted by the Seller on thirty (30)
days prior written notice, but failure to give such notice shall be of no effect and the City shall not be obligated
under this contract beyond the date of termination.
57. THE CITY RIGHT TO AUDIT
At any time during the term of this Contract and for a period of four (4) years thereafter the City or a duly authorized
audit representative of the City, or the State of Texas, at its expense and at reasonable times, reserves the right to
audit Contractor's records and books relevant to all services provided under this Contract. In the event such an audit
by the City reveals any errors/overpayments by the City, Contractor shall refund the City the full amount of such
overpayments within thirty (30) days of such audit findings, or the City, at its option, reserves the right to deduct
such amounts owing the City from any payments due Contractor.
58. NON -ARBITRATION
The City reserves the right to exercise any right or remedy available to it by law, contract, equity, or otherwise,
including without limitation, the right to seek any and all forms of relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
Further, the City shall not be subject to any arbitration process prior to exercising its unrestricted right to seek
judicial remedy. The remedies set forth herein are cumulative and not exclusive, and may be exercised concurrently.
To the extent of any conflict between this provision and another provision in, or related to, this document, this
provision shall control.
59. CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES
Contractor acknowledges by supplying any Goods or Services that the Contractor has read, fully understands, and
will be in full compliance with all terms and conditions and the descriptive material contained herein and any
additional associated documents and Amendments. The City disclaims any terms and conditions provided by the
Contractor unless agreed upon in writing by the parties. In the event of conflict between these terms and conditions
and any terms and conditions provided by the Contractor, the terms and conditions provided herein shall prevail.
The terms and conditions provided herein are the final terms agreed upon by the parties, and any prior conflicting
terms shall be of no force or effect.
21
60. HOUSE BILL 2015
House Bill 2015 signed by the Governor on June 14, 2013 and effective on January 1, 2014, authorizes a penalty to
be imposed on a person who contracts for certain services with a governmental entity and who fails to properly
classify their workers. This applies to subcontractors as well. Contractors and subcontractors who fail to properly
classify individuals performing work under a governmental contract will be penalized $200 for each individual that
has been misclassified (Texas Government Code Section 2155.001).
61. HOUSE BILL 1295: DISCLOSURE OF INTERESTED PARTIES
House Bill 1295, adopted by the 84th Legislature, created §2252.908, Texas Government Code. Section 2252.908
requires a business entity entering into certain contracts with a governmental entity or state agency to file with the
governmental entity or state agency a disclosure of interested parties at the time the business entity submits the
signed contract to the governmental entity or state agency. Section 2252.908 requires the disclosure form to be
signed by the authorized agent of the contracting business entity, acknowledging that the disclosure is made under
oath and under penalty of perjury. Section 2252.908 applies only to a contract that requires an action or vote by the
governing body of the governmental entity or state agency before the contract may be signed or has a value of at
least $1 million. Instructions for completing Form 1295 are available at:
httys:Hci.lubbock.tx.us/departments/]2urchasing/vendor-information
62. SB 252
SB 252 prohibits the City from entering into a contract with a vendor that is identified by The Comptroller as a
company known to have contracts with or provide supplies or service with Iran, Sudan or a foreign terrorist
organization.
63. Chapter 2270 Prohibition on Contracts with Companies BoycottingIsrael
srael
Section 2270.002, Government Code, (a) This section applies only to a contract that:
(1) Is between a governmental entity and a company with 10 or more full-time employees; and (2) has a value of
$100,000 or more that is to be paid wholly or partly from public funds of the governmental entity. (b) A
governmental entity may not enter into a contract with a company for goods or services unless the contract
contains a written verification from the company that it: (1) does not boycott Israel; and (2) will not boycott Israel
during the term of the contract.
64. CONTRACTOR ACKNOWLEDGES
Contractor Acknowledges by supplying any Goods or Services that the Contractor has read, fully understands,
and will be in full compliance with all terms and conditions and the descriptive material contained herein and any
additional associated documents and Amendments. The City disclaims any terms and conditions provided by the
Contractor unless agreed upon in writing by the parties. In the event of conflict between these terms and
conditions and any terms and conditions provided by the Contractor, the terms and conditions provided herein
shall prevail. The terms and conditions provided herein are the final terms agreed upon by the parties, and any
prior conflicting terms shall be of no force or effect.
22
65. TEXAS PUBLIC INFORMATION ACT
The requirements of Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code, may apply to this contract
and the contractor or vendor agrees that the contract can be terminated if the contractor or
vendor knowingly or intentionally fails to comply with a requirement of that subchapter.
To the extent Subchapter J, Chapter 552, Government Code applies to this agreement, Contractor agrees
to: (1) preserve all contracting information related to the contact as provided by the records retention
requirements applicable to the governmental body for the duration of the contract; (2) promptly provide
to the governmental body any contracting information related to the contract that is in the custody or
possession of the entity on request of the governmental body; and (3) on completion of the contract,
either: (A) provide at no cost to the governmental body all contracting information related to the contract
that is in the custody or possession of the entity; or (B) preserve the contracting information related to
the contract as provided by the records retention requirements applicable to the governmental body.
66. HB 89
The Contractor warrants that it complies with Chapter 2270.001 of the Texas Government Code by
verifying that:
(1) The Contractor does not boycott Israel; and
(2) The Contractor will not boycott Israel during the term of the Agreement.
Pursuant to Section 2270.001, Texas Government Code:
1. "Boycott Israel" means refusing to deal with, terminating business activities with, or otherwise
taking any action that is intended to penalize, inflict economic harm on, or limit commercial
relations specifically with Israel, or with a person or entity doing business in Israel or in an
Israeli -controlled territory, but does not include an action made for ordinary business
purposes; and
2. "Company" means a for profit sole proprietorship, organization, association, corporation,
partnership, joint venture, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, or any limited
liability company, including a wholly owned subsidiary, majority -owned subsidiary, parent
company or affiliate of those entities or business associations that exist to make a profit.
23
Page Intentionally Left Blank
CITY OF LUBBOCK WAGE DETERMINATIONS
24
Pate Intentionally Left Blank
EXHIBIT A
City of Lubbock
Building Construction
Prevailing Wage Rates
Craft Hourly Rate
Automatic Fire Sprinkle Fitter, Certified
28.00
Block, Brick, and Stone Mason
23.00
Carpenters -Acoustical Ceiling Installation
16.00
Carpenter -Rough
13.00
Carpenter -All other work
16.50
Caulker/Sealers
12.00
Cement & Concrete Finishers
16.67
Commercial Truck Drivers
10.26
Crane & Heavy Equipment Operator
20.00
Door & Hardware Specialist
16.00
Drywall and Ceiling Tile Installers
16.00
Drywall Finishers & Tapers
12.00
Electrician
21.21
Floor Layers -Carpet and Resilient
18.00
Floor Layers -Specialty
18.00
Floor Layers -Wood
18.00
Glaziers
17.00
Heating, Air Conditioning & Refrigeration Svc. Tech
21.31
HVAC Mechanic Helper
13.62
HVAC Sheet metal Ductwork Installer
19.30
HVAC Sheet metal Ductwork Installer Helper
13.85
Insulation Workers -Mechanical
12.00
Irrigator -Landscape Certified
13.50
Laborer: Common or General
11.65
Laborer: Mason Tender -Brick
17.00
Laborer: Mason Tender-Cement/Concrete
16.92
Laborer: Roof Tear off
11.09
Roofer
17.44
Painters (Brush, Roller & Spray)
12.00
Paper Hanger
13.00
Pipe Fitters & Steamfitters
24.10
Plaster, Stucco, Lather and EIFS Applicator
17.00
Plumber/Medical Gas Installer
22.83
Plumber Helper
14.20
25
EXHIBIT B
City of Lubbock
Heavy and Highway
Prevailing Wage Rates
Craft
Hourly Rate
Power Equipment Operator -Tower Crane
30.00
Hydraulic Crane Operators 60 tons & above
32.00
Operator Backhoe/Excavator/Truck hoe
20.25
Bobcat/Skid Steer/Skid Loader
15.22
Drill
16.00
Grader Blade
18.00
Loader
18.00
Mechanic
22.85
Paver (Asphalt, Aggregate, & Concrete)
17.00
Roller
15.00
Reinforcing Iron & Rebar Workers
14.33
Sheet Metal Workers, Excludes HVAC Duct Installation
21.38
Structural Iron & Steel Workers/Metal Building Erector
15.00
Asphalt Distributor Operator
16.50
Asphalt Paving Machine Operator/Spreader Box Operator
18.75
Backhoe Operator
18.00
Cement Mason/Concrete Finishers (Paving Structures)
15.00
Crane Operator (Hydraulic)
25.00
Electrician
17.50
Laborer
13.50
Laborer, Common
15.64
Laborer, Utility
13.50
Crane, Lattice Boom 80 Tons or Less
30.00
Loader/Backhoe
18.00
Roller/Other
15.00
Welder Certified/Structural Steel Weld
25.00
26
EXHIBIT C
City of Lubbock
Overtime
Legal Holiday
Prevailing Wage Rates
The rate for overtime (in excess of forty hours per week) shall be as required by the Fair Labor
Standards Act.
The rate for legal holidays shall be as required by the Fair Labor Standard
Page Intentionally Left Blank
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
Page Intentionally Left Blank
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
1. TIME AND ORDER FOR COMPLETION
The micro -surfacing process covered by the contract documents shall be fully completed within 90 (NINETY)
consecutive calendar days from the date specified in the Notice to Proceed issued by the City of Lubbock to the successful
bidder.
A. The Micro -Surfacing, with locations and materials as designated by the City's representative, shall not begin before
May 1, 2020 and shall be completed no later than August 1, 2020. The Contractor may begin as soon as they receive the
Notice to Proceed, and proceed until all designated locations are completed.
B. The repairs shall be completed in 90 consecutive calendar days. The Contractor shall pay to the owner $1,204.28 per
day for each calendar day after that until completion as liquidated damages. No credit will be given for bad weather days
or other delays. In the event it is determined by the City that the progress of the work is not satisfactory, the City may
direct the Contractor to take such action as the City deems necessary to insure completion of the project within the time
specified.
2. CHANGES IN THE WORK
The Street Department may make changes in the scope of the work required to be performed by the Contractor under the
Contract or making additions thereto, or by omitting work there from, without involving the Contract, and without
relieving or releasing the Contractor from any of his obligations under the contract or any guarantee given by him
pursuant to the Contract provisions, and without affecting the validity of the guaranty bonds, and without relieving or
releasing the surety or sureties of said bonds. All such work shall be executed under the terms of the original Contract
unless it is expressly provided otherwise
Except for the purpose of affording protection against any emergency endangering health, life, limb or property, the
Contractor shall make no change in the materials used or in the specified manner of constructing and/or installing the
improvements or supply additional labor, services or materials beyond that actually required for the execution of the
contract, unless in pursuance of a written order from the local Public Agency authorizing the Contractor to proceed with
the change. No claim for an adjustment of the contract price will be valid unless so ordered.
If applicable unit prices are contained in the agreement (established as a result of either a unit price bid or a Supplement
Schedule of Unit Prices) the Street Department may order the Contractor to proceed with desired changes in the work, the
value of such changes to be determined by the measured quantities involved and the applicable unit prices specified in the
contract; provided that in case of a unit price contract the net value of all changes does not increase or decrease the
original total amount shown in the Agreement by more than twenty-five (25%) percent.
3. SUPERINTENDENCE
The Contractor's Superintendent and/or his assistants will not be allowed to serve two functions simultaneously, such
operating machinery and acting as Superintendent at the same time. The Contractor's Superintendent must be free of
individual responsibilities to enable him to give the entire project his constant attention to facilitate the progress thereof.
The Contractor's Superintendent will be responsible for establishing grade control on concrete removal and replacement.
4. PROSECUTION OF WORK
The Contractor will, before starting any work on any street, erect barricades and signs, or provide sufficient flagmen, as
approved by the Street Superintendent, to give notice to vehicular traffic. During the construction the Contractor is to
close to traffic streets, as approved by the Street Superintendent.
At no time during the period of construction shall driveways and/or alleys be left impassable between the night hours of 6
P.M. to 6 A.M., except during the construction of the curb and gutter for which the driveways and/or alleys shall remain
closed not more than 4 days including 72 hours for curing.
The Contractor will, during the progress of the work, erect and maintain for twenty-four hours a day such barricades and
warnings, as approved by the Street Superintendent, necessary to give notice to vehicular and pedestrian traffic of any and
all obstructions and insofar as possible keep the streets and/or alleys on which work is being done in a passable condition.
During the time the concrete is curing in the alleys and until it can be opened to traffic, the Contractor shall maintain
warning signs on barricades with lights at each end of the block until the alley can be opened to traffic. 2
The flagmen will be required to wear vests and use the type of flag as shown on flagging detail sheet in specifications.
All equipment working on the streets will at all times have at least two (2) red, orange or fluorescent red -orange flags at
least 16" x 16" in size. These flags shall be mounted high enough on the equipment so that they will be visible to all
traffic meeting or passing the equipment.
Before work is started on any street it will be the responsibility of the Contractor to notify each property owner that has a
car or cars parked in their driveways or garages so that each owner might have the opportunity to move their cars.
The Contractor shall schedule his work on major thoroughfares and collectors at least 5 days in advance, in order that
businesses may have time to adjust their plans. On all thoroughfares and collectors, the Contractor and the City's
Representatives will work with each of the businesses, hospitals, schools, etc., so that only part of the driveways into their
parking lots will be closed. At no time will any parking lot be completely closed, without prior approval from the Owner's
Representative, unless the work is being accomplished at night and the businesses are closed. The Contractor shall be
responsible for notifying affected businesses of the proposed work and the projected schedule for completion of this work.
Immediately after each re -construction the Contractor shall clean, remove any paving materials from gutters, rubbish and
temporary structures from the street, restore in an acceptable manner all property, both public and private which has been
damaged during the prosecution of the work, and leave the site of the work in a neat and presentable condition throughout.
The cost of the "cleanup" shall be included as part of the cost of the various items of the work involved, and no direct
compensation will be made for this work.
The Contractor should familiarize himself with the Texas Manual on UNIFORM TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICES for
Streets and Highways. Part VI.
5. BARRICADES AND DANGER, WARNING AND DETOUR SIGNS AND TRAFFIC HANDLING
The Contractor shall have the sole responsibility for providing, installing, moving, replacing, maintaining, cleaning and
removing upon completion of work, all barricades, warning signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals and other such type
devices for handling traffic control as indicated in the plans or as directed by the Street Superintendent. All barricades,
warning signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals and other such type devices shall conform to details shown on the plans and
as indicated in the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices.
The Contractor may provide special signs not covered by plans to protect the traveling public against special conditions or
hazards, provided however, that such signs are first approved by the Street Superintendent.
Upon completion of the work, all barricades, warning signs, barriers, cones, lights, signals and other such type devices
and evident thereof shall be removed by the Contractor.
6. MAINTENANCE OF DETOURS
The Contractor shall do such work as may be necessary to maintain detours and facilities for safe public travel in
accordance with the Traffic Control Plan and these specifications. There shall be maintained in passable condition, such
temporary roads and structures as may be necessary to accommodate public travel. Temporary approaches and crossings
of intersecting highways shall be provided and maintained in a safe and passable condition by the Contractor at his entire
expense.
7. PUBLIC SAFETY AND CONVENIENCE
Ingress and egress to private property shall be provided as specified in the plans or as directed by the Street
Superintendent.
The Contractor shall plan and execute his operations in a manner that will cause the minimum interference with traffic.
The Contractor shall secure the Street Superintendent's approval of his proposed plan of operation, sequence of work, and
methods of providing for the safe passage of traffic before it is placed into operation. If at any time during construction
the approved plan does not accomplish the intended purpose, due to weather or other conditions affecting the safe
handling of traffic, the Contractor shall immediately make necessary changes therein to correct the unsatisfactory
conditions.
At night or otherwise, all equipment not in use shall be stored in such a manner and at such locations as not to interfere
with the safe passage of traffic. The Contractor shall provide and maintain flaggers at such points and for such periods of
time as may be required to provide for the safety and convenience of public travel and Contractor's personnel, and 3
as directed by the Street Superintendent. Flaggers shall be English speaking, courteous, well informed, physically and
mentally able to effectually perform their duties in safeguarding and directing traffic and protecting the work, and shall be
neatly attired and groomed at all times when on duty. When directing traffic, flaggers shall use standard attire, flags and
signals and follow the flagging procedures set forth in the Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets
and Highways.
8. REMOVING OBSTRUCTIONS
The Contractor shall familiarize himself with the existing obstructions including sidewalks, trees, poles, etc., prior to
building. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to remove these obstructions at the direction of the Street
Superintendent, except that the utility companies will move their equipment at no cost to the Contractor. The Contractor
will receive no compensation for delay caused by the Utility Companies in relocating or removing their equipment.
9. TEST OF MATERIALS
The City of Lubbock Pavement Management laboratory test results shall be the sole consideration for approval of
materials, mix designs, adequacy of procedures, etc. The results of such testing shall be evaluated and final approval given
by the Street Superintendent.
A. CONCRETE MATERIALS
Before Concrete materials can be used on any street, a current mix design (not older than 30 days) with test reports will be
submitted to the Street Superintendent for approval. During the construction period, concrete tests that fail will require the
location to be cored at the contractor's expense. If the concrete cores fail, the concrete work will be removed and replaced
at no additional cost to the City of Lubbock.
B. HOT MIX
The Contractor, or supplier of such materials, shall submit a mix design to the City Pavement Management office, at least
thirty (30) days prior to the reconstruction, a mix design it shall include, but not limited to crushed face counts, Flakiness
Index tests, and magnesium sulfate (soundness) tests. The gradation requirements shall be that as necessary to meet the
gradation requirements of Item 6.3 (HMAC Mix Design Requirements). The crushed face count, Flakiness Index, and
Magnesium Sulfate requirements shall meet those established in City of Lubbock Standard Paving Specifications, Item
number 6.4.
10.SUBCONTRACTOR
The Contractor shall not award any work to any subcontractor without prior written approval of the Owner, which
approval will not be given until the Contractor submits to the Owner a written statement concerning the proposed award
to the subcontractor, which statement shall contain such information as the Owner may require.
The Contractor shall be as fully responsible to the Owner for the acts and omissions of his subcontractors, and of persons
either directly or indirectly employed by them, as he is for the acts and omissions of persons directly employed by him.
The Contractor shall cause appropriate provisions to be inserted in all subcontracts relative to the work to bind
subcontractors to the Contractor by the terms of the General Conditions and other contract documents insofar as
applicable to the work of subcontractors and to give the Contractor the same power as regard terminating any subcontract
that the Owner may exercise over the Contractor under any provision of the contract documents.
Nothing contained in this contract shall create any contractual relation between any subcontractor and the Owner and said
subcontractor will look exclusively to contractor for any payments due subcontractor.
11. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
The Contractor's attention is directed to the fact that pipelines and other underground installations as may be shown on the
plans have been taken from the best available information. There may be other pipelines or installations. The Contractor
shall hold harmless the City from any and all suits or claims resulting from damage by his operations to any pipeline or
underground installation.
It is the Contractor's responsibility, during the period of street construction, to insure that all utility cuts in the limits of
street construction have been properly backfilled, compacted, and the top 6" inches backfilled with 2-sack flowable fill. It
is not the intent to require the Contractor to provide for the utility cut repair but for the individual utility company making
the cut to provide their own repairs. 4
In the case of a City underground installation, the Contractor may be required, at the Street Superintendent's option, to
repair the cut with 2-sack flowable fill at the unit price bid.
12. PARTIAL PAYMENTS
On or before the tenth day of each month, the Contractor shall submit to Owner's Representative an application for partial
payment. Owner's Representative shall review said application for partial payment and the progress of the work made by
the Contractor and if found to be in order shall prepare a certificate for partial payment showing as completely as practical
the total value of the work done by the Contractor up to and including the last day of the preceding month.
13. CORRECTION OF WORK AFTER FINAL PAYMENT
Neither the final payment nor certificate nor any provision in this contract shall relieve the Contractor of responsibility for
faulty materials or workmanship, and he shall remedy and defects due thereto and pay for any damage to other work
resulting therefrom, which shall appear within a period of one (1) year from date of final acceptance of the project. The
Owner or the Owner's Representative shall give notice of observed defects with reasonable promptness.
14. LABOR
The Contractor must abide by the Wage and Hour Laws of the State of Texas, or the U.S. Department of Labor, and must
not pay less than the rate legally prescribed or as set forth herein, whichever is higher.
Payment for time worked over forty -hours per week shall be made at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the above prevailing
rates. Payment for time worked on legal holidays shall be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the regular governing per
diem wage rates.
Any laborer, workman or mechanic required or permitted to work in excess of eight (8) hours per calendar day, under the
emergency exceptions to House Bill No. 115 of the 44th Legislature invoked by HCR No. 201 of the 47th Legislature
shall be paid on the basis of eight (8) hours constituting a day's work.
15. NOTIFICATION OF CITIZENS
All citizens shall be notified by door hangers a minimum of 24 hours and a maximum of 48 hours in advance of the
Micro -Surfacing being placed on their street. The door hangers shall contain the following information on them. The
company doing the work as well as a contact name and number. There shall be an on site contact that is familiar with the
project, and shall be capable of dealing with citizens in a cordial manner. The door hanger shall contain a time frame in
which the work shall take place Example: 8 AM to 7 PM. The door hanger shall lay out exactly what the citizens should
expect, and shall let them know how long access to their home could be affected. Example: During this time access to
your driveway could be limited or blocked for 1 to 2 hours. If your vehicle is in your driveway we can usually get you out
in 20 to 30 minutes. Citizens shall be asked not to park their cars in the street during construction. The dates on the door
hanger can have multiple dates but shall not exceed three working days. If this schedule is not met then the contractor will
be required to hang door knockers again with a more accurate schedule. The door hangers shall also allude to unexpected
equipment problems or unexpected weather problems. The door hangers shall be submitted to the City of Lubbock Street
Superintendent for approval.
16. HOURS OF OPERATION
Operating hours will be Monday through Saturday as outlined in this section of these specifications unless other wise
directed by the Street Superintendent. Hours of operation shall be: Major Thoroughfare's 7pm to lam, Residential
Areas lam to 7pm. Night work will be permitted only on our major thoroughfares and shall conform to the following.
The micro -Surfacing shall be traffic ready by 7 AM, all traffic control devices and barricades shall be removed from
the roadway by 7 A.M.
SPECIFICATIONS
Page Intentionally Left Blank
This document contains general standards and specifications for design work on public
infrastructure. At all times these regulations are subject to the direct supervision and
judgment of the City Engineer who may make modifications in their implementation as
may be necessary on a case-by-case basis, acting in the best interest of the public.
Approval of plans shall constitute general conformance with the City of Lubbock
Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. Approval of plans shall not relieve the
Engineer of Record or the Developer from the responsibility to comply with local, State,
or Federal requirements, and/or any errors or omissions in plans and specifications.
2018
Design Standards and Specifications
Table of Contents
SECTION 1 ......................................................................................................................................... 1
MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION .......................................................... 1
1.01 General ............................................................................................................................................ 1
1.02 Design Flow ...................................................................................................................................... 1
1.03 Design Pressure ................................................................................................................................ 2
1.04 Hydraulic Design ............................................................................................................................... 2
1.05 Typical Layout .................................................................................................................................. 2
1.06 Bedding and Cover ............................................................................................................................ 3
1.07 Relation to Sanitary Sewer Mains and Appurtenances .......................................................................... 3
1.08 Pipe Size and Spacing ....................................................................................................................... 6
1.09 Pipe Materials ................................................................................................................................... 6
1.10 Methods of Connection ...................................................................................................................... 7
1.11 Flanged Outlets ................................................................................................................................ 7
1.12 Valve Spacing ................................................................................................................................... 7
1.13 Fire Protection Requirements ............................................................................................................. 8
1.14 Easements ........................................................................................................................................ 9
1.15 Soil Analysis ..................................................................................................................................... 9
1.16 Pipe Restraints and Reaction Blocking ................................................................................................ 9
1.17 Tunneling, Jacking and Boring ......................................................................................................... 10
1.18 Dead-end Mains .............................................................................................................................. 10
1.19 Abandonment of Water Mains .......................................................................................................... 10
SECTION 2 ....................................................................................................................................... 12
CHECK LIST FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION PLANS ................................................. 12
2.01 Plan Submittal Requirements ........................................................................................................... 12
2.02 Plan Details .................................................................................................................................... 14
SECTION 3 ....................................................................................................................................... 17
MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS FOR SANITARY SEWERS .............................................................. 17
3.01 General .......................................................................................................................................... 17
3.02 Design Flow .................................................................................................................................... 17
3.03 Hydraulic Design ............................................................................................................................. 18
3.04 Design Details ................................................................................................................................. 18
3.05 Typical Layout ................................................................................................................................ 20
3.06 Bedding and Cover .......................................................................................................................... 20
3.07 Relation to Water Mains .................................................................................................................. 21
3.08 Abandonment of Sewer Mains and Manholes .................................................................................... 22
3.09 Easements ...................................................................................................................................... 23
3.10 Soil Analysis ................................................................................................................................... 23
3.11 Tunneling, Jacking and Boring ......................................................................................................... 23
3.12 Lift Station...................................................................................................................................... 24
SECTION 4 ....................................................................................................................................... 25
CHECK LIST FOR SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION PLANS ......................................................... 25
4.01 Plan Submittal Requirements ........................................................................................................... 25
4.02 Plan Details .................................................................................................................................... 28
SECTION 5 ....................................................................................................................................... 30
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER MAIN CONSTRUCTION ................................................ 30
5.01 General .......................................................................................................................................... 30
5.02 Plan Requirements .......................................................................................................................... 30
5.03 Plan Approval ................................................................................................................................. 30
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
5.04 Inspection ...................................................................................................................................... 30
5.05 Specifications .................................................................................................................................. 30
5.06 Materials of Construction ................................................................................................................. 31
5.07 Methods of Construction .................................................................................................................. 40
5.08 Pneumatic Testing for Tapping Sleeves ............................................................................................ 47
5.09 Hydrostatic Pressure Testing ........................................................................................................... 47
5.10 Sterilization and Bacteriological Testing ............................................................................................ 49
i Table of Contents
5.11 Restoration and Clean Up ...................................................................................................... 49
5.12 Warranty and Acceptance ...................................................................................................... 50
SECTION 6 ....................................................................................................................................... 51
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER MAIN CONSTRUCTION ............................... 51
6.01 General ............................................................................................................................... 51
6.02 Plan Requirements................................................................................................................ 51
6.03 Plan Approval ....................................................................................................................... 51
6.04 Inspection ........................................................................................................................... 51 6.05
Specifications ....................................................................................................................... 51
6.06 Materials of Construction ....................................................................................................... 52
6.07 Methods of Construction ........................................................................................................ 56
6.08 Inspection, Testing, Approval and Acceptance of Gravity Flow Sanitary Sewer Pipe and Manholes . 65
6.09 Lift Station ........................................................................................................................... 71
6.10 Restoration and Clean Up ...................................................................................................... 72
6.11 Warranty and Acceptance ...................................................................................................... 73
SECTION 7 ....................................................................................................................................... 75
APPROVED MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURERS LIST ..................................................................... 75
7.01 Introduction ......................................................................................................................... 75
7.02 Product Submittal Procedures ................................................................................................ 75
7.03 Evaluation Process ................................................................................................................ 76 7.04
Approval Process .................................................................................................................. 76 7.05
Water System ...................................................................................................................... 78
7.06 Sanitary Sewer System.......................................................................................................... 85
7.07 Water and Sanitary Sewer Systems ........................................................................................ 90
SECTION 8 ....................................................................................................................................... 93
Standard Specifications for streets and drainage construction ...................................................... 93
8.01 General ............................................................................................................................... 93
8.02 Design Standards ................................................................................................................. 94
8.03 Testing and Inspection .......................................................................................................... 95
8.04 Notification of Property Owners .............................................................................................. 95
8.05 Protection of Utilities and Irrigation Systems ............................................................................ 95
8.06 Water for Construction .......................................................................................................... 96
8.07 Concrete ............................................................................................................................. 97
8.08 Subgrade and Base ............................................................................................................. 105
8.09 Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Surface (HMAC) ............................................................................. 111
8.10 Micro-Surfacing .................................................................................................................. 117 8.11
Storm Sewer ...................................................................................................................... 121
8.12 Fences .............................................................................................................................. 127
8.13 Salvage of Asphalt Paving .................................................................................................... 127
8.14 Traffic Control .................................................................................................................... 127
8.15 Prosecution of the Work and Working Days ........................................................................... 128
2018
8.16 Measurement and Payment ................................................................................................. 129
8.17 Restoration and Clean Up .................................................................................................... 132
8.18 Certificate of Completion and Warranty ................................................................................. 133
SECTION 9 ..................................................................................................................................... 135
CHECK LIST FOR STREETs AND DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION PLANS ............................................ 135
9.01 Plan Submittal Requirements ............................................................................................... 1 35
9.02 Plan Details ....................................................................................................................... 138
SECTION 10 ................................................................................................................................... 141
TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION .......................................................................................... 141
10.01 General Details ...................................................................................................................... A
10.02 Water Details ........................................................................................................................ B
10.03 Sewer Details ........................................................................................................................ C
10.04 Street and Drainage Details .................................................................................................... D
ii
No Text
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
Section 1 1
SECTION 1
MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION
1.01 General
1.01.01 All water distribution system design shall be in accordance with the requirements of TCEQ
Chapter 290, AWWA Standards, City of Lubbock Water System Master Plan, current City
ordinances and the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards for Water Distribution.
1.02 Design Flow
1.02.01 The design of the water distribution system shall be based on the following:
A. Design flow for residential use:
Design Criteria Design Value Units
Peak Hourly Demand 1,000 gpcd
Maximum Daily Demand 650 gpcd
Average Daily Demand 240 gpcd
Capita per Household (Single Family) 3.2 persons
Capita per Household (Multi-family) 2.5 persons
i. Domestic water service shall be provided from an alley or easement.
ii. Lines in alleys or easements shall be adequate to provide for a maximum size water
meter of 1-½ inches per lot for each 75 feet of frontage.
iii. Property owner may acquire a maximum domestic water tap and meter of 1 -½ inches
or the equivalent in two meters per lot for each 75 feet of frontage.
iv. Minimum size water tap and meter shall be one inch.
B. Design flow for fire protection:
Proposed Use Minimum Fire Flow (gpm)
1- and 2-Family Residential 1,000
Other Than 1- and 2-Family Residential 1,500-8,000
i. Fire protection service shall be provided from a street right-of-way or comparable
easement.
ii. Flow may be from more than one fire hydrant, provided the additional hydrants are
accessible to any possible fire location.
iii. Fire protection must comply with Fire Marshall’s Office regulations, and in no case be
less than currently adopted International Fire Code requirements.
iv. Additional infrastructure may be required to provide fire protection service when existing
water distribution lines are inadequate.
C. Design flow for development other than residential use shall be based on the following or as
directed by the City Engineer or designee:
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
2 Section 1
Type of Development Average Daily Demand
(gal/person/day)
Restaurant 18
School
Without cafeteria or showers 18
With cafeteria; no showers 24
With cafeteria and showers 30
Youth
camp
Without cafeteria, restrooms or showers 6
With restrooms; no cafeteria or showers 24
With restrooms and showers; no cafeteria 30
With restrooms, showers and cafeteria 42
Office building 18
Hospital (per bed) 720
Institution (other than hospital) 240
Factories (exclusive of industrial processes) 24
Recreational Parks 6
Swimming pools 12
Country clubs 120
Airport (per passenger) 6
Self-service laundry 60
Service station/convenience store 12
i. Peak hourly demand for other than residential flows shall be 2.5 times the average daily
demand.
1.03 Design Pressure
1.03.01 Distribution system shall have a maximum operating pressure of 150 pounds per square inch
(psi) and a minimum operating pressure of 40 psi.
1.03.02 Distribution system shall maintain a 20 psi residual pressure during required fire flow and a
40 psi residual pressure during peak hourly demand.
1.04 Hydraulic Design
1.04.01 Distribution mains shall be designed to have a maximum velocity of 10 feet per second.
1.04.02 Distribution mains shall be designed using a Hazen-Williams friction coefficient "C" equal to
140.
1.05 Typical Layout
1.05.01 Unless approved otherwise by the City Engineer or designee, water distribution mains shall be
located:
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
Section 1 3
A. In north-south alleys or streets, 5 feet west of centerline.
B. In east-west alleys or streets, 5 feet north of centerline.
1.05.02 Water mains to provide service connections shall be located within an alley or easement.
A. Service connections shall not be allowed within street right-of-way without written approval of
the City Engineer or designee.
B. Service lines shall not cross property boundaries into adjacent private property without coverage
by a dedicated easement.
1.05.03 Where a water distribution main crosses a street, the crossing shall be made at as near to
perpendicular as possible.
1.05.04 Valves shall be installed at each junction such that no more than one connecting leg is
unvalved.
A. At street intersections, valves shall be located at right -of-way lines unless flanged fittings are
required.
B. At alley intersections with streets, valves shall be located at right -of-way lines of the alleys
where possible.
C. Where possible, valves in streets should be designed to fall outside of wheel paths.
1.05.05 Water mains shall be designed as looped systems.
1.05.06 Minimum radius of curvature and maximum deflection angle of pipe joints shall be restricted
to 80% of manufacturer’s recommendation, after which the use of horizontal or vertical
bends will be required.
1.05.07 In all instances water mains shall extend to the extremities of the platted property or the
subdivision served, and further when required to tie into existing mains adjacent t o the
development.
1.06 Bedding and Cover
1.06.01 Water distribution mains shall ordinarily have a minimum of 4 feet of cover from top of pipe to
finished ground surface.
1.06.02 All water lines shall be laid as horizontal as possible, avoiding excessive numbers of high or
low points.
1.06.03 Pipe bedding and embedment shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Water
Main Construction but in all cases shall be not less than manufacturer recommendations.
1.07 Relation to Sanitary Sewer Mains and Appurtenances
1.07.01 No physical connection shall be made between a drinking water supply and a sewer line.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
4 Section 1
A. Appurtenances shall be designed and constructed so as to prevent any possibility of sewage
entering the drinking water system.
1.07.02 Water lines shall be located a minimum of 9 feet horizontally outside to outside from existing
or proposed sanitary sewer lines or appurtenances.
A. Where the 9 foot separation distance cannot be achieved, the following criteria shall apply:
i. New waterline installation—parallel lines:
a. Where a new potable waterline parallels an existing, non-pressure or pressure rated
sanitary sewer main and the Design Engineer is able to determine that the existing
sanitary sewer main is not leaking:
(1) The new potable waterline shall be located a minimum of 2 feet above and a
minimum of 4 feet horizontally between outside diameters from the existing
sanitary sewer main.
(2) Every effort shall be exerted not to disturb the bedding and backfill of the existi ng
sanitary sewer main.
b. Where a new potable waterline parallels an existing, non-pressure or pressure rated
sanitary sewer main and it cannot be determined by the Design Engineer if the existing
line is leaking:
(1) The existing sanitary sewer main shall be replaced with at least 150 psi pressure
rated pipe.
(2) The new potable waterline shall be located a minimum of 2 feet above and a
minimum of 4 feet horizontally between outside diameters from the existing
sanitary sewer main.
c. Where a new potable waterline parallels a new sanitary sewer main:
(1) The sanitary sewer main shall be constructed of at least 150 psi pressure rated
pipe.
(2) The new potable waterline shall be located a minimum of 2 feet above and a
minimum of 4 feet horizontally between outside diameters from the existing
sanitary sewer main. ii. New waterline installation—crossing lines:
a. Where a new potable waterline crosses over an existing, non -pressure rated sanitary
sewer main:
(1) A minimum 2 foot separation distance between outside diameters shall be
maintained.
(2) One segment of the waterline pipe shall be centered over the sanitary sewer main
such that the joints of the waterline pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet
horizontally from the centerline of the sanitary sewer main.
(3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the
sanitary sewer main.
(4) Every effort shall be exerted not to disturb the bedding and backfill of the existing
sanitary sewer main.
(5) If the existing sanitary sewer main is disturbed or shows signs of leak ing, it shall
be replaced for at least 9 feet in both directions (18 feet total) with at least 150
psi pressure rated pipe.
b. Where a new potable waterline crosses over an existing, pressure rated sanitary sewer
main:
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
Section 1 5
(1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 6 inches between outside diameters
shall be maintained.
(2) One segment of the waterline pipe shall be centered over the sanitary sewer main
such that the joints of the waterline pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet
horizontally from the centerline of the sanitary sewer main.
(3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the
sanitary sewer main.
(4) Every effort shall be exerted not to disturb the bedding and backfill of the existing
sanitary sewer main.
(5) If the existing sanitary sewer main is disturbed or shows signs of leaking, it shall
be replaced for at least 9 feet in both directions (18 feet total) with at least 150
psi pressure rated pipe.
c. Where a new potable waterline crosses over a new, non-pressure rated sanitary sewer
main:
(1) A minimum 2 foot separation distance between outside diameters shall be
maintained.
(2) One segment of the waterline pipe shall be centered over the sanitary sewer main
such that the joints of the waterline pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet
horizontally from the centerline of the sanitary sewer main.
(3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the
sanitary sewer main.
(4) The sanitary sewer main shall be embedded in flowable fill from one quarter of the
diameter of the sanitary sewer main below the centerline of the pipe up to 12
inches above top of pipe for the total length of one pipe segment, minimum 9 feet
in each direction from water line, plus 12 inches beyond the joint on each end.
d. Where a new potable waterline crosses over a new, pressure rated sanitary sewer
main:
(1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 6 inches between outside diameters
shall be maintained.
(2) The sanitary sewer main shall be constructed of at least 150 psi pressure rated
pipe.
(3) One segment of the waterline pipe shall be centered over the sanitary sewer line
such that the joints of the waterline pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet
horizontally from the center line of the sanitary sewer main.
(4) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the
sanitary sewer main.
(5) The sanitary sewer main shall be embedded in flowable fill from one quarter of the
diameter of the sanitary sewer main below the centerline of the pipe up to 12
inches above top of pipe for the total length of one pipe segment, minimum 9 feet
in each direction from water line, plus 12 inches beyond the joint on each end.
e. When a new potable waterline crosses under a sanitary sewer main:
(1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 1 foot between outside di ameters
shall be maintained.
(2) The waterline shall be encased in an 18-foot or longer section of pipe or be
constructed of ductile iron or steel pipe with mechanical or welded joints as
appropriate.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
6 Section 1
(3) The encasing pipe shall be centered on the sewer line and shall be at least 2
nominal pipe diameters larger than the water line.
(4) The carrier pipe shall be supported at 5-foot or less intervals with spacers.
(5) Each end of the casing shall be sealed with watertight non-shrink cement grout or
a manufactured watertight seal.
(6) Both the waterline and sanitary sewer main must pass a pressure and leakage test
as specified in AWWA C600. iii. The use of brown coloring in flowable fill for
pressure rated sanitary sewer main embedment is recommended for identification
during future construction.
iv. In all cases, suitable backfill or other structural protection shall be provided to preclude
settling and/or failure of the higher pipe.
B. Location of fire hydrants
i. Fire hydrants shall not be installed within 9 feet vertically or horizontally of any sanitary
sewer main, manhole or service line regardless of construction.
C. Location of potable or raw water supply or suction lines
i. Suction mains to pumping equipment shall not cross sanitary sewer mains or sanitary
sewer service lines.
ii. Raw water supply lines shall not be installed within 5 feet of any tile or concrete sanitary
sewer main or sanitary sewer service line.
D. Proximity of septic tank drain fields
i. Waterlines shall not be installed closer than 20 feet to septic tank drain fields.
1.07.03 Water and sewer lines shall be installed in separate trenches.
1.07.04 For other instances not covered in these design standards, consult current TCEQ regulations.
1.08 Pipe Size and Spacing
1.08.01 Distribution mains shall be located and sized in accordance with the current City of Lubbock
Water System Master Plan and current TCEQ rules:
Water Line Size Spacing
16-inch or larger Section Line (mile)
10- or 12-inch Half-Section Line (1/2 mile)
6- or 8-inch Eighth-Section Line (660 feet)
1.08.02 The standard pipe sizes that shall be used are 4-, 6-, 8-, 10-, 12-, 16-, 20- and 24-inch. Pipe
sizes not listed here are considered non-standard and shall not be used in the City of Lubbock
water distribution system, unless approved by the City Engineer or designee.
1.09 Pipe Materials
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
Section 1 7
1.09.01 All pipe used in the City of Lubbock water distribution system shall be Cement -lined Ductile
Iron, C900 PVC, C905 PVC, C301 Prestressed-Concrete Steel Cylinder Pressure or Concrete
Bar-wrapped Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe.
1.09.02 See City of Lubbock Standard Specifications for Water Main Construction for details on materials
and methods of construction.
1.10 Methods of Connection
1.10.01 Tapping Sleeves
A. Tapping sleeves with tapping valves shall be used whenever possible for connections to existing
mains in order to avoid interruption of water service.
B. Maximum tap size shall be no larger than one standard size smaller than the main to be tapped.
C. Size-on-size taps shall not be allowed without prior approval by the City Engineer or designee.
D. Using a tapping sleeve of one standard size smaller than the main to be tapped and immediately
increasing the pipe to a larger size shall not be allowed without prior approval by the City
Engineer or designee.
1.10.02 Cut-in Tees
A. When it is necessary for a size-on-size connection and interruption of water service is not an
issue, a cut-in tee with valve shall be used.
B. Cut-in tees shall not be used without prior approval by the City Engineer or designee.
1.10.03 Service Connections
A. Taps shall be provided in water main lines for service connections at each lot or building site.
B. Service connections shall ordinarily be located 5.0 feet north or west of the centerline of the lot.
C. Service lines shall not cross property boundaries into adjacent private property without coverage
by a dedicated easement.
D. Typical sizes of service connections are 1 inch, 1 ½ inch, or 2 inch diameter for residential,
commercial, or industrial service. Service taps 3 inches or larger are available for commercial
and industrial only.
E. Maximum size service connection shall be no larger than one standard size smaller than the
main to be tapped.
F. Size-on-size service connections are not allowed.
1.11 Flanged Outlets
1.11.01 All side outlets for valve attachments on lines 16-inches and larger shall be flanged.
1.12 Valve Spacing
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
8 Section 1
1.12.01 Valves shall be provided in the distribution system so that no single accident, break or repair
will necessitate shutting down a length of pipe greater than 600 feet.
A. On distribution mains 12-inch diameter and smaller, valves shall be located at each tee, cross
or other junction.
B. Valves shall be installed at each junction such that no more than one connecting leg is unvalved.
1.12.02 On 16-inch arterial mains, valves shall be spaced no greater than 800 feet as the arterial feeder
main traverses undeveloped land or is not intersected by other distribution mains.
1.12.03 Transmission mains 20-inch diameter and larger shall be equipped with valves at one-half mile
intervals unless intersected by arterial mains or other distribution mains, or it is determined
that more valves are required.
1.13 Fire Protection Requirements
1.13.01 Fire protection must comply with Fire Marshall’s Office regulations, and in no case be less than
currently adopted International Fire Code requirements.
A. Each building in the city limits shall be within 500 feet of a fire hydrant, as measured by layof -hose
length.
1.13.02 In all cases, the following criteria shall be adhered to:
A. Fire hydrant leads shall be minimum 6-inch diameter, sole purpose and shall not exceed 150
feet in length. The entire length of the lead shall be mechanically restrained.
B. Private fire protection lines and hydrant leads shall connect at the main with a gate valve or
tapping valve of at least equal size to the fire protection line.
C. A fire hydrant is required within 200 feet of a Fire Department Connection.
D. Fire lines from public mains to buildings shall be installed by a state certified fire sprinkler firm
and tested to Fire Marshall’s Office requirements.
E. Fire hydrants shall be located at intersections wherever possible.
i. Consult Section C-104 of the International Fire Code for requirements on hydrants that
may obstruct access during fire fighting operations.
F. A hydrant shall be placed at the throat or beginning of each cul-de-sac at the intersecting street.
i. Additional fire hydrants may be required based on length of cul-de-sac.
ii. Fire hydrants placed at the bulb end of cul-de-sacs should be avoided.
G. On divided highways hydrants shall be placed on each side of the highway wherever possible.
H. Fire hydrants shall be installed with the 4-inch nozzle facing the required access way or street.
I. Fire hydrants shall be installed and maint ained so that the center of the lowest water outlet is
18 inches above the ground.
J. Fire hydrants shall be placed so that they are readily visible from the street and shall be no
closer than 2 feet nor further than 5 feet from back of curb.
K. A reflective, blue, raised pavement marker shall be placed at the center of the required access
way or street for any new fire hydrant installation, in line with the 4 -inch nozzle.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
Section 1 9
L. No bushes, ground cover over 6 inches in height, or other obstructions shall be placed within a
5 foot radius in all directions of a hydrant or fire department connection.
M. Where fire hydrants are vulnerable to vehicular damage, appropriate crash posts shall be
provided.
i. No obstructions shall exist within a 3-foot working area of each fire hydrant.
ii. Crash posts shall be 4-inch, cement-filled pipe with a minimum of 3 feet above finished
grade and 2 feet of pipe anchored in concrete below grade.
N. Fire hydrants shall be in operation before framing is started or combustibles are stored on any
construction site.
O. Streets and fire access roadways shall be able to support fire apparatus in wet weather before
framing is started or combustibles are stored on any construction site.
P. Fire hydrant shall be installed with flange 0.2 to 0.4 foot above finished grade.
Q. No size-on-size taps for fire suppression shall be allowed.
1.14 Easements
1.14.01 When it is determined not to be feasible to construct a public water distribution main in a street
or alley, the installation may be made in a dedicated easement or right-of-way.
1.14.02 The minimum width of an easement or right -of-way for a public water distribution main is 10
feet exclusive, 20 feet if shared with a public sanitary sewer main or other utilities or if depth
of water distribution main is greater than 10 feet.
1.14.03 Easements will not be allowed between residential lots unless they are in combination
with a drainage easement or with prior approval from the City Engineer or designee.
1.14.04 When a fire hydrant is to be installed on private property, an easement shall be dedicated
which provides a minimum of 5 feet clearance in all directions from the center of the fire
hydrant.
1.15 Soil Analysis
1.15.01 The Contractor or Design Engineer may be required to submit a report showing the types and
characteristics of the soils to be encountered, water table elevations along the proposed
water distribution main, recommended methods of dewatering for water distribution main
construction, and the recommended methods of backfilling and compacting to be used.
1.16 Pipe Restraints and Reaction Blocking
1.16.01 The size of required pipe restraints and reaction blocks shall be determined by the Design
Engineer for the project based on the allowable soil pressure and the anticipated working
pressure plus water hammer of the line.
1.16.02 For restrained joint lengths required, refer to Appendix A as derived from EBAA Iron, Inc.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
10 Section 1
1.17 Tunneling, Jacking and Boring
1.17.01 Tunneling, jacking and boring are methods used for water line placement under restrictive
conditions when open cut construction is not allowed.
A. Only straight pipe alignments for both horizontal and vertical alignment are allowed.
B. Casing shall extend full width of right-of-way or as directed by the City Engineer or designee.
C. Casing pipe shall be a minimum of two standard sizes larger than encased pipe.
D. Casing pipe thickness shall be:
Casing Diameter Minimum Casing Thickness
<24 inches 3/8 inch
≥24 inches 1/2 inch
E. Manufactured centralizers or spacers shall be required at minimum 5-foot intervals or as
recommended by the manufacturer.
i. Only purpose-built centralizers may be used.
F. Coal tar coating for casing pipe shall conform to AWWA C203.
G. For bores in excess of 100 feet, purpose-built fused or restrained joint pipe shall be used.
H. All bores must comply with City Utility Excavation Manual.
1.17.02 Slick boring or directional drilling without encasement shall be considered on a case -bycase
basis by the City Engineer or designee. All slick bores shall be restrained or encased.
1.17.03 No annular space shall remain between casing, or uncased pipe, and bored hole.
1.17.04 Unbraced, uncased bore holes shall be left open no more than 24 hours.
1.18 Dead-end Mains
1.18.01 A dead-end main is defined as a length of water line greater than 150 feet with no looped
connection.
1.18.02 Dead-end mains shall not be allowed unless approved by the City Engineer or designee.
1.18.03 Where dead-end mains are necessary as a stage in the growth of the system, they shall be
designed so that:
A. The system may be periodically flushed by use of a blow-off valve or fire hydrant, or
B. A temporary looped connection is installed.
1.19 Abandonment of Water Mains
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Standards
Section 1 11
1.19.01 When a water line is to be abandoned, allowances shall be made so that existing and new
water mains may be in service simultaneously, thereby providing a means for transferring
customer’s service from the old main to the new main with minimal interruption.
1.19.02 If the construction of a proposed main necessitates the abandoning of the existing main prior
to the new main’s placement into service, provisions for a temporary water main with
services must be addressed.
1.19.03 On mains to be abandoned, the designer shall note locations of cut and plug as close as
possible to the main that remains in service.
1.19.04 Fire hydrants, valves and other fittings located on mains to be abandoned shall be removed
and delivered to the City of Lubbock Water Utilities Department.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Check List
12 Section 2
SECTION 2
CHECK LIST FOR WATER DISTRIBUTION CONSTRUCTION PLANS
2.01 Plan Submittal Requirements
2.01.01 All water main construction plans shall be checked for conformance with City of Lubbock
Minimum Design Standards for Water Distribution prior to submittal to the Engi neering
Department. Approval of plans is for general conformance with the City of Lubbock Minimum
Design Standards and Specifications. Approval of plans shall not relieve the Engineer or
Developer from any City, State or other governing requirements nor fo r errors or omissions
in plans and specifications.
2.01.02 Plan Review
A. The Design Engineer shall submit two sets of water main construction plans to the City Engineer
or designee for review and comment.
B. Upon completion of review and receipt of payment for appropriate Plan Review fees, one set
shall be returned to the Design Engineer with comments.
i. Plans requiring resubmittal may require payment of an additional Plan Review fee.
C. After comments have been addressed and changes have been made, 7 sets of plans shall be
provided for final approval for construction.
i. If a fire hydrant or fire protection service is specified for installation, 2 additional sets of
water plans shall be submitted with the construction sets (9 total).
ii. If additional approved plan sets are required by the Design Engineer, the appropriate
amount of additional plans shall be provided at this time.
iii. If comments have not been addressed on plans submitted for final approval for
construction the plans will be rejected and returned to t he Design Engineer.
D. Upon approval, stamped “Approved for Construction” plans shall be logged into the City’s GIS
data base and distributed as follows:
i. Two (2) sets will be returned to the Engineer.
ii. Five (5) sets will be distributed to the City’s inspectors and support staff. iii. Where
applicable, 2 sets will be delivered to the Fire Marshall’s Office.
E. The Design Engineer shall notify TCEQ in writing prior to the start of construction.
i. A copy of the TCEQ notification letter shall be submitted to the Engineering Department.
F. Final construction plans should not be submitted for Engineering Department approval for work
that will not be installed within 6 months of the approval date.
i. Delays between approval date and construction may require resubmitt al of the plans for
review under current standards.
2.01.03 Pro Rata Estimate and Fees
A. Two (2) sets of Pro Rata Cost Estimates shall be submitted for review at the time of plan review
submittal.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Check List
Section 2 13
B. Plan Review Fees in the amount of 0.5% of the Pro Rata Cost Estimate (minimum $50) shall be
submitted at the time of plan review submittal.
C. Inspection and Testing Fees in the amount of 1.5% of the Pro Rata Cost Estimate (minimum
$125) shall be submitted prior to construction.
D. In the event of significant changes in design, an updated Pro Rata Cost Estimate shall be
submitted and resulting differences in fee amounts settled.
2.01.04 Checklist
A. A copy of the completed “City of Lubbock Municipal Water and Sewer Submittal Checklist” shall be
submitted at the time of plan review submittal. The checklist can be found in the Appendix.
2.01.05 Construction Plans
A. All plans to be used or kept on the job site shall be original or reproduced plan sets clearly
marked “Approved for Construction” with the signature of reviewer and date approved by the
Engineering Department.
B. Should circumstances during construction warrant changes from the approved plans or
specifications, a written approval must be obtained from the Engineering Department.
i. Copies of the written approval shall be attached to the construction plans and maintained
on the job site.
2.01.06 Record Drawings
A. The Design Engineer shall be responsible for recording constructed dimensions and information
on a set of Record Drawings during the progress of construction.
i. The City of Lubbock Engineering Department shall monitor this process to assure that
changes in construction are kept up to date on the Record Drawings.
B. Reproducible Mylar and digital PDF “Record Drawings” certified by the Design Engineer shall be
presented to the Engineering Department within 30 days of completion of the construction.
i. Record Drawings shall include locations of all valves, valve vaults, fire hydrants, bends
and tees or other changes in main pipe direction, material or size.
a. GPS Coordinates or property ties are acceptable.
C. Where the construction is phased and a lapse of more than 60 days occurs between phases,
then reproducible Mylar Record Drawings shall be presented to the Engineering Department
reflecting the completed construction prior to issuance of the Certificate of Acceptance of Utility
Construction.
D. Items required to be submitted with Record Drawings:
i. Letter of Transmittal ii. Record Drawing iii. Updated Pro Rata Cost Estimate iv. Certificate
of Completion (Provided to Contractor from City Inspector) v. Developer’s Warranty
Statement (See Appendix) vi. Adjacent Mains Refund Contract (see Apendix)
2.01.07 Acceptance
A. Upon completion of construction, satisfactory system tests and submittal of Record D rawings,
the Design Engineer shall submit a request to the City Engineer or designee for a Certificate of
Acceptance of Utility Construction.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Check List
14 Section 2
i. Water distribution system improvements shall not be put online or brought into service
without written approval by the Engineering Department.
ii. A newly constructed system will not be accepted until the supplying, adjacent system
has been accepted.
iii. A Certificate of Acceptance of Utility Construction shall not be issued until Record
Drawings are provided to the Engineering Department.
iv. When all paperwork has been completed and provided to the City with a written
notification, utilities will be accepted within 30 days if there is no exception by the City.
B. Building Permits for residential developments and Certificates of Occupancy for commercial
facilities to be serviced by a newly constructed water system will not be released by the
Engineering Department until said system has been brought into service.
2.02 Plan Details
2.02.01 Plan Format
A. Standard drawing size shall be 24-inch by 36-inch.
2.02.02 The following information shall be shown on the plans:
A. General
i. Title Block (lower right hand corner preferred) ii. Scale iii.
Original Date and Revision Dates iv. Name of Professional
Engineer v. Professional Engineer's Seal vi. Firm Name and
Contact Information vii. City of Lubbock Engineering Department
Contact Information:
a. Development Services Engineering: (806) 775-2347
b. Senior Inspector: (806) 548-4152
viii. Drawings Number(s) ix. Legal Description of
Property Being Improved x. Location Map or Plat
(if available) xi. Statement:
“All work shall be performed in accordance with the current version
of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and
Specifications.”
B. Plan
i. Bench Marks ii. North Arrow iii. Property Lines iv.
Street Names and Easements with Width Dimensions
v. Other Pertinent Details (Buildings, Curbs, Water Courses, Etc.) vi.
Proposed Water Mains (Bold)
a. Stationing
b. Size
c. Length
d. Material and Type of Joints
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Check List
Section 2 15
e. Location Dimensions
f. Fittings
g. Tees
h. Crosses
i. Reducers
j. Bends
k. Plugs
l. Blow-offs
m. Thrust Blocks
n. Valves
o. Fire Hydrants
vii. Existing Utility Lines (Gray) with Location and Depth According to the Following Standard:
C. Profile (required for water lines greater than 12-inch diameter)
i. Ground Surface - Existing (Dotted) and
Proposed (Solid) ii. Station Numbers iii.
Existing and Proposed Utilities Where
Crossed iv. Proposed Water Main Control
Elevation and Grades
D. Plan, Profile and Complete Details for Off-Site Transmission Mains, Pump Stations, Special
Valves and Vaults, Tanks, Etc.
E. Detail Sheet - As Required
i. Standard Bedding Detail ii. Thrust Block
and Joint Restraint Tables iii. Fire Hydrant
Detail iv. Tapping Details v. Air Valve
Detail vi. Blow-off Detail vii. Crossing Detail
F. Overall Layout Sheet - If Required
i. Scale 1 "=100' ii. Lot Lines iii. Streets
and Street Names iv. Water Line Sizes and
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Check List
16 Section 2
Material v. Valves vi. Fire Hydrants vii.
Connections to Existing System
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Standards
Section 3 17
SECTION 3
MINIMUM DESIGN STANDARDS FOR SANITARY SEWERS
3.01 General
3.01.01 All sanitary sewer system design shall be in accordance with the requirements of TCEQ Chapter
217, AWWA Standards, City of Lubbock Sewer System Master Plan, current City ordinances
and the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards for Sanitary Sewers.
3.02 Design Flow
3.02.01 The design of the sanitary sewer system shall be based on the following:
A. For sewers in new developments sewer main lines and lift stations shall be designed for the
estimated future population to be served plus adequate allowance for future institutional and
commercial flows.
B. Minimum flow capacity for sizing of sewers for peak flow conditions shall not be less than the
following:
Design Criteria Design Value Units
Average Daily Flow 100 gpcd
Peak Factor, 2-hour flow <0.5 MGD 5 -
Peak Factor, 2-hour flow >0.5 MGD 4 -
Capita per Household (Single Family) 3.2 persons
Capita per Household (Multi-family) 2.5 persons
C. Minimum residential population density shall be figured on a basis of 6 houses per acre, and 70
percent of total land area developed as residential, unless detailed analysis of the area to be
served indicates differently.
D. Design flow for development other than residential use shall be based on the followin g or as
directed by the City Engineer or designee:
Type of Development Design Criteria Daily Flow - gpcd
Trailer Park – transient 2.5 persons/trailer 50
Mobile Home Park 3 persons/trailer 75
School with cafeteria With showers 20
Without showers 15
Recreational Parks Day Use 5
Overnight Use 30
Commercial/Industrial Building 20
Motel 50
Restaurant Per meal served 5
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Standards
18 Section 3
Hospital Per bed 200
Nursing Home Per bed 100
3.03 Hydraulic Design
3.03.01 The minimum velocity at the design flow rate shall be 2.0 feet per second.
3.03.02 Maximum allowable velocity shall be 10 feet per second.
3.03.03 Manning’s coefficient for design purposes shall be n=0.013 for PVC pipe.
3.03.04 Manhole inverts shall be designed in such a manner that the energy gradient is consistently
falling in the direction of flow.
3.04 Design Details
3.04.01 Sewer Pipe
A. The standard pipe sizes that shall be used are 6-, 8-, 10-, 12-, 15-, 18- and 21-inch. Pipe sizes
not listed here are considered non-standard and shall not be used in the City of Lubbock sanitary
sewer system, unless approved by the City Engineer or designee.
B. The following City slope standards shall apply to sanitary sewer mains: (refer to TCEQ guidelines
30 TAC Section 217.53.1.2.A Table C.1.)
Pipe Diameter Minimum Slope (%) Maximum Slope (%)
6 inch 0.60 [0.50 TCEQ] 12.35
8 inch 0.40 [0.33 TCEQ] 8.40
10 inch 0.28 [0.25 TCEQ] 6.23
12 inch 0.22 [0.20 TCEQ] 4.88
15 inch 0.15 [0.15 TCEQ] 3.62
18 inch 0.12 [0.11 TCEQ] 2.83
C. Sewer main lines shall be straight between manholes both in line and grade.
D. All sewer main lines shall terminate in a manhole.
i. Cleanouts on sewer main lines shall not be permitted without writ ten approval of the City
Engineer or designee.
3.04.02 Manholes
A. Manholes shall be a minimum of 48-inch diameter and shall be provided at every change in
direction, grade, or connection with other sewer main lines.
B. Manhole spacing and depth shall be as follows:
Pipe Diameter Manhole
Depth
Manhole
Diameter
Max. Spacing
Between Manholes
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Standards
Section 3 19
15 inches or smaller 0-16 Ft. 48 in. 500 Ft.
15 inches or smaller Over 16 Ft. 60 in. 500 Ft.
Over 15 inches All depths 60 in. 800 Ft.
C. Manholes greater than 16 feet deep or serving pipes larger than 15 inches shall be 60 -inch
diameter and include a protective coating system per the Approved Materials List.
D. Connections at manholes shall be designed such that the crowns of connecting pipes are equal
elevation if possible.
E. Force mains shall discharge directly into a manhole through a 90o downspout connection.
F. Manholes receiving force main discharge shall include a protective coating system per the
Approved Materials List.
G. Minimum elevation difference across manhole inverts shall be as follows:
Deflection Angle Between
Inlet/Outlet
Min. Elevation Difference
Less than 30o 0.10 Ft.
Greater than 30o 0.20 Ft.
H. Drop manholes shall be provided for sewer main lines entering a manhole at an eleva tion 24
inches or more above the manhole invert.
i. Drop connections on new manholes shall be constructed with an exterior or “outside”
drop system on all 48 inch manholes. All “outside” drops shall be flow filled against
undisturbed soil up to the depth of the main.
ii. Drop connections on existing manholes shall be constructed with an interior or “inside”
drop system. “Inside” drops shall be allowed for existing 60 inch manholes only.
I. Where the difference in elevation is less than 24 inches, the invert sha ll be filleted to prevent
solids deposition.
J. Manholes shall be stubbed out with suitable size pipe wherever future extension of the sewer is
anticipated.
i. Stub-outs shall extend beyond the edge of existing or proposed paving.
K. Inflow Prevention Devices (IPDs) shall be specified on all new manhole installations.
3.04.03 Service Connections
A. Tees or wyes shall be provided in sewer main lines for service connections at each lot or building
site.
B. Service connections shall ordinarily be located 5.0 feet south or east of the centerline of the lot.
C. Service lines shall not cross property boundaries into adjacent private property without coverage
by a dedicated easement.
D. Minimum size service connections shall be 4 inch diameter.
E. Maximum size service connection shall be no larger than one standard size smaller than the
main to be tapped.
F. Size-on-size service connections are not allowed.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Standards
20 Section 3
G. Gravity sewer taps shall connect to sewer main lines at or above the spring line.
H. No gravity service lines shall discharge directly into a manhole.
I. Service connections shall not be installed within 5 feet of the outside wall of a manhole.
3.05 Typical Layout
3.05.01 Unless approved otherwise by the City Engineer or designee, sanitary sewer mains shall be
located:
A. In north-south alleys or streets, 5 feet east of the centerline.
B. In east-west alleys or streets, 5 feet south of the centerline.
3.05.02 Sanitary sewer mains to provide service connections shall be located within an alley or
easement.
A. Service connections shall not be allowed within street right-of-way without written approval of
the City Engineer or designee.
B. Service connections shall not be deeper than 12 foot without prior written approval from the
City Engineer or designee.
3.05.03 Where a sanitary sewer main crosses a street, the crossing shall be made at as near to
perpendicular as possible.
3.05.04 Manholes shall be located as to provide access for maintenance crews and
equipment. A. Where possible, manholes in streets should be designed to fall outside of
wheel paths.
B. Where possible, manholes in alleys should be designed to fall at the projected intersection of
perpendicular lot lines.
3.05.05 In all instances sanitary sewer mains shall extend to the extremities of the platted property or
the subdivision served.
3.06 Bedding and Cover
3.06.01 Sewer mains shall have a minimum of 4 feet of cover from top of pipe to proposed finished
ground surface unless approved by City Engineer or designee.
A. Where less than 5 feet of elevation difference between the finished lot grade at building line
and the top of the sewer main is provided, the plans shall indicate that the lot is served by a
"shallow sewer" and appropriate elevation information shall be given.
B. Where a sewer main has less than 4 feet of cover, provisions shall be made to protect the pipe
from impact loading when located in a street or alley.
C. Maximum sanitary sewer depth in alleys shall be 12 feet unless approved by the Engineering
Department.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Standards
Section 3 21
3.06.02 Pipe bedding and embedment shall be in accordance with the Standard Specifications for
Sanitary Sewer Main Construction but in all cases shall be not less than manufacturer
recommendations.
3.07 Relation to Water Mains
3.07.01 No physical connection shall be made between a drinking water supply and a sewer line.
A. Appurtenances shall be designed and constructed so as to prevent any possibility of sewage
entering the drinking water system.
3.07.02 Sewers shall be located a minimum of 9 feet horizontally outside to outside from existing or
proposed water mains.
A. Where the 9-foot separation distance cannot be achieved, the following guidelines shall apply:
i. New sanitary sewer installation – parallel lines:
a. Where a new sanitary sewer main parallels a water line:
(1) The sewer shall be constructed of ductile iron or PVC meeting ASTM specifications
with a pressure rating for both the pipe and joints of 150 psi.
(2) The vertical separation shall be a minimum of 2 feet and the horizontal separation
shall be a minimum of 4 feet between outside diameters.
(3) The sewer shall be located below the water line.
ii. New sanitary sewer installation – crossing lines:
a. Where a sanitary sewer crosses under a water line and the sewer is constructed of
ductile iron or PVC with a minimum pressure rating of 150 psi:
(1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 6 inches between outside diameters
shall be maintained.
(2) One segment of the sewer pipe shall be centered on the water line such that the
joints of the sewer pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet horizontally from the
centerline of the water line.
(3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the
waterline.
(4) The sanitary sewer main shall be embedded in flowable fill from one quarter of the
diameter of the sanitary sewer main below the centerline of the pipe up to 12
inches above top of pipe for the total length of one pipe segment, minimum 9 feet
in each direction from water line, plus 12 inches beyond the joint on each end.
b. Where a sanitary sewer crosses under a water line and the sewer is constructed of
ABS truss pipe, similar semi-rigid plastic composite pipe, clay pipe or concrete pipe
with gasketed joints (Non-pressure rated pipe):
(1) A minimum 2 foot separation distance between outside diameters shall be
maintained.
(2) One segment of the sewer pipe shall be centered on the water line such that the
joints of the sewer pipe are equidistant and at least 9 feet horizontally from the
centerline of the water line.
(3) Whenever possible, the crossing shall be centered between the joints of the
waterline.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Standards
22 Section 3
(4) The sanitary sewer main shall be embedded in flowable fill from one quarter of the
diameter of the sanitary sewer main below the centerline of the pipe up to 12
inches above top of pipe for the total length of one pipe segment, minimum 9 feet
in each direction from water line, plus 12 inches beyond the joint on each end.
c. Where a sanitary sewer crosses over a water line:
(1) An absolute minimum separation distance of 1 foot between outside diameters
shall be maintained.
(2) All portions of the sewer within 9 feet of the water line shall be encased in a joint
of 150 psi pressure class pipe at least 18 feet long and 2 nominal sizes larger than
the new conveyance.
(3) The carrier pipe shall be supported at 5-foot or less intervals with spacers.
(4) The encasement pipe should be centered on the crossing and each end sealed
with watertight non-shrink cement grout or a manufactured watertight seal.
(5) Both the waterline and sanitary sewer main must pass a pressure and leakage test
as specified in AWWA C600. iii. The use of brown coloring in flowable fill for
pressure rated sanitary sewer main embedment is recommended for identification
during future construction.
iv. In all cases, suitable backfill or other structural protection shall be p rovided to preclude
settling and/or failure of the higher pipe.
B. Sanitary sewer manhole and clean out separation from water
i. Manholes and clean outs must be installed so as to provide a minimum of 9 feet of
outside to outside clearance from an existing or proposed water line.
ii. Where the 9-foot separation distance cannot be achieved, an encasement pipe as
described in subparagraph (c.) above may be used for the water line.
3.07.03 Water and sewer lines shall be installed in separate trenches.
3.07.04 For other instances not covered in these design standards, consult current TCEQ regulations.
3.08 Abandonment of Sewer Mains and Manholes
3.08.01 When a sewer system is to be abandoned the Design Engineer shall ensure that all existing
mains and service connections are properly plugged or transferred to the new system prior
to decommissioning of the existing system.
3.08.02 Sewer Mains
A. If a line to be abandoned terminates in a manhole that will remain in service, the existing main
to be decommissioned shall be plugged from within the manhole and clearly marked on the
plans.
i. Cutting and plugging of existing lines directly outside of manholes should be avoided.
B. If a portion of a line is to be abandoned a manhole must be installed on the new terminus of
the portion of line to remain in service.
3.08.03 Sewer Manholes
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Standards
Section 3 23
A. Manholes may be decommissioned by either of the following methods or as approved by the City
Engineer or designee:
i. Complete removal of the manhole structure including ring, lid, cone, riser sections, base
and all appurtenances. The excavation shall be backfilled with compacted native material
or flowable fill.
ii. Remove cone, ring and lid sections and backfill to top of remaining structure with
flowable fill. Remaining excavation shall be backfilled with compacted native material or
flowable fill.
3.09 Easements
3.09.01 When it is determined not to be feasible to construct a public sanitary sewer line in a
street or alley, the installation may be made in a dedicated easement or right-of-way.
3.09.02 The minimum width of easement or right-of-way for a public sanitary sewer is 10 feet exclusive,
20 feet if shared with a public water main or other utilities or if depth of sewer main is
greater than 10 feet.
3.10 Soil Analysis
3.10.01 The Contractor or Design Engineer may be required to submit a report showing the types and
characteristics of the soils to be encountered, water table elevations along the proposed
sewer, recommended methods of dewatering for sewer main c onstruction, and the
recommended methods of backfilling and compacting to be used.
3.11 Tunneling, Jacking and Boring
3.11.01 Tunneling, jacking and boring are methods used for sewer line placement under restrictive
conditions when open cut construction is not allowed.
A. Only straight pipe alignments for both horizontal and vertical alignment are allowed.
B. Casing shall extend full width of right-of-way or as directed by the City Engineer or designee.
C. Casing pipe shall be a minimum of two standard sizes larger than encased pipe and must allow
for the required casing spacers.
D. Casing pipe thickness shall be:
Casing Diameter Minimum Casing Thickness
<24 inches 3/8 inch
≥24 inches 1/2 inch
E. Manufactured centralizers or spacers shall be required at minimum 5-foot intervals or as
recommended by the manufacturer.
i. Only purpose-built centralizers may be used.
F. Coal tar coating for casing pipe shall conform to AWWA C203.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Standards
24 Section 3
G. For bores in excess of 100 feet, purpose-built fused or restrained joint pipe shall be used.
3.11.02 Slick boring or directional drilling without encasement shall be considered on a case -bycase
basis by the City Engineer or designee.
3.11.03 Annular space between casing or uncased pipe and bored hole shall be injection grouted.
3.11.04 All pipe longer than 50’ installed by bore, jacking or tunneling must be video inspected by the
developer after running water through the pipe to identify low areas. Video inspection shall
conform to Section 6.08.07.
3.12 Lift Station
3.12.01 A thorough engineering analysis must be performed on physical and economic factors to
determine if a lift station is required.
A. A preliminary engineering report will be required to list all factors including TCEQ regulations as
outlined in the Standard Specifications for Sanitary Sewer Construction.
B. The City Engineer or designee will review the preliminary report and reserves the right to
determine if there is merit to require a lift station.
C. After approval of the preliminary report design shall follow the Standard Specifications for
Sanitary Sewer Main Construction.
D. Design of a lift station facility shall take into consideration the entire drainage basin, as well as
local runoff. The top slab of the lift station shall be higher than the adjacent ground and the
100 year flood event.
E. The review and approval process for lift station design could be subject to addition rules and
requirements more comprehensive than those listed in these specifications.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
Section 4 25
SECTION 4
CHECK LIST FOR SANITARY SEWER CONSTRUCTION PLANS
4.01 Plan Submittal Requirements
4.01.01 All sanitary sewer main construction plans shall be checked for conformance with City of
Lubbock Minimum Design Standards for Sanitary Sewer prior to submittal to the Engineering
Department for approval. Approval of plans is for general conformance with the City of
Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. Approval of plans shall not relieve
the Engineer or Developer from any City, State or other governing requirements nor for
errors or omissions in plans and specifications.
4.01.02 Plan Review
A. The design Engineer shall submit two sets of sanitary sewer main construction plans to the City
Engineer or designee for review and comment.
B. Upon completion of review and receipt of payment for appropriate Plan Review fees, one set
shall be returned to the Design Engineer with comments.
i. Plans requiring resubmittal may require payment of an additional Plan Review fee.
C. After comments have been addressed and changes have been made, 7 sets of plans shall be
provided for final approval for construction.
i. If additional approved plan sets are required by the Design Engineer, the appropriate
amount of additional plans shall be provided at this time.
ii. If comments have not been addressed on plans submitted for final approval for
construction the plans will be rejected and returned to the Design Engineer.
D. Upon approval, stamped “Approved for Construction” plans shall be logged into the City’s GIS
data base and distributed as follows:
i. Two (2) sets will be returned to the Engineer. ii. Five (5) sets will be distributed to the
City’s inspectors and support staff.
E. The Design Engineer shall notify TCEQ in writing prior to the start of construction.
i. A copy of the TCEQ notification letter shall be submitted to the Engineering Department.
F. Final construction plans should not be submitted for Engineering Department approval for work
that will not be installed within 6 months of the approval date.
i. Delays between approval date and construction may re quire resubmittal of the plans for
review under current standards.
4.01.03 Pro Rata Estimate and Fees
A. Two (2) sets of Pro Rata Cost Estimates shall be submitted for review at the time of plan review
submittal.
B. Plan Review Fees in the amount of 0.5% of the Pro Rata Cost Estimate (minimum $50) shall be
submitted at the time of plan review submittal.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
26 Section 4
C. Inspection and Testing Fees in the amount of 1.5% of the Pro Rata Cost Estimate (minimum
$125) shall be submitted prior to construction.
D. In the event of significant changes in design, an updated Pro Rata Cost Estimate shall be
submitted and resulting differences in fee amounts settled.
4.01.04 Checklist
A. A copy of the completed “City of Lubbock Municipal Water and Sewer Submittal Checklist” shall be
submitted at the time of plan review submittal. The checklist can be found in the Appendix.
4.01.05 Construction Plans
A. All plans to be used or kept on the job site shall be original or reproduced plan sets clearly
marked “Approved for Construction” with the signature of reviewer and date approved by the
Engineering Department.
B. Should circumstances during construction warrant changes from the approved plans or
specifications, a written approval must be obtained from the Engineering Department.
i. Copies of the written approval shall be attached to the construction plans and maintained
on the job site.
4.01.06 Record Drawings
A. The Design Engineer shall be responsible for recording constructed dimensions and information
on a set of Record Drawings during the progress of construction.
i. The City of Lubbock Engineering Department shall monitor this process to assure that
changes in construction are kept up to date on the Record Drawings.
B. Reproducible Mylar and digital PDF “Record Drawings”, certified by the Design Engineer, shall
be presented to the Engineering Department within 30 days of completion of the construction.
i. Record Drawings shall include locations of all lift stations, manholes or other changes in
main pipe direction, material or size.
a. GPS Coordinates or property ties are acceptable.
C. Where the construction is phased and a lapse of more than 60 days occurs between phases,
then reproducible Mylar Record Drawings shall be presented to the Engineering Department
reflecting the completed construction prior to issuance of the Certificate of Acceptance of Utility
Construction.
D. Items required to be submitted with Record Drawings:
i. Letter of Transmittal ii. Record Drawing iii. Updated Pro Rata Cost Estimate iv. Certificate
of Completion (Provided to Contractor from City Inspector) v. Developer’s Warranty
Statement (See Appendix) vi. Adjacent Mains Refund Contract (see Apendix)
4.01.07 Acceptance
A. Upon completion of construction, satisfactory system tests and submittal of Record Drawings,
the Design Engineer shall submit a request to the City Engineer or designee for a Certificate of
Acceptance of Utility Construction.
i. Sanitary sewer system improvements shall not be put online or brought into service
without written approval by the Engineering Department.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
Section 4 27
ii. A newly constructed system will not be accepted until the receiving, downstream system
has been accepted.
iii. A Certificate of Acceptance of Utility Construction shall not be issued until Record
Drawings are provided to the Water Utilities Department.
iv. When all paperwork has been completed and provided to the City with a written
notification, utilities will be accepted within 30 days if there is no exception by the City.
B. Building Permits for residential developments and Certificates of Occupancy for commercial
facilities to be serviced by a newly constructed system will not be released by the Engineering
Department until said system has been brought into service.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
28 Section 4
4.02 Plan Details
4.02.01 Plan Format
A. Standard drawing size shall be 24-inch by 36-inch.
4.02.02 The following details shall be shown on the plans:
A. General
i. Title Block (lower right hand corner preferred) ii.
Scale iii. Original Date and Revision Dates iv. Name of
Professional Engineer v. Professional Engineer's Seal vi.
Firm Name and Contact Information vii. City of Lubbock
Engineering Department Contact Information:
a. Development Engineering Services: (806) 775-2347
b. Senior Inspector: (806) 548-4152
viii. Drawings Number(s) ix. Legal Description of
Property Being Improved x. Location Map or Plat
(if available) xi. Statement:
“All work shall be performed in accordance with the current version
of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and
Specifications.”
B. Plan
i. Bench Marks ii. North Arrow iii. Property Lines iv.
Street Names and Easements with Width Dimensions
v. Other Pertinent Details (Buildings, Curbs, Water Courses, Etc.) vi.
Proposed Sanitary Sewer Mains (Bold)
a. Stationing
b. Size
c. Materials
d. Gradients
e. Length between Manholes
f. Proposed Manholes
g. Elevation of Inverts In And Out Of Manhole
h. Elevation of Manhole Rim
i. Location Control Dimensions
j. Manhole Stub-Outs
k. Proposed Future Extensions
l. Proposed Service Connections or Stub-Ins
m. Standard Bedding Cross-Section
n. Proposed Concrete Encasement
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Check List
Section 4 29
o. Proposed Cut-Off Walls
vii. Existing Utility Lines (Gray) with Location and Depth According to the Following Standard:
C. Profile
i. Ground Surface - Existing
(Dotted) and Proposed (Solid) ii.
Station Numbers iii. Existing and
Proposed Utilities Where Crossed
iv. Existing Manhole Invert and
Rim Elevations
D. Plan, Profile and Complete Details for Off-Site Force or Gravity Mains, Lift Stations, Special
Valves and Vaults, Tanks, Etc.
E. Detail Sheet - As Required
i. Standard Bedding Detail ii.
Standard Manhole Detail iii. Drop
Manhole Details iv. Tapping Details
F. Overall Layout Sheet - If Required
i. Scale 1 "=100' ii. Lot Lines iii.
Streets and Street Names iv.
Sewer Line Sizes and Material v.
Manholes vi. Connections to
Existing System
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
30 Section 5
SECTION 5
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR WATER MAIN CONSTRUCTION
5.01 General
5.01.01 All water main construction within the City of Lubbock water system or for future connections
to the City of Lubbock water system shall be accomplished in accordance with the
requirements of these specifications.
5.02 Plan Requirements
5.02.01 Water main construction shall be done in accordance with engineered construction plans for
the work, prepared under the direction of a Professional Engineer and approved by the City
of Lubbock Engineering Department.
5.02.02 Plans shall conform to the City of Lubbock's Minimum Design Standards for Water Distribution
and shall show all information called for on the City of Lubbock Check List for Water
Distribution Construction Plans.
5.03 Plan Approval
5.03.01 The Engineering Department shall review, approve and issue plans stamped “Approved for
Construction” to the Design Engineer.
5.04 Inspection
5.04.01 Engineer and/or Contractor shall notify the Engineering Department 48 hours prior to the
planned construction is to commence and also before starting up when construction is
interrupted for any reason.
5.04.02 All work shall be inspected by a representative of the Engineering Department who shall have
the authority to halt construction when, in t heir opinion, construction is being performed
contrary to these specifications or other approved plans.
5.04.03 Whenever any portion of these specifications is violated, the City Engineer or designee, by
written notice, may order that portion of construc tion in violation of these specifications or
other approved plans, specifications and material to cease until such violation is corrected.
5.05 Specifications
5.05.01 All standard specifications and quality standards; i.e., ASA, AWWA, ASTM, etc., which are made
a portion of these specifications by reference shall be the latest edition and revision thereof.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
Section 5 31
5.06 Materials of Construction
5.06.01 Water Pipe
A. All pipe used in the City of Lubbock water distribution system shall be C900 PVC, C905 PVC,
C906 High Density Polyethylene (HDPE), Cement-lined Ductile Iron, C301 Prestressed-
Concrete Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe or C303 Concrete Bar-wrapped Steel Cylinder Pressure
Pipe and shall conform to the Approved Materials List.
B. The following are approved materials for water main construction:
i. PVC Pipe
a. Polyvinyl chloride (PVC) pipe shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA C900
or C905 specifications and shall be minimum DR-18, Pressure Class 235 PSI.
b. Pipe shall be furnished with bell and spigot joint with rubber gasket joint conforming
to the above specification.
c. Spigot ends shall be beveled and reference marked to facilitate joining and insure
proper seating depth.
d. Water pipe shall be blue.
ii. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
a. HDPE pipe shall be made of high density, high molecular weight polyethylene pipe
material meeting the requirements of the latest revision of AWWA C906, PE 4710,
Minimum DR11, Pressure Class 200 PSI.
b. Use of HDPE pipe must be preapproved by the City Engineer or designee in writing
prior to use within the City of Lubbock service area.
iii. Cement-lined Ductile Iron Pipe
a. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C150 – ANSI A21.50 and AWWA C151 – ANSI
A21.51.
b. All ductile iron pipe shall be cement lined in accordance with AWWA C104 - ANSI A21.4
specifications. The external surface shall be coated with an asphalt base paint.
c. All joints for ductile iron pipe shall be of the rubber gasket bell and spigot type, except
where connecting flanged fittings, and shall otherwise conform to t he base
specifications to which the pipe is manufactured.
d. The joint shall be the latest approved type of rubber gasket joint for ductile iron pipe.
e. All joints of ductile iron pipe and fittings shall be sealed with a continuous ring rubber
gasket meeting standards specified by AWWA C111 - ANSI A21.11 or its latest revision.
f. Flanged joints shall conform to AWWA C115 – ANSI A21.15
iv. Concrete Cylinder Pipe
a. Pre-stressed Concrete Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe shall be manufactured in
accordance with the latest revision of AWWA C301.
b. Concrete Bar-wrapped Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe shall be manufactured in
accordance with the latest revision of AWWA C303.
c. Concrete Cylinder Pipe shall withstand a minimum pressure of 150 psi longitudinally
and helically.
d. The joints of the pre-tensioned concrete cylinder pipe and fittings shall be sealed with
a continuous ring rubber gasket meeting standards specified in AWWA C303.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
32 Section 5
e. A Portland cement mortar shall be used to fill the annular space both inside and outside
of joints in the pre-tensioned concrete cylinder pipe.
(1) Portland cement used in the mortar shall conform to ASTM C150 and C77.
(2) Sand for the mortar shall conform to ASTM C33 for fine aggregate.
f. The exterior joints on pre -tensioned concrete cylinder pipe shall be poured with a heavy
duty diaper. The width of the diaper shall be 9 inches. The band shall be provided with
3/8 inch x 0.20 steel straps on each side.
5.06.02 Service Saddles
A. 1-inch and 2-inch Service Connection
i. Service connections shall be made through an approved service saddle.
a. Service saddles shall be manufactured to conform to ASTM A240 Type 304 stainless
steel.
b. Service saddles shall be 4-bolt, double band type.
c. Service saddle shall be fusion bonded epoxy or nylon coated.
d. 1-inch service saddles shall have AWWA Tapered (CS/CC) threaded connection.
e. 2-inch service saddles shall have iron pipe sized (IPS) threaded connection.
5.06.03 Tapping Procedures
A. Tapping Sleeves
i. General
a. Clean, disinfect, and prepare the main line, valve, and tapping machine with NSF
approved disinfectant prior to operation.
b. Ensure shell cutter will clear valve walls.
ii. Tapping Machine
a. Use the appropriate pilot bit for the pipe material being tapped; follow pipe and bit
manufacturer’s requirements.
b. Upon request, contractor shall provide specification for pilot bit and shell cutter.
c. If it is determined by the inspector that the bit or shell cutter is dull or damaged a new
bit or shell cutter must be provided for all taps.
d. If tapping machine is a solid body machine and the bit/shell cutter travels, the full
weight of the tapping machine must be supported with cribbing.
e. If the tapping machine is a two-piece body machine and moves with the bit/shell
cutter, the valve must be supported with cribbing or concrete.
iii. 4-inch through 12-inch Main Line Connection
a. Tapping sleeves shall be ductile iron or stainless steel, mechanical joint and conform
to the latest revision of ASTM Standard Designations. The tapping sleeve shall
withstand a working pressure of 200 psi.
b. Gaskets shall be compounded from new materials, and the shape of cross -section of
gasket shall provide adequate seal for the design pressure. Gaskets shall be shop glued
to the groove provided in the body section.
c. Bolts and hex nuts shall be stainless steel.
iv. 16-inch through 24-inch Main Line Connection
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
Section 5 33
a. Tapping sleeves shall be ductile iron or stainless steel, mechanical joint and conform
to the latest revision of ASTM Standard Designations. Tapping sleeves shall be capable
of withstanding a working pressure of 200 psi.
b. Flanges shall be fabricated from steel plate conforming to ASTM Standard Designation
A36 or A285, Grade C.
c. Dimensions shall conform to AWWA Standard C207, "Steel Pipe Flanges," Class D.
(1) Flanges shall be machined to a flat face with finish of 250 micro-inches or
machined to a flat surface with a serrated finished in accordance with AWWA
Standard C-207, "Steel Pipe Flanges."
(2) Machined face shall be recessed for tapping valves in accordance with the MSS
Standard SP-60.
d. Gaskets shall be compounded from new materials, and the shape of cross -section of
gasket shall provide adequate seal for the design pressure. Gaskets shall be shop glued
to the groove provided in the body section.
e. Bolts and hex nuts shall be stainless steel.
B. Testing Outlet
i. A ¾-inch NPT by welded coupling shall be attached to the outlet nozzle of each tapping
sleeve assembly complete with a ¾-inch square head pipe plug.
C. Painting
i. All surfaces of the saddle shall be clean, dry, and free from grease and dirt before
painting.
ii. All surfaces of tapping sleeve except face of flange, bolts and nuts, shall be given a shop
coat of a two-part thermosetting epoxy. Face of flanges shall be shop coated with a rust
preventive compound.
iii. Bolts and nuts shall be shipped bare (no paint or protective coating).
5.06.04 Ductile Iron Fittings
A. Fittings shall be mechanical joint or rubber gasket AWWA Class D bell with transition gasket for
the type of pipe used.
B. All fittings shall be lined with cement or coal tar and coated with an asphaltic paint.
C. Fittings shall conform to AWWA C104, AWWA C110 and AWWA C111 latest revision.
5.06.05 Double Disc Gate Valves
A. Double disc gate valves 12-inch and smaller shall be parallel seat, ductile iron body and bronze
mounted throughout. In line valves shall be flanged or mechanical joint. Side outlets shall be
flanged.
i. Gate valves 12-inch and smaller shall be direct bury.
ii. Valves shall have non-rising stems, shall open by turning to the left (counterclockwise),
and shall be furnished with a 2-inch square operating nut.
iii. Valves shall comply with the latest revision of AWWA C500 standards.
5.06.06 Resilient Seat Gate Valves
A. Resilient seat gate valves 12-inch and smaller shall be ductile iron. In line valves shall be flanged
or mechanical joint. Side outlets shall be flanged.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
34 Section 5
i. Gate valves 12-inch and smaller shall be direct bury.
ii. Valves shall have non-rising stems, shall open by turning to the left (counterclockwise),
and shall be furnished with a 2-inch square operating nut.
iii. Valves shall comply with the latest revision of AWWA C509 or C515 standards.
5.06.07 Butterfly Valves
A. Butterfly valves 16-inch and larger shall be ductile iron and may be either short body or long
body lengths.
i. Butterfly valves shall be installed in a concrete valve vault and
shall be equipped with a hand wheel, a 2-inch square operating
nut, a locking device and a position indicator.
ii. Valve shall open by turning to the left (counter-clockwise). iii.
Valves shall be designed for positive stop in the closed
position. iv. Valve shall be manually operated with enclosed
worm gear or traveling nut operation and shall be designed to
operate at maximum torque with a maximum pull of 80
pounds.
v. The design water pressure differential shall be 150 psi upstream and 0 psi downstream.
vi. Valves shall comply with the latest revision of AWWA C504 for Class 150B.
B. Valves installed in vaults shall be painted with heavy -duty machinery paint with color and type
to be approved by Engineering Department.
5.06.08 Pressure Regulating Valves
A. The function of a pressure regulating valve is to reduce an existing high pressure to a
preadjusted lower downstream pressure for varying rates of flow without causing shock or water
hammer on the system.
i. The pressure reducing valve shall be hydraulically operated with a free floating guided
piston having a seat diameter equal to the size of the valve.
ii. A pilot valve for controlling operation of the main valve shall be a single seated,
diaphragm operated and spring loaded type.
iii. Pilot valve shall be attached to the main valve with piping and isolation valves so
arranged for easy access in making adjustments and also for its removal from the main
valve while the main valve is under pressure.
iv. Needle valve shall be all bronze and included with the main valve to control the speed
of piston travel.
v. An indicator rod shall be furnished as an integral part of the valve to show the position
of the piston within the valve body.
vi. The valve shall be designed to provide an access opening in the valve bo dy for removing
the piston and other internal parts without removing the main valve body from the line.
B. The valve shall be fully bronze-mounted and all packing shall have either leather or rubber seals
to provide tight closure and prevent metal to metal friction.
i. Valves shall be ductile iron body. ii. Bronze casting or parts for internal trim shall conform
to ASTM B62.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
Section 5 35
C. All valves shall be furnished with flanged ends sized and drilled in accordance with ANSI B16.1,
Class 125.
i. Flanges and covers shall conform to ASTM A126, Class B.
ii. Flanges shall be machined to a flat face with a finish of 250 micro -inches or machined
to a flat surface with a serrated finish in accordance with AWWA C207.
D. Pressure regulating valves shall be capable of withstanding an operating pressure of 150 psi.
E. Body of the pressure reducing valve shall be given a hydrostatic test of 50% more than the
operating pressure specified herein. A second test of check seating of the cylinder shall be made
at the operating pressure.
F. All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry, and free from grease and dirt before painting.
i. Ductile iron surfaces, except the machined face of the flange, shall be evenly coated with
a suitable primer to inhibit rust, or a black asphalt varnish in accordance with Federal
Specification TT-V-51e.
ii. The face of flanges shall be shop coated with a rust preventive compound. G.
Pressure regulating valves shall be installed in an approved concrete valve vault.
5.06.09 2-inch Combination Air and Vacuum Release Valves
A. The function of a combination air and vacuum release valve is to allow air to escape during
pipeline filling and to enter during draining of the pipeline. Valve shall close water tight when
liquid enters the valve. The valve shall also be capable of releasing small pockets of trapped air
after the pipeline is filled and under pressure.
i. Combination air and vacuum release valves shall be shop assembled and shipped as a
complete unit ready for field installation.
ii. The combination air valve shall be the single body type.
iii. The valve body and cover shall be designed to operate under a maximum working
pressure of 250 psi.
iv. Material shall be one of the following:
a. Valve body
(1) Cast Iron - ASTM A48-CIass 35
(2) Cast Steel - ASTM A27 GR U60-30
(3) Ductile Iron - ASTM A536 GR 65-45-12
(4) Bosses for tapping pipe threads shall be cast integrally with each valve body and
cover.
v. The diameter of the large orifice of the combination air valve shall be 2 inches and the
small orifice diameter shall be 3/32 inch.
vi. Inlet shall be 2 inches in diameter with tapered iron pipe thread conforming to AWWA
C800.
vii. For valves not found in the approved materials and vendors list, all other components
shall conform to the following additional specifications:
a. Float shall be stainless steel.
b. All other internal parts shall be fabricated from bronze.
c. Valve seat shall be fabricated from oil resistant synthetic rubber.
B. Guard Valve and Connecting Pipe
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
36 Section 5
i. Guard valve to be used with air valve shall be bronze ball valve with female iron pipe
thread ends.
ii. Connections between the air valve and the guard valve shall be made using brass nipples
with tapered iron pipe threads conforming to AWWA Standard C800. C. All components
shall be capable of withstanding an operating pressure of 250 psi.
D. Each shop assembled valve shall be given a hydrostatic test of 2 times the rated operating
pressure. During the test, air shall be injected into the body chamber of the valve to check its
ability to release entrained air to the atmosphere under operating pres sure.
E. All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry and free from grease before painting. Exterior and
interior surfaces except the stainless steel trim and the seating surface of the flange face shall
be evenly coated with a suitable primer, or a black asphalt varnish in accordance with Federal
Specification TT-V51 C or Military Specification C-450-C, Type II.
5.06.10 Swing Check Valves
A. Swing check valves shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA Standard C508,
"SwingCheck Valves for Ordinary Waterworks Service", with the following additional
requirements or exceptions.
B. All valves shall be iron body, fully bronze-mounted, metal to metal seating with a swing -type
disc.
i. Valves installed in vaults shall be in a horizontal position with exterior lev er and
adjustable spring or weight operation. ii. Valves which are buried shall be installed in a
horizontal position and shall be gravity operated with no external levers or weights.
C. Swing check valves shall be capable of withstanding an operating pressure of 150 psi.
D. Bolts and hex nuts used for attaching top cap to the body shall be the manufacturer's standard,
either fabricated from a low-alloy steel for corrosion resistance or electroplated with zinc or
cadmium.
i. The hot-dip process in accordance with ASTM A135 is not acceptable for the threaded
portions of the bolts and nuts.
E. Flat gasket, either ring type or full faced type, required at the body and cap connection, shall
be fabricated from compressed asbestos sheet with a rubber compound binder.
i. Use of a homogeneous rubber or vegetable fiber sheets is not acceptable.
F. All check valves shall be furnished with flanged ends. The size and drilling shall be in accordance
with ANSI B16.1 Class 125; flanges shall be machined to a flat face with a finish o f 250 micro-
inches or machined to a flat surface with a serrated finish in accordance with AWWA Standard
C207.
G. All surfaces of the valve shall be clean, dry and free from grease before painting.
i. All ferrous surfaces, exterior and interior, except the seating surfaces of flange faces,
shall be evenly coated with a suitable primer to inhibit rust or black asphalt varnish in
accordance with Federal Specification TT-V-51f.
ii. Flange faces shall be shop coated with a rust preventive compound.
5.06.11 Blowoffs
A. Temporary or permanent blowoffs may be fabricated from 2-inch pipe with a 2-inch gate valve.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
Section 5 37
B. Valve to be iron bodied bronze mounted with 2-inch square operating nut complete with valve
box.
C. Valve and valve box shall be as specified in the Approved Materials List.
5.06.12 Fire Hydrants
A. Fire hydrants shall be standard AWWA C502 hydrants, iron body, bronze mounted throughout
including drain seat ring, and shall be designed for a working pressure of 150 psi.
B. Fire hydrants shall be traffic model type and shall have a 5-1/4 inch valve opening, two 2-1/2
inch hose nozzles, one 4-inch steamer nozzle with 4 threads per inch and a crest to crest
dimension of 4.995 inches, and shall open by turning counter-clockwise.
C. Hydrants shall be for 6-inch mechanical joint connection and shall be 4-1/2 foot bury unless
otherwise shown on plans.
D. When required, a single fire hydrant extension section shall be used to bring the fire hydrant to
the appropriate elevation. No more than one extension will be allowed per i nstallation. E.
Operating nuts shall be 1-1/2 inch pentagons measured to a point.
F. Hydrants shall be painted orange.
G. Fire hydrants that are not yet in service or have been taken out of service shall be covered
completely and securely with black plastic wrap or bags.
H. Hydrants shall meet the requirements as detailed in the Approved Materials List.
5.06.13 Valve Boxes, Vaults, Frames and Covers
A. Valve boxes for 12-inch or smaller valves shall be as specified in the Approved Materials List.
i. The boxes shall be designed to fit over a section of 6-inch C900 PVC pipe which will be
used as an extension from the top of the valve. Align riser pipe to ensure continuity
between box and pipe, using couplers if spliced.
ii. Top of valve box shall be set flush with surrounding finished grade.
iii. Valve boxes set in HMAC or brick pavement shall have a 2-foot square by 6-inch thick
reinforced concrete collar.
iv. Valve box shall be heavy cast iron.
v. Valve box shall have a heavy cast iron cover marked "Water Valve".
vi. Valve box shall have a flange type base approximately 2 inches larger in diameter than
the outside diameter of the barrel of the box.
B. Valve vaults for butterfly valves and gate valves 16 -inches and larger shall be poured concrete
or pre-cast construction.
i. Valve vaults shall be constructed with the dimensions as called for on the plans or as
approved by the City Engineer or designee.
ii. Valve vault cover opening shall be centered over operating nut.
C. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality gray iron casting of a pattern similar to that
shown on the plans and with a clear opening of not less than 30 inches.
i. Frame and cover shall be designed with a full bearing ring so as to provide a continuous
seat between frame and cover.
ii. Cover shall be furnished with lifting ring cast into the cover in such manner as to prevent
leaking through.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
38 Section 5
iii. The cover shall be marked "City of Lubbock Water". iv. Frame and cover shall be as
specified in the Approved Materials List.
5.06.14 Boring Encasement Pipe
A. Encasement pipe shall be smooth steel pipe conforming to the following:
Casing Diameter Minimum Casing Thickness
<24 inches 3/8 inch
≥24 inches 1/2 inch
B. Boring encasement steel pipe shall have welded joints.
5.06.15 Concrete
A. Proportioning of the constituents of the concrete shall produce a dense and workable mixture and
the designed mix shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete is placed.
i. The concrete shall be of such consistency that it will flow without separation of the
aggregates.
B. Concrete mix shall be based on the water-cement ratio, and shall be as follows for the different
applications:
i. Concrete for manhole bases, valve vaults and other reinforced concrete structures shall
contain not more than 7.0 gallons of water per sack of cement and yield a 28 -day
compressive strength of not less than 3,000 psi.
ii. Concrete for pipe cradling, thrust blocking or fittings and other non-reinforced concrete
shall contain not more than 9 gallons of water per sack of cement and yield a 28 -day
compressive strength of not less than 2,500 psi.
C. Concrete shall be made with Portland cement which conforms to "Standard Spec ifications and
Test for Portland Cement", ASTM C150.
D. Concrete aggregates shall consist of natural washed and screened sand, and washed and
screened gravel or clean crushed limestone conforming to "Standard Specifications for Concrete
Aggregate", ASTM C33.
i. Aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall be free from injurious
amounts of clay, soft or flaky materials, loam or organic impurities.
ii. Aggregates shall be approved by the City Engineer or designee before use.
E. Water used in mixing concrete shall be clear, clean, free from oil, acid or organic matter and
free from injurious amounts of alkali, salts or other chemicals.
F. Surface moisture or moisture carried by the aggregates shall be included as part of the mixing
water.
G. Reinforcing steel used in concrete shall be deformed bars conforming to "Specifications for Billet-
Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", ASTM A15, A16 or A305, grade 40 or grade 50.
i. Wire mesh shall be woven or electrically welded, cold-drawn mild steel wire fabric.
ii. All reinforcement shall be permanently marked with grade, identification marks or shall,
on delivery, be accompanied by a manufacturer's guarantee.
H. Forms shall be of wood or metal and shall be of sufficient strength to support the concrete
without bulging between supports and sufficiently water tight to hold the concrete mortar.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
Section 5 39
i. Forms shall be so constructed that the finished concrete shall be of the form and
dimensions shown on the plans.
ii. Form work for exposed surfaces shall be of such material and so constructed as to
produce a wall with a smooth, even surface when the concrete is poured.
iii. Wall forms shall be set plumb and true and rigidly braced to maintain them in correct
position and alignment.
iv. Walls for all reinforced concrete work shall be formed inside and outside.
v. Form ties shall be adjustable in length and of such type as to leave no metal closer than
1-inch of the surface, and shall not be fitted with lugs, cones, washers, or other devices
acting as a spreader which will leave a hole larger than 7/8-inch in diameter or depth
back of the exposed surface of the concrete.
vi. Temporary openings for cleaning and inspection shall be provided at the base of vertical
forms or other places where necessary. Such openings shall be neatly and securely
closed before concrete is placed.
vii. Forms shall be oiled before use.
viii. No forms shall be removed without permission of the City Inspector. However, in
general, wall forms may be removed after the concrete has been in place for 24 hours
and on roof slabs after the concrete has been in place for 10 days.
ix. Immediately upon removal of the forms any honey-combed sections shall be repaired as
directed by the City Inspector.
I. Compounds used to form an air tight membrane over a fresh concrete surface shall be in
accordance with Texas Department of Transportation Item 360.2.C (DMS -4650).
i. Curing compound shall be applied with a pressurized sprayer in an even coating or as
recommended by the manufacturer.
5.06.16 Bedding, Embedment and Backfill A.
Water Pipe 12-inch diameter and smaller
i. Bedding and embedment shall be native, sandy soil material free from rocks, clods, roots
or other debris larger than 1-inch diameter.
ii. Backfill material shall be native, sandy soil material free from rocks, clods, roots or other
debris larger than 2-inch diameter.
B. Water Pipe 16-inch diameter and larger
i. Bedding shall be select sand or aggregate free from rocks, clods, roots or other debris
larger than 3/8-inch.
a. Bedding material shall be free from injurious amounts of clay, dust, blow sand, caliche
or slag.
ii. Embedment material shall be crushed stone with irregular surfaces and comply with the
following gradation requirements:
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate Cumulative Percent Retained
(by weight)
Retained on 1” Sieve 0
Retained on 1/2” Sieve 0-20
Retained on 3/8” Sieve 15-40
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
40 Section 5
Retained on No. 4 Sieve 60-90
Retained on No. 8 Sieve 95-100
a. Embedment shall extend to 12 inches above top of pipe.
iii. Backfill material shall be native, sandy soil material free from rocks, clods, roots or other
debris larger than 2-inch diameter.
C. Compaction
i. Bedding, embedment and backfill shall be compacted to 95% Modified Proctor Density by
approved mechanical means.
a. Compaction shall be in maximum 6-inch compacted lifts. ii.
Water jetting will not be allowed.
5.06.17 Flowable Fill
A. Flowable fill shall consist of a concrete mixture of pea gravel and sand with a cement content of 1-
1/2 sacks per cubic yard.
i. Utility ditches in existing paved streets shall be backfilled with flowable fill from the top
of the embedment material to the paving surface, as specified in City of Lubbock
Ordinance.
ii. Use of concrete in place of flowable fill is not acceptable, and if used in place of flowable
fill shall be removed by the Contractor at their expense.
5.07 Methods of Construction
5.07.01 Scope
A. The work covered by this section consists of constructing water distribution mains and other
appurtenances normally installed as a part of this system. Construction may include surface
preparation; trench excavation; shoring; dewatering; laying, aligning and joining pipe;
installation of pipe, valves, valve boxes, and fittings; cradling, blocking and anchorage; bedding,
embedment and backfilling; and other related work.
5.07.02 Quality Standards
Standard Topic
ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort
AWWA C600 (ANSI) Installation of Ductile Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances
AWWA C900
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated
Fittings, 4-inch through 12-inch for Water Transmission and
Distribution
AWWA C905
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated
Fittings, 14-inch through 48-inch for Water Transmission and
Distribution
AWWA M23 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Design and Installation
ACPA Concrete Pipe Installation Manual (Published by American
Concrete Pipe Association)
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
Section 5 41
ASTM C891 Installation of Underground Pre-cast Utility Structures
5.07.03 Materials
A. The Contractor shall install water distribution pipe of the type, diameter, wall -thickness and
protective coating that is defined in the Approved Materials List or designated by the City
Engineer or designee.
B. One or more acceptable types of pipe may be used. As such, the Contractor shall have the
option of installing any of the acceptable types, provided only one type is used throughout any
single size designation or run of pipe.
5.07.04 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWPPP)
A. Prior to disturbance of construction area, Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Lubbock
Engineering Department to develop a site-specific Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.
B. SWP3 measures shall conform to the integrated Stormwater Management (iSWM) criteria
developed by the North Central Texas Council of Governments.
C. SWP3 measures shall be installed prior to construction and shall be maintained throughout the
construction until final stabilization.
5.07.05 Surface Preparation
A. Within Easements, Cultivated or Agricultural Areas
i. All vegetation such as brush, sod, heavy growth, grass, weeds, decayed vegetable
matter, rubbish and other unsuitable material within the area of excavation and spoils
storage shall be stripped and properly disposed.
ii. Topsoil shall be removed to a depth of 8 inches or the full depth of topsoil, whichever is
less.
iii. Removed topsoil shall be stockpiled during construction in an approved location.
B. Within Unpaved Roadway Areas
i. Contractor shall strip the cover material from graveled roadways or other developed but
unpaved traffic surfaces to the full depth of the existing surfacing.
ii. Surfacing shall be stockpiled to the extent that it is acceptable for restoration purposes.
C. Within Paved Areas
i. All pavement cuts and repairs shall be in accordance with the current City of Lubbock
Street Ordinance.
ii. Wherever it is necessary to make cuts in existing pavements, sidewalks, driveways, or
curbs and gutters, the cuts shall be made in such a manner as to cause the least possible
damage to adjoining surfaces.
iii. Asphalt Paving
a. Asphalt surfaces shall be saw cut along each side of the trench ahead of the trenching
machine and the paving and base removed with the trenching machine as the trench
is excavated.
b. The width of surface removed by the Contractor is not to exceed the outside limits of
the trench plus 12 inches.
iv. Concrete Paving
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
42 Section 5
a. Removal of any sidewalks, concrete pavement, concrete base, concrete curbs and
gutters shall be made by saw cutting the concrete to a straight line on each side of the
trench and removing the concrete ahead of the trenching.
b. Concrete shall be saw cut vertically in straight lines and avoiding acute angles.
c. Concrete pavement, sidewalks, driveways or curb and gutter shall be cut with a power
saw to a depth of not less than 2 inches prior to breaking.
d. Overbreak, separation or other damage to the existing bitumen or concrete outside
the designated cut lines shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
e. Tunneling may be required under curb and gutters.
f. The width of surface removed by the Contractor of concrete paving is not to exceed
the outside limits of the trench plus 12 inches.
v. All spoil piles must be 3’ from travel lanes or have a traffic barrier that will prevent the
soil from encroaching on travel lanes.
vi. If roll off dumpsters are placed on street paving, then the paving must be protected from
damage.
5.07.06 Barricades and Safety Measures
A. Contractor shall, at their own expense, furnish and erect barricades and safety measures for
the protection of persons, property and the works as may be necessary.
B. All barricades and safety measures shall meet the rules and regulations of Federal, state and
local authorities, including but not limited to:
i. OSHA regulations for excavation, trenching and
shoring ii. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices iii. City of Lubbock Barricade Ordinance
C. Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades and
safety measures.
i. If damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be
immediately removed and replaced by Contractor at
their own cost and expense.
D. Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades and safety measures shall not cease
until the project is accepted by the City.
5.07.07 Water for Construction
A. The City will furnish water from fire hydrants for construction purposes.
i. To use City water for construction the contractor shall acquire a water meter for use on
a City fire hydrant, and will be charged the applicable rate for the quantity of water used.
ii. The contractor shall contact Lubbock Power and Light Customer Service Department and
establish a utility account. The contractor must pay the current deposit for each fire
hydrant meter and will be responsible for all charges associated with t hat account.
iii. Once an account is established and the deposit is paid, the contractor may pick up a
meter from the City Water Department at 600 Municipal Drive.
iv. The contractor shall be responsible for reporting monthly water usage.
v. All water used shall be in accordance with City Ordinance, all water shall be used within
City Limits.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
Section 5 43
B. Fire hydrants shall be operated only by use of an approved fire hydrant wrench. No pipe
wrenches, or other unapproved devices, shall be used to open or close a fire hydrant.
C. For top loading trucks or containers the contractor shall provide a back flow prevention assembly
on the discharge side of the meter.
i. The backflow prevention assembly shall be in the form of two spring loaded ball check
valves.
ii. When filling the truck or container there shall be an air gap of at least two times the
opening diameter of the truck or container.
D. For bottom loading trucks the contractor shall provide a Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ) type
backflow prevention assembly.
i. All RPZ type back flow prevention assemblies must be tested and the test results
approved by the City prior to use.
ii. The test results shall be sent to the City of Lubbock Public Works Department, Meter and
Customer Service Supervisor for approval.
E. In accordance with City of Lubbock Ordinance No. 10208 “Pertaining to Backflow Prevention”,
City representatives are authorized to suspend water use from a fire hydrant by a contractor
until the proper and correct backflow prevention device is installed.
5.07.08 Protection of Existing Utilities
A. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to properly mark (white line) the work area and notify
the Texas Excavation Safety System, 1-800-DIG-TESS (1-800-344-8377) a minimum of 48 hours
prior to construction or excavation.
B. Contractor shall locate all utility lines, including customer service lines, far enough in advance
of the trenching to make proper provisions for protecting the lines and to allow for any deviations
that may be required from the established lines and grades.
C. If required, the Contractor shall “pothole” or physically locate existing underground utilities
ahead of trench excavation.
D. A contractor shall not be allowed to disrupt water service without permission from the
Engineering Department.
i. When a service disruption is planned, the Contractor shall notify the Engineering
Department a minimum of 48 hours in advance.
E. Contractor shall notify local utilities whenever working near gas mains or services or near
electrical or telephone cables or when the presence of these utilities is suspected in the area of
construction.
F. Contractor shall proceed with caution in the excavation and preparation of the trench so that
the exact location of underground structures, both known and unknown, may be determined.
G. Hand excavation shall be used where necessary.
H. All utility lines shall be properly supported to prevent settlement or damage to the line both
during and after construction.
I. Contractor shall be held responsible for the repair of any utilities when broken or otherwise
damaged because of carelessness on their part.
J. The Contractor shall immediately notify the proper utility company of any damage to utility lines
in order that service may be established with the least possible delay. Any damage to existing
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
44 Section 5
lines and the repair of customer lines which are authorized to be cut shall be at the Contractor’s
expense, and as directed by an official representative of the utility company involved.
K. Any permanent relocation of existing utility lines shall be done by the proper uti lity company.
5.07.09 Excavation and Trenching
A. Minimum width of the trench shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus 12 inches.
B. Maximum width of the trench shall be the outside diameter of the pipe plus 18 inches.
i. The City Engineer or designee shall review instances where trench widths are required
to be greater than the maximum allowable due to installation techniques or shoring.
C. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for protecting paved streets and drives from
being damaged by the trenching and backfilling equipment.
D. Grade shall be such that the pipe will rest firmly on the bedding material throughout the entire
length of the pipe cylinder.
i. Bell holes of ample dimensions shall be dug at each joint to permit the proper jointing of
the pipe.
E. In order to obtain a true, even grade, the trench shall be fine-graded.
i. Material for fine grading shall be free of rocks, roots, grass or any other debris. The
depth of the fine grading material shall not exceed 3 inches. ii. Where the trench is
excavated in excess of 3 inches below grade, the bedding material shall be compacted
to 95% Modified Proctor Density.
iii. If the material being excavated is rock or other unyielding material, it shall be removed
to a depth of 3 inches below grade and replaced with approved bedding material to
grade.
F. All excavated material shall be placed in a manner that will not endanger the work or damage
existing structures.
5.07.10 Methods of Connection
A. Service and main line taps and connections shall compl y with current City of Lubbock Utilities
Ordinance.
B. Service Taps
i. All service taps on existing mains shall be installed by City personnel or a Citydesignated
contractor.
C. Main Line Taps
i. All taps on existing mains in service shall comply with current TCEQ requirements.
ii. Persons installing main line taps shall hold a Class “C” or higher TCEQ Water Operator’s
License.
iii. A person holding a Class “D” TCEQ Water Operator’s License may install main line taps
only if they are in direct communication with a person holding a Class “C” or higher TCEQ
Water Operator’s License.
iv. City Inspector must be present for any tap being installed on an existing main.
D. Valve Operating Procedures
i. Contractors shall not operate valves within the existing City of Lubbock water
distribution system.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
Section 5 45
ii. Operation of valves shall be done by authorized City of Lubbock personnel only.
iii. Contractors shall arrange opening or closing of valves by notifying the Engineering
Department at least 24-hours prior to needing a valve operated.
5.07.11 Pipe Installation
A. Pipe, fittings, valves and other accessories shall be inspected, handled, laid and joined in the
manner herein specified.
B. Pipe, fittings, valves, and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and during the progress
of the work and any material found to be defective may be rejected.
i. If rejected, the Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at their own
expense.
C. Pipe, fittings, valves, and other accessories shall be handled in accordance with manufacturer’s
specifications.
i. Before lowering into the trench the pipe, fittings, valves and accessories shall be
inspected for defects.
a. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe or other incidental materials shall not be
incorporated into the work.
b. Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at their own expense.
ii. All pipe, fittings, valves and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece
by piece using suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to
the material.
iii. Under no circumstance shall pipe, valves, fittings, accessories or tools be dropped directly
into the trench.
D. All foreign matter shall be removed from the inside of the pipe, bells, spigots or parts of the
pipe used in forming the joint before the pipe i s lowered into the trench;
i. Pipe shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying.
ii. The open end of the pipe in the trench shall be plugged when pipe is not being laid.
E. Pipe shall be laid to the alignment as established on the approved plans.
i. Where grade is being maintained as shown on the plans, the use of batter boards or
laser beam will be required to fine grade the trench.
ii. Whenever it is necessary to deflect pipe from a straight line either in a vertical or
horizontal plane to avoid obstructions, to plumb valves, or where vertical or horizontal
curves are required, the allowable angle of curvature shall be 80% of the manufacturer’s
maximum recommended curvature.
iii. Deflection at each joint shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer’s maxim um
recommended deflection.
F. Pipe shall be laid so that the pipe label is facing up.
G. Pipe shall be jointed per manufacturer’s requirements.
i. Pipe shall be laid with bells facing in the direction of laying.
a. For lines on appreciable slopes, the Engineer may specify the pipe to be installed with
the bell ends facing up grade.
ii. Bell, spigot and gasket of pipe to be laid shall be wiped clean prior to jointing.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
46 Section 5
iii. Cutting of pipe for inserting valves, fittings or closure pieces shall be done in a neat
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or lining. iv. Jointing shall be completed
for all pipe laid each day.
a. At the times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be properly
plugged and sealed to prevent contamination.
b. No trench water shall be permitted to enter the pipe.
v. No pipe shall be laid in conditions unsuitable for such work as determined by the City
Inspector.
5.07.12 Trace wire for nonmetallic pipe installation
A. Conductive trace wire shall be installed in the same trench and inside bored holes and casing with
all nonmetallic pipe during pipe installation.
i. Trace wire shall be 12 gauge minimum solid copper with 30 mil HDPE insulation
recommended for direct bury. ii. Trace wire shall be secured to the pipe as required to insure
that the wire remains directly on top of the pipe.
iii. Trace wire shall be securely bonded together at all wire joints with wire connectors that
are watertight and provide for electrical continuity. iv. Trace wire shall be made accessible
at water valve boxes and fire hydrants.
a. Trace wire shall not be placed inside valve box risers.
b. Trace wire shall be installed such that no less than 6 inches but no more than 12 inches
of wire remain accessible.
5.07.13 Marking Tape
A. Marking tape shall be installed in the same trench with all pipe during pipe installation.
i. Marking tape for water mains shall be 3-inch, blue in color and clearly labeled “Caution:
Buried Water Line.” ii. Marking tape shall be installed directly above the centerline of the
pipe a minimum of 24 inches above top of pipe.
iii. Depth of bury shall be 18 inches below top of trench.
5.07.14 Setting Valves, Valve Boxes and Fittings
A. Valves and fittings shall be set at the locations shown on the approved plans .
B. Valves and fittings shall be adequately blocked for thrust with concrete or mechanically
restrained.
i. Refer to thrust blocking details or Appendix A – Restrained Joint Lengths.
5.07.15 Cradling, Blocking and Anchorage
A. Contractor will be required to install concrete pipe cradle at all valve vaults and properly block
or mechanically restrain all fittings including tees, bends and valves.
B. Where concrete cradling or blocking is used, concrete shall conform to the concrete
specifications.
C. Before placing the concrete, all loose earth shall be removed from the trench.
D. Concrete shall be placed in the trench by the use of chutes extending to within 3 feet of the
bottom of the trench and shall be deposited uniformly on each side of the pipe in such a manner
as to not disturb the grade and alignment of the pipe.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
Section 5 47
E. Blocking shall be placed between solid ground and the fitting to be anchored. The area of
bearing on pipe and on the ground in each instance shall be that required by the Engineer. F.
Blocking shall be placed so that the joints of all pipe and fittings are accessible for repair.
G. Soil bearing value for thrust blocking shall be as recommended by the Engineer based on soil
analysis of the site. In the absence of such recommendation, the allowable soil bearing value
shall not exceed 2,500 pounds per square foot.
5.07.16 Backfilling
A. Backfilling of all trenches and excavations shall comply with the current City of Lubbock Street
Ordinance as well as the City of Lubbock Utility Excavation Manual.
B. After the trench has been backfilled, the disturbed area shall be cleared of all rocks larger than
1-1/2 inches in diameter and leveled so that the surface will have the same slope and
appearance as it possessed before construction.
C. All surplus material shall be loaded and legally disposed of at the Contractor's expense at an
approved location.
D. Contractor shall compact backfill and clean up as close behind the pipe laying and backfilling as
possible.
E. Following completion of backfill and cleanup, the Contractor shall maintain the street and trench
surfaces in a satisfactory manner until final acceptance of the work.
i. Maintenance shall include blading, filling depressions caused by settlement, sprinkling to
settle dust, brooming and other work required to keep the streets and disturbed areas
in satisfactory condition as determined by the City Engineer or designee.
ii. The Contractor shall maintain and be responsible for all paving cuts until such time as
repairs can be completed.
5.08 Pneumatic Testing for Tapping Sleeves
5.08.01 Upon completion of tapping sleeve installation, the tapping sleeve shall be subjected to a
pneumatic pressure test according to the most recent City of Lubbock requirements.
5.08.02 Pneumatic Pressure Test
A. Contractor shall be responsible for performing a pneumatic pressure test witnessed by a City
Inspector.
i. Tapping sleeve shall be pressurized through ¾-inch NPT port at a minimum
test pressure of 50 psi.
ii. Duration of the pressure test shall be a minimum of 10 minutes or as directed
by the City Inspector.
5.09 Hydrostatic Pressure Testing
5.09.01 Upon completion of pipe installation, the line shall be subjected to a hydrostatic pressure test
and leakage test according to the most recent AWWA standards, TCEQ rules and City of
Lubbock requirements.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
48 Section 5
5.09.02 Hydrostatic Pressure Test
A. Contractor shall be responsible for performing a hydrostatic pressure test witnessed by a City
Inspector.
i. Minimum test pressure shall be 100 psi or 150% of static operating pressure,
whichever is greater. ii. Duration of each pressure test shall be a minimum of
2 hours or as directed by the City Engineer or designee.
B. Hydrostatic Test Procedure
i. Each valved section of pipe shall be slowly filled with water.
ii. As the line is being filled, all air shall be expelled from the pipe.
a. Taps shall be made, if necessary, at points of highest elevation.
b. Taps shall be tightly plugged upon satisfactory completion of the test.
iii. Pressure shall be applied and maintained by means of a pump connected to the pipe in
a manner satisfactory to the City Inspector.
iv. The pump, pipe connection, and all necessary apparatus except meters shall be furnished
by the Contractor.
v. Contractor shall furnish all necessary labor for connecting the pump, meter, and gages.
vi. Water for filling and making tests may be obtained at a location designated by the
Engineering Department.
a. No charge will be made for the first 2 pipe volumes of water.
b. Contractor will be charged for water used in subsequent tests at the curr ent rate of
bulk usage.
vii. The line shall be carefully checked at regular intervals for breaks or leaks.
viii. Any joints showing appreciable leaks shall be repaired and any cracked or defective pipes
or fittings shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s own expense.
ix. The test shall be repeated until satisfactory results are obtained.
C. Leakage Test
i. For pipe of 12-inch diameter or smaller, no leakage or pressure drop shall be
allowed over a two hour period at the test pressure.
ii. For pipe 16-inch diameter or larger, the allowable leakage (gallons per hour)
shall not be greater than:
ND P
L 7400
L = Gallons per Hour
N = Number of Joints
D = Nominal Pipe Diameter (in.)
P = Test Pressure (PSI)
iii. The leakage shall be determined by measuring the quantity of water supplied to each
valved section of the lines, during the test period, when the various sections of the lines
are under pressure.
iv. If individual sections show leakage greater than the limits specified above, the Contractor
shall locate and repair the defective portions at their own expense.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
Section 5 49
5.10 Sterilization and Bacteriological Testing
5.10.01 Upon completion of pipe installation, the line shall be sterilized and tested according to the
most recent AWWA standards, TCEQ rules and City of Lubbock requirements.
A. Contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment and material necessary for the chlorination and
testing of the new pipe lines which shall be sterilized before being placed into service.
B. Sterilization Procedure
i. Contractor shall verify that all valves adjacent to test section are closed.
a. Valves shall be operated in accordance with the current City of Lubbock valve operating
procedures.
ii. Lines shall be sterilized by the application of an approved chlorinating agent.
iii. Chlorinating agent may be liquid chlorine, liquid chlorine gas-water mixture, or a calcium
hypochlorite solution, which shall be fed into the lines through a suitable solution -feed
device or other methods approved by the City Engineer or designee. iv. All newly installed
pipes and related products must conform to American National Standards Institute /
National Sanitation Foundation (ANSI/NSF) Standard 61 and must be certified by an
organization accredited by ANSI, including chlorine for disinfection.
v. Chlorinating agent shall be applied at or near the point from which the line is being filled,
and through a corporation stop or other approved connection inserted in the horizontal
axis of the newly laid pipe.
vi. Water being used to fill the line shall be controlled to flow into the section to be sterilized
very slowly.
vii. Rate of application of the chlorinating agent shall be at least 50 parts per million.
viii. Chlorinated water shall be retained in the pipe lines for a period of not less than 24
hours.
C. Testing/Sampling Procedure
i. The sampling riser shall be located at the farthest point possible from the chlorinati on
point.
a. The riser shall be above ground and equipped with a faucet for control of flow during
sampling.
ii. Samples shall be taken by City of Lubbock Inspectors from the line and will be tested for
bacteriologic growth at a City of Lubbock certified laboratory.
a. Samples will be taken twice in a 48 hour period not less than 24 hours apart.
b. Initial samples may only be taken on Monday, Tuesday or Wednesday prior to 2:00
p.m.
D. Chlorinated water used for sterilization shall be legally disposed of per curre nt TCEQ or other
applicable regulations.
i. A temporary blow off may be required to achieve adequate flushing flow rates.
ii. Under no circumstances shall chlorinated water used for sterilization be released directly
into the storm drain system or a body of water.
iii. All flushing must conform with the City of Lubbock Storm Water Permit and SWP3 Best
Practices.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Water Specifications
50 Section 5
5.11 Restoration and Clean Up
5.11.01 The Contractor shall restore or replace all removed or damaged paving, curbing, sidewalks,
gutters, sod, shrubbery, fences, irrigation systems, pipe, or other structures or surfaces to a
condition equal to that before the work began and to the satisfaction of the City Engineer or
designee.
5.11.02 All streets, alleys, driveways, sidewalks, curbs or other surfaces broken, cut or damaged by
the Contractor shall be reconstructed as required by the current City of Lubbock Street
Ordinance.
5.11.03 Topsoil material shall be replaced to pre-construction conditions or better.
5.11.04 All rubbish, unused materials and other non-native materials shall be removed from the
jobsite.
5.11.05 The right-of-way shall be left in a state of order and cleanliness as determined by the City
Engineer or designee.
5.12 Warranty and Acceptance
5.12.01 Within 30 calendar days after the Developer or Developers Engineer has given written notice
that the improvements have been substantially completed, the City shall inspect the
completed improvements and provide a punch list if necessary.
A. If it is mutually determined that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with
the engineering plans and the City of Lubbock Engineering Minimum Design Standards and
Specifications, the Developers Engineer shall submit Record Drawings, Certificate of Completion
and Developers Warranty Statement (Copies of the Certificate of Completion and the Developers
Warranty Statement are included in the City of Lubbock Engineering Minimum Design Standards
and Specifications)
B. Upon receipt of the Developers Certificate of Completion, Record Drawings and the Developers
Warranty Statement, the City will accept improvements within 30 calendar days; unless
exception is given in writing.
C. Neither the Final Payment nor the Certificate of Completion shall relieve the Developer or
Contractor of responsibility related to warranty of materials or workmanship.
D. The Developer shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship that appear
within 1 year from the date of acceptance by the City of Lubbock.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 51
SECTION 6
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR SANITARY SEWER MAIN
CONSTRUCTION
6.01 General
6.01.01 All sanitary sewer main construction within the City of Lubbock sanitary sewerage system or
for future connections to the City of Lubbock sanitary sewerage system shall be accomplished
in accordance with the requirements of these specifications.
6.02 Plan Requirements
6.02.01 Sanitary sewer main construction shall be done in accordance with engineered construction
plans for the work, prepared under the direction of a Professional Engineer and approved by
the City of Lubbock Engineering Department.
6.02.02 Plans shall conform to the City of Lubbock's Minimum Design Standards for Sanitary Sewer and
shall show all information called for on the City of Lubbock Check List for Sanitary Sewer
Construction Plans.
6.03 Plan Approval
6.03.01 The Engineering Department shall review, approve and issue plans stamped “Approved for
Construction” to the Design Engineer.
6.04 Inspection
6.04.01 Engineer and/or Contractor shall notify the Engineering Department 48 hours before the
planned construction is to commence and also before starting up when construction is
interrupted for any reason.
6.04.02 All work shall be inspected by a representative of the Engineering Department who shall have
the authority to halt construction when, in their opinion, construction is being performed
contrary to these specifications or other approved plans.
6.04.03 Whenever any portion of these specifications is violated, the City Engineer or designee, by
written notice, may order that portion of construction which is in violation of these
specifications or other approved plans, specifications and material to cease until such
violation is corrected.
6.05 Specifications
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
52 Section 6
6.05.01 All standard specifications and quality standards; i.e., ASA, AWWA, ASTM, etc., which are made
a portion of these specifications by reference shall be the latest edition and revision thereof.
6.06 Materials of Construction
6.06.01 Sewer Pipe
A. All pipe used in the City of Lubbock sanitary sewer collection system shall be SDR 35 PVC, SDR
26 PVC, PVC Corrugated Sewer Pipe with Smooth Interior, High Density Polyethylene (HDPE),
Ductile Iron, Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete or Polypropylene Corrugated Single Wall or Dual
Wall Pipe and shall conform to the Approved Materials List.
B. PVC Pipe - Gravity Flow
i. Gravity flow PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM F679 and
D3034 for SDR 35 sewer pipe.
ii. The pipe shall be jointed with an integral bell and spigot type rubber gasketed joint.
a. Each integral bell joint shall consist of a formed bell complete with a single rubber
gasket.
b. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F477.
iii. Standard joint length shall be 14 or 20 feet ± one inch.
iv. Gravity flow PVC pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer’s recommended
maximum deflection.
v. The minimum pipe stiffness factor shall be 46 psi. vi. Gravity flow sewer pipe shall be
green.
C. PVC Pipe - Pressure Rated
i. Pressure rated PVC sewer pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of ASTM
D2241 for SDR 26 sewer pipe.
ii. The pipe shall be joined with an integral bell and spigot type rubber gasketed joint.
a. Each integral bell joint shall consist of a formed bell complete with a single rubber
gasket.
b. Gaskets shall conform to ASTM F477.
iii. Pressure rated PVC pipe shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall not
exceed 80% of the manufacturer’s recommended
maximum deflection.
iv. Standard joint length shall be 14 or 20 feet ± one inch. v.
Pressure rated sewer pipe shall be green.
D. PVC Pipe - Spiral Wound
i. Spiral wound PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the requirements of the latest
revision of ASTM F794 for large diameter ribbed gravity sewer pipe.
ii. Spiral wound PVC pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacture's
recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer’s recommended
maximum deflection.
iii. The minimum pipe stiffness factor shall be 46 psi.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 53
E. High Density Polyethylene Pipe
i. The pipe shall be made of high density, high molecular weight polyethylene pipe material
meeting the requirements of ASTM F894.
ii. Rubber gaskets shall comply in all respects with the physical requirements specified in
the non-pressure requirements of ASTM Specifications C443.
iii. Polyethylene pipe shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommendations.
F. Ductile Iron Pipe
i. Ductile iron pipe shall conform to ANSI/ASTM specifications A746 for Ductile Iron Sewer
Pipe.
a. Pipe and fittings shall have a 30-mil thickness epoxy lining on the interior.
b. Pipe and fittings shall have an exterior coating of coal tar pitch conforming to
requirements of Federal Specifications WW -P-421.
ii. Joints for Ductile Iron shall be of the rubber gasket bell and spigot, except when
otherwise shown on the plans and where connecting to flanged fittings, and shall
conform to the base specifications to which the pipe is manufactured.
iii. Fittings shall be AWWA Standard Class "D" bell and spigot type or an app roved gasket
joint for the particular type of pipe used and designed for the pressures of the pipe
except as shown on the plans.
G. Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe
i. Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM C76, D6783
and A615 and all other applicable standards.
ii. Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete Pipe shall be installed in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the manufacturer’s
recommended maximum deflection.
H. Polypropylene Corrugated Dual Wall and Triple Wall Pipe
i. Polypropylene Corrugated Dual Wall Pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM F2736. ii.
Polypropylene Corrugated Triple Wall Pipe and fittings shall conform to ASTM F2764.
iii. Polypropylene Corrugated Dual Wall and Triple Wall Pipe shall be installed in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations and shall not exceed 80% of the
manufacturer’s recommended maximum deflection.
6.06.02 Pre-cast Reinforced Concrete Manholes
A. Manhole barrel, cone, and extension sections shall be constructed of pre-cast concrete.
i. Manhole products shall be smooth, uniform in size and dimensions, consistent in
components throughout and free of voids or honeycombs.
ii. No grouting shall be applied to the edges or inside surfaces of manh oles during the
manufacturing process.
iii. A plant inspection may be required for production facility inspection and to review record -
keeping for material certification.
iv. Steps are prohibited in a manhole.
B. Manufacturer must provide certification that all ma terials used for manufacturing meet with the
following ASTM Specifications:
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
54 Section 6
Specification Material
ASTM C-33 Aggregates
ASTM C-150 Cement
ASTM C-39 Sampling Specimens
ASTM C-185 Reinforcing
ASTM C-144 Sand and Mortar
C. Pre-cast Concrete Manhole Sections
i. Pre-cast concrete manhole sections shall conform to ASTM C478 specifications.
ii. Compressive strength test results must verify concrete strengths meet or exceed 4,000
psi. iii. Coarse aggregate shall consist of 95% crushed limestone.
iv. Manholes shall be designed to withstand H-20 AASHTO loading.
v. Manholes shall have lifting holes that do not protrude through manhole wall; one full
inch of concrete thickness must remain between lift hole and outside or inside wall of
manhole.
D. Joints Other Than Grade Rings
i. Joints other than grade rings shall be tongue and groove or an equivalent male and
female type joint.
ii. Joints shall be effectively joined with water-tight sealant to prevent leakage and
infiltration. Sealant shall comply with the Approved Materials List.
E. Cones and Grade Rings
i. Cones and grade rings shall maintain a clear 30-inch opening.
ii. Grade rings shall be reinforced with the same percentage of steel as risers and tops and
shall also meet ASTM C478 specifications.
6.06.03 Inflow Prevention Device (IPD)
A. All new manholes shall be equipped with an approved IPD to prevent unwanted inflow into the
sanitary sewer system.
B. IPDs shall be constructed of corrosion proof material and load tested to withstand 800 pounds.
C. IPDs shall be equipped with a handle or lifting strap capable of supporting a minimum uniform
load of 500 pounds.
D. IPDs shall be equipped with ventilation valves or holes.
i. Release of water through vent valves or holes shall not exceed 5
gallons per 24 hour period.
ii. Vent valves or holes shall vent sewer gas at one p.s.i. or less. E.
IPDs shall comply with the Approved Materials List.
6.06.04 Manhole Frames and Cover
A. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality gray iron casting and conform to ASTM
Designation A48, having a clear opening of not less than 30 inches.
B. Casting shall be designed with a full bearing ring so as to provide a continuous seat between
frame and cover.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 55
C. Cover shall be furnished with lifting ring or pick bar cast into the cover in such a ma nner as to
prevent water leaking through.
D. Frame and cover shall have a weight of not less than 275 pounds, shall include lettering “City
of Lubbock, Texas Sanitary Sewer” and shall comply with the Approved Materials List.
6.06.05 Concrete
A. Proportioning of the constituents of the concrete shall be such as to produce a dense and
workable mixture, and the designed mix shall be approved by the Engineer before any concrete
is placed.
i. The concrete shall be of such consistency that it will flow without separation of the
aggregates.
B. Concrete mix shall be based on the water-cement ratio, and shall be as follows for the different
applications:
i. Concrete for manholes, valve vaults and other reinforced concrete structures shall have
a water-cement ratio of no more than ASTM C-478 max of 0.53 (by weight) and yield a
28-day compressive strength of not less than 3,000 psi.
ii. Concrete for pipe cradling, blocking of fittings, manhole inverts and other nonreinforced
concrete shall contain not more than 9.0 gallons of water per sack of cement and yield
a 28-day compressive strength of not less than 2,500 psi.
C. Concrete to be used in manhole bases, sections, cones, grade rings and inverts shall be made
with Portland cement which conforms to "Standard Specifications and Test for Portland
Cement", ASTM C150.
D. Concrete coarse aggregates shall consist of natural washed and screened sand, and clean
crushed limestone conforming to "Standard Specifications for Concrete Aggregate", ASTM
C33.
i. Aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall be free from injurious
amounts of clay, soft or flaky materials, loam or organic impurities.
ii. Aggregates shall be approved by the City Engineer or designee before use. E. Sand to
be used in cement mortar shall conform to ASTM C144 specifications.
F. Water used in mixing concrete or mortar shall be clear, clean, free from oil, acid or organic
matter and free from injurious amounts of alkali, salts or other chemicals.
G. Surface moisture or moisture carried by the aggregates shal l be included as part of the mixing
water.
H. Reinforcing steel used in concrete shall be deformed bars conforming to "Specifications for Billet-
Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement", ASTM A15, A16, A82, A185, A305, A615, or A706 grades
40, 50, or 60.
i. Wire mesh shall be woven or electrically welded, cold-drawn mild steel wire fabric.
ii. All reinforcement shall be permanently marked with grade, identification marks or shall,
on delivery, be accompanied by a manufacturer's guarantee.
I. Forms shall be of wood or metal and shall be of sufficient strength to support the concrete
without bulging between supports and sufficiently water tight to hold the concrete mortar.
i. Forms shall be so constructed that the finished concrete shall be of the form and
dimensions shown on the plans.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
56 Section 6
ii. Form work for exposed surfaces shall be of such material and so constructed as to
produce a wall with a smooth, even surface when the concrete is poured.
iii. Wall forms shall be set plumb and true and rigidly braced to maintain them in c orrect
position and alignment.
iv. Walls for all reinforced concrete work shall be formed inside and outside.
v. Form ties shall be adjustable in length and of such type as to leave no metal closer than
1-inch of the surface, and shall not be fitted with lugs, cones, washers, or other devices
acting as a spreader which will leave a hole larger than 7/8 -inch in diameter or depth
back of the exposed surface of the concrete.
a. Wire ties will not be permitted.
vi. Temporary openings for cleaning and inspection shall be provided at the base of vertical
forms or other places where necessary. Such openings shall be neatly and securely
closed before concrete is placed.
vii. Forms shall be oiled before use.
viii. No forms shall be removed without permission of the City Inspecto r. However, in
general, wall forms may be removed after the concrete has been in place for 24 hours
and on roof slabs after the concrete has been in place for 10 days.
ix. Immediately upon removal of the forms any honey-combed sections shall be repaired as
directed by the City Inspector.
J. Compounds used to form an air tight membrane over a fresh concrete surface shall be in
accordance with Texas Department of Transportation Item 360.2.C (DMS -4650).
i. Curing compound shall be applied with a pressurized sprayer in an even coating or as
recommended by the manufacturer.
6.06.06 Bedding, Embedment and Backfill
A. Sewer Pipe, All Diameters
i. Bedding shall be select sand or aggregate free from rocks, clods, roots or other debris
larger than 1/2-inch.
a. Bedding material shall be free from injurious amounts of clay, dust, blow sand, caliche
or slag.
ii. Embedment material shall be crushed stone with irregular surfaces and comply with the
following gradation requirements:
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate Cumulative Percent Retained
(by weight)
Retained on 1” Sieve 0
Retained on 1/2” Sieve 0-20
Retained on 3/8” Sieve 15-30
Retained on No. 4 Sieve 60-90
Retained on No. 8 Sieve 90-100
a. Embedment shall extend to 12 inches above top of pipe.
iii. Backfill material shall be native, sandy soil material free from rocks, clods, roots or other
debris larger than 2-inch diameter.
6.06.07 Flowable Fill
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 57
A. Flowable fill shall consist of a mixture of Portland cement, pea gravel and sand with a cement
content of 1-1/2 sacks per cubic yard.
i. Utility ditches in existing paved streets shall be backfilled with compacted native material
or flowable fill from the top of the embedment material to the paving surface as specified
in the current City of Lubbock Streets Ordinance.
ii. Alternatively, flowable fill can be used for full depth backfill in all utility ditches within the
right-of-way.
iii. Use of concrete in place of flowable fill is not acceptable, and if used in place of flowable
fill shall be removed by the Contractor at their own expense.
6.07 Methods of Construction
6.07.01 Scope
A. The work covered by this section consists of constructing gravity flow sanitary sewers, manholes
and other appurtenances normally installed as a part of this s ystem. Construction may include
surface preparation; trench excavation; shoring; dewatering; laying, aligning and jointing pipe;
installation of appurtenances; construction of pre -cast, pre-assembled or field assembled
manholes; manhole bases; placement and assembly of manhole risers, cones, or tops;
installation of manhole rings, covers and grade rings; bedding, embedment and backfilling; and
other related work.
6.07.02 Quality Standards
Standard Topic
ASTM D698 Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction
Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort
ASTM A746 (ANSI) Ductile Iron Gravity Sewer Pipe
AWWA C600 (ANSI) Installation of Ductile Iron Mains and Their
Appurtenances
AWWA M23 Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe Design and Installation
UNI B 5 Recommended Practice for Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Sewer Pipe
ASTM C891 Installation of Underground Pre-cast Utility Structures
6.07.03 Materials
A. The Contractor shall install sanitary sewer pipe of the type, diameter, wall -thickness and
protective coating that is defined in the Approved Materials List or designated by the City
Engineer or designee.
B. One or more acceptable types of pipe may be used. As such, the Contractor shall have the
option of installing any of the acceptable types, provided only one type is used throughout any
single size designation or run of pipe.
6.07.04 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3)
A. Prior to disturbance of construction area, Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Lubbock
Engineering Department to develop a site-specific Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
58 Section 6
B. SWP3 measures shall conform to the integrated Stormwater Management (iSWM) criteria
developed by the North Central Texas Council of Governments.
C. SWP3 measures shall be installed prior to construction and shall be maintained throughout the
construction until final stabilization.
6.07.05 Surface Preparation
A. Within Easements, Cultivated or Agricultural Areas
i. All vegetation such as brush, sod, heavy growth, grass, weeds, decayed veg etable
matter, rubbish and other unsuitable material within the area of excavation and spoils
storage shall be stripped and properly disposed.
ii. Topsoil shall be removed to a depth of 8 inches or the full depth of topsoil, whichever is
less.
iii. Removed topsoil shall be stockpiled during construction in an approved location.
B. Within Unpaved Roadway Areas
i. Contractor shall strip the cover material from graveled roadways or other developed but
unpaved traffic surfaces to the full depth of the existing surfacing.
ii. Surfacing shall be stockpiled to the extent that it is acceptable for restoration purposes.
C. Within Paved Areas
i. All pavement cuts and repairs shall be in accordance with the current City of Lubbock
Street Ordinance and the City of Lubbock Engineering Minimum Design Standards and
Specifications.
ii. Wherever it is necessary to make cuts in existing pavements, sidewalks, driveways, or
curbs and gutters, the cuts shall be made in such a manner as to cause the least possible
damage to adjoining surfaces.
iii. Asphalt Paving
a. Asphalt surface shall be cut along each side of the trench ahead of the trenching
machine and the surfacing and base removed with the trenching machine as the trench
is excavated.
b. The width of surface removed by the Contractor is not to ex ceed the outside limits of
the trench plus 12 inches.
iv. Concrete Paving
a. Removal of any sidewalks, concrete pavement, concrete base, concrete curbs and
gutters shall be made by cutting the concrete to a straight line on each side of the
trench and removing the concrete ahead of the trenching.
b. Concrete shall be cut vertically in straight lines and avoiding acute angles.
c. Concrete pavement, sidewalks, driveways or curb and gutter shall be cut with a power
saw to a depth of 2 inches prior to breaking.
d. Overbreak, separation or other damage to the existing bitumen or concrete outside
the designated cut lines shall be replaced at the Contractor's expense.
e. Tunneling may be required under curb and gutters.
f. The width of surface removed by the Contractor of concrete paving is not to exceed
the outside limits of the trench plus 12 inches.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 59
v. All spoil piles must be 3’ from travel lanes or have a traffic barrier that will prevent the
soil from encroaching on travel lanes.
vi. If roll off dumpsters are placed on street paving, then the paving must be protected from
damage.
6.07.06 Barricades and Safety Measures
A. Contractor shall, at their own expense, furnish and erect barricades and safety measures for
the protection of persons, property and the works as may be necessary.
B. All barricades and safety measures shall meet the rules and regulations of Federal, state and
local authorities, including but not limited to:
i. OSHA regulations for excavation, trenching and
shoring ii. Texas Manual on Uniform Traffic Control
Devices iii. City of Lubbock Barricade Ordinance
C. Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades and
safety measures.
i. If damage is incurred, the damaged portion shall be
immediately removed and replaced by Co ntractor at
their own cost and expense.
D. Contractor's responsibility for maintenance of barricades and safety measures shall not cease
until the project is accepted by the City.
6.07.07 Water for Construction
A. Water is available from fire hydrants for construction purposes.
i. To use City water for construction the contractor shall acquire a water meter for use on
a City fire hydrant, and will be charged the applicable rate for the quantity of water used.
ii. The contractor shall contact Lubbock Power and Light Customer Service Department and
establish a utility account. The contractor must pay the current deposit for each fire
hydrant meter and will be responsible for all charges associated with that account.
iii. Once an account is established and the deposit is paid, the contractor may pick up a
meter from the City Water Department at 600 Municipal Drive.
iv. The contractor shall be responsible for reporting monthly water usage.
B. Fire hydrants shall be operated only by use of an approved fire hydrant wrench. No pi pe
wrenches, or other unapproved devices, shall be used to open or close a fire hydrant.
C. For top loading trucks or containers the contractor shall provide a back flow prevention assembly
on the discharge side of the meter.
i. The backflow prevention assembly shall be in the form of two spring loaded ball check
valves.
ii. When filling the truck or container there shall be an air gap of at least two times the
opening diameter of the truck or container.
D. For bottom loading trucks the contractor shall provide a Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ) type
backflow prevention assembly.
i. All RPZ type back flow prevention assemblies must be tested and the test results
approved by the City prior to use.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
60 Section 6
ii. The test results shall be sent to the City of Lubbock Public Works Department, Meter and
Customer Service Supervisor for approval.
E. In accordance with City of Lubbock Ordinance No. 10208 “Pertaining to Backflow Prevention”,
City representatives are authorized to suspend water use from a fire hydrant by a contractor
until the proper and correct backflow prevention devices are installed.
6.07.08 Protection of Existing Utilities
A. It shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to properly mark (white line) the work area and notify
the Texas Excavation Safety System, 1-800-DIG-TESS (1-800-344-8377) a minimum of 48 hours
prior to construction or excavation.
B. Contractor shall locate all utility lines, including customer service lines, far enough in advance
of the trenching to make proper provisions for protecting the lines and to allow for any deviations
that may be required from the established lines and grades.
C. If required, the Contractor shall “pothole” or physically locate existing underground utilities
ahead of trench excavation.
D. Contractor will not be allowed to disrupt the service on any utility lines except customer service
lines, which may be taken out of service for short periods of time, provided the Contractor
obtains permission from the Engineering Department and from the owner of the premises being
served by the utility.
i. When a customer outage is planned, Contractor shall notify effected customer a minimum
of 24 hours in advance.
E. Contractor shall notify local utilities whenever working near gas mains or services or near
electrical or telephone cables or when the presence of these utilities is suspected in the area of
construction.
F. Contractor shall proceed with caution in the excavation and preparation of the trench so that
the exact location of underground structures, both known and unknown, may be determined.
G. Hand excavation shall be used where necessary.
H. All utility lines shall be properly supported to prevent settlement or damage to the line both
during and after construction.
I. Contractor shall be held responsible for the repair of such structures when bro ken or otherwise
damaged because of carelessness on their part.
J. The Contractor shall immediately notify the proper utility company of any damage to utility lines
in order that service may be established with the least possible delay. Any damage to existi ng
lines and the repair of customer lines which are authorized to be cut shall be at the Contractor’s
expense, and as directed by an official representative of the utility company involved.
K. Any permanent relocation of existing utility lines shall be done by the proper utility company.
6.07.09 Excavation and Trenching
A. The width of the trench shall provide adequate working room for installation, joining and proper
compaction along both sides of the pipe. Trenches shall conform to the following dimensions ,
unless otherwise shown on the Plans:
Pipe Size Min. Trench Width Max. Trench Width
4” thru 12” Pipe O.D. +12” Pipe O.D. +18”
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 61
15” thru 21” Pipe O.D. +18” Pipe O.D. +24”
B. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions for protecting paved streets and drives from
being damaged by the trenching and backfilling equipment.
C. Grade shall be such that the pipe will rest firmly on the bedding material throughout the entire
length of the pipe cylinder.
i. Bell holes of ample dimensions shall be dug a t each joint to permit the proper jointing of
the pipe.
D. In order to obtain a true, even grade, the trench shall be fine-graded.
i. Material for fine grading shall be free of rocks, roots, grass or any other debris. The
depth of the fine grading material shall not exceed 3 inches.
ii. Where the trench is excavated in excess of 3 inches below grade, the material shall be
compacted to 95% Modified Proctor Density or shall be replaced with approved bedding
material.
iii. If the material being excavated is rock or ot her unyielding material, it shall be removed
to a depth of 3 inches below grade and replaced with approved bedding material to
grade.
E. Excavation for manholes, structures and other appurtenances shall be sufficient to provide
clearances adequate for proper backfill and compacting on all sides.
F. All excavated material shall be placed in a manner that will not endanger the work or damage
existing structures.
6.07.10 Dewatering
A. All pipe trenches and excavation for structures and appurtenances shall be ke pt free of water
during pipe laying and other related work.
B. The method of dewatering shall provide for a dry foundation at the final grades of the
excavation.
C. Water shall be disposed of in accordance with current City of Lubbock Engineering Department
requirements and in a manner that does not inconvenience the public or result in a menace to
public health.
D. Pipe trenches shall contain enough backfill to prevent pipe flotation before dewatering is
discontinued.
E. Dewatering shall continue until such time as it is safe to allow the water to rise in the excavation.
6.07.11 Methods of Connection
A. Service and main line taps and connections shall comply with current City of Lubbock Utilities
Ordinance.
B. Service Taps
i. Service taps on newly constructed mains shall be installed by the utility contractor at the
time of pipe installation. ii. Service taps on existing, in-service mains shall be installed by
City personnel or a Citydesignated contractor.
C. Main Line Connections
i. Connections on existing mains shall comply with current TCEQ requirements.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
62 Section 6
ii. Connection to existing main shall be by a new manhole constructed on the existing main
or connection to an existing manhole.
iii. City Inspector must be present for any connection being installed on an existing main.
6.07.12 Pipe Installation
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials intended for the Work including the safe
and proper storage of such materials until incorporated into the work.
B. Gravity sanitary sewer pipe and other accessories shall be inspected, handled, laid and joined
in the manner herein specified.
i. Force mains shall be installed according to water pipe installation specifications and
current TCEQ requirements.
C. Pipe and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and periodically during the progress of
the work. Any material found to be defective may be rejected.
i. If rejected, the Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at their
expense.
D. Pipe and accessories shall be handled in accordance with manufacturer’s specifications.
i. Before lowering into the trench, the pipe and accessories shall be inspected for defects.
a. Any defective, damaged, or unsound pipe or other incidental materials shall not be
incorporated into the work.
ii. All pipe and accessories shall be carefully lowered into the trench piece by piece using
suitable tools or equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to the material.
iii. Under no circumstance shall pipe, accessories or tools be dropped directly into the
trench.
E. Pipe shall be laid to the alignment as established on the approved plans.
i. Pipe shall be laid from lowest point to highest point.
ii. Pipe shall be laid with spigots facing in the direction of flow. iii. Batter boards or laser
beam will be required to fine grade the trench.
iv. All foreign matter shall be removed from the inside of the pipe, bells, spigots, or parts of
the pipe used in forming the joint before the pipe is lowered into the trench;
a. Pipe shall be kept clean by approved means during and after laying.
b. At the times when pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of pipe shall be closed
by approved means.
v. Bell holes shall be dug at each joint of sufficient depth to allow the entire length of the
barrel of the pipe to rest on the bottom of the trench and to allow ample space for
properly jointing the pipe.
F. Pipe shall be laid so that the pipe label is facing up.
G. Pipe shall be jointed per manufacturer’s requirements.
i. Bell, spigot and gasket of pipe shall be wiped clean prior to joining.
ii. Cutting of pipe for inserting accessories or closure pieces shall be done in a neat
workmanlike manner without damage to the pipe or lining. iii. If the pipe is disturbed
from line and grade after being laid and jointed, the pipe shall be removed from trench,
the joints cleaned and the pipe re-laid.
iv. Jointing shall be completed for all pipe laid each day.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 63
v. No pipe shall be laid in conditions unsuitable for such work as determined by the City
Inspector.
vi. No trench water shall be permitted to enter the pipe.
H. The Engineering Department shall be notified at least 24 hours in advance of when pipe is to
be laid in any trench.
i. No pipes shall be covered or authorized for cover until they have been inspected by the
City's Inspector.
6.07.13 Marking Tape
A. Marking tape shall be installed in the same trench with all pipe during pipe installation.
i. Marking tape for sewer mains shall be 3-inch, green in color and clearly labeled “Caution:
Buried Sewer Line” for gravity mains or “Caution: Buried Sewer Force Main” for force
mains.
ii. Marking tape shall be installed directly above the centerline of the pipe a minimum of 24
inches above top of pipe.
iii. Depth of bury shall be 18 inches below top of trench.
6.07.14 Backfill around Pipe
A. Bedding
i. Bedding material shall be fine graded select sand or aggregate material conforming to
the Materials of Construction section of these Specifications and shall be a minimum of
2 inches thick.
B. Embedment
i. Embedment, including haunching under pipe and to a point 12 inches above the top of
the pipe shall be carefully placed and shall be graded embedment material conforming
to the Materials of Construction section of these Specifications.
C. Compaction
i. Bedding and embedment shall be compacted to in accordance with pipe manufacturer’s
specifications and approved mechanical means.
ii. Compaction shall be in maximum 6-inch compacted lifts.
D. Backfill
i. The remainder of the backfill shall conform to the current City of Lubbock Street
Ordinance and the City of Lubbock Utility Excavation Manual.
ii. In street or alley Right of Way or paved easements backfill shall be compacted to a
minimum of 95% modified Proctor Density.
iii. In unpaved easements the backfill shall be compacted to a minimum of 90% modified
Proctor Density. Top 12” of backfill shall be uncompacted. Top 2” of backfill shall be top
soil.
iv. A minimum of 12” flow fill cap under paving will be required with a minimum of 18”
under thoroughfare paving.
v. Flowable fill may be substituted for compacted backfill.
vi. Special situations such as state highway or railroad crossings may be subject to more
stringent requirements and shall be addressed on a case-by-case basis.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
64 Section 6
vii. Water jetting will not be allowed. viii. See plates UEM-01 to UEM-05 for backfill details.
E. Following the completion of the backfilling, the Contractor shall maintain the trench surfaces in
a satisfactory manner until final completion and acceptance of the work.
i. The maintenance may include blading from time to time as necessary, filling depressions
caused by settlement, sprinkling to settle dust, brooming or flushing at the request of
the City Engineer or designee and other work required to keep the streets and roads in
satisfactory condition for traffic.
ii. The Contractor shall maintain and be responsible for all paving cuts until such time as
permanent repairs are made.
6.07.15 Manhole Construction
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for all materials intended for the Work including the safe
and proper storage of such materials until incorporated into the work.
B. Manholes and other accessories shall be inspected, handled, and installed in the manner herein
specified.
C. Manhole components and accessories shall be inspected upon delivery and periodically during
the progress of the work. Any material found to be defective may be rejected.
i. If rejected, the Contractor shall remove and replace such defective material at their
expense.
D. Manhole Base
i. Field poured concrete bases shall be at least 12 inches thick and not less than 12 inches
greater diameter than the outside diameter of the manhol e riser section. ii. Concrete shall
be minimum 3,000 psi. iii. Concrete placement shall conform to ACI and good construction
practices.
iv. Concrete shall be consolidated and struck-off to a horizontal surface within the forms or
pouring rings.
v. Field poured concrete bases shall be reinforced. vi. Pre-cast reinforced concrete bases
shall be of the size and shape detailed on the Plans.
E. Manhole Inverts
i. Invert channels shall be smooth and semi-circular in shape conforming to the inside of
the adjacent sewer section.
ii. Changes in direction of flow shall be made with a smooth curve of as large radius as the
size of the manhole will permit.
iii. Changes in size and grade of the channels shall be made gradually and evenly.
iv. The invert channels may be formed directly in the concrete of the manhole base or may
be half-pipe laid in concrete.
v. The floor of the manhole outside the channel shall be smooth and shall slope toward the
channel not less than one inch per foot or more than two inches per foot.
F. Manhole Barrels
i. Manhole barrels shall be assembled of pre-cast riser sections. Riser sections shall be
placed vertically with tongues and grooves properly keyed.
ii. Free drop inside the manhole shall not exceed 24 inches measured from the invert of
the inlet pipe to the invert of the outlet pipe.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 65
a. Where the drop exceeds 24 inches, an approved drop manhole shall be required.
iii. All connections between the riser or base sections and the sewer pipe shall be joined in
such a manner as to make the manholes watertight.
a. Preformed rubber waterstop gaskets shall be cast into the riser or base section.
b. Approved preformed flexible plastic sealing compounds are also acceptable, provided
water tightness is achieved.
G. Top or Cone Sections
i. Cone shaped top sections shall be assembled on top of the manhole barrel with tongues
and grooves properly keyed.
ii. On shallow lines where standard cone sections will not conform to specified elevations,
flat top sections may be considered with prior approval of the City Engineer or designee.
H. Grade Rings
i. Grade rings shall be used for adjusting the top elevation.
a. Grade rings shall be set to the elevations shown on the Plans or established by the
City's Inspector.
b. Each manhole shall have a minimum of 6 inches of grade adjustment.
c. Total height of the grade rings shall not exceed 18-inches at any manhole.
d. Non-shrink grout shall be placed around and under the rings to provide a seal and
properly seat the rings at the required elevation.
I. Manhole Frame and Cover
i. Manhole frame and cover shall be set to the elevation shown on the plans.
ii. Non-shrink grout shall be placed around and under the frame to provide a seal and
properly seat the frame at the required elevation.
J. Inflow Prevention Device (IPD)
i. All newly installed manholes shall be equipped with an approved IPD to prevent
unwanted inflow into the sanitary sewer system. ii. IPDs shall be installed such that lifting
strap is to the North. iii. IPDs shall comply with the Approved Materials List.
K. Water Tightness
i. Finished manholes are expected to be as watertight as the pipe system they are
incorporated into. Infiltration or exfiltration shall not exceed the limits established in
these specifications.
ii. All connections between riser sections, bases and tops shall be sealed with an approved
preformed flexible plastic joint sealing compound.
iii. Application of primer and sealing compound shall be accomplished in conformance with
the manufacturer's recommendations. iv. Grade of materials, quantity of materials and
application temperatures shall conform to the manufacturer’s recommendations.
L. Protective Lining System
i. When required for rehabilitation of an existing manhole, construction of a new 60 -inch
diameter manhole or construction of a manhole serving an 18 -inch diameter or larger
pipe, an approved protective lining or coating system shall be installed per
manufacturer’s instructions. Protective lining and coating systems shall conform to the
Approved Materials List.
M. Backfilling Around Manholes
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
66 Section 6
i. Backfilling around manholes shall conform to the requirements as specified for backfilling
around pipe.
ii. Embedment material shall be placed up to a point equal to that required for the adjacent
pipe.
N. Following the completion of the backfilling, the Contractor shall maintain the excavated surfaces
in a satisfactory manner until final completion and acceptance of the work.
i. The maintenance may include blading from time to time as necessary, filling depressions
caused by settlement, sprinkling to settle dust, brooming or flushing at the request of
the City Engineer or designee and other work required to keep the streets and roads in
satisfactory condition for traffic.
ii. The Contractor shall maintain and be responsible for all paving cuts until such time as
permanent repairs are made.
6.07.16 Service Connections
A. Service connections on newly constructed mains shall be installed by the utility contractor at
the time of pipe installation.
B. Service connections on existing sewer mains shall be made by City of Lubbock Water Utility
forces.
C. Contractor shall place wyes and tees for service connections where required by the approved
construction plans on new sewer mains.
i. Wyes and tees shall be of like material as the sewer pipe.
ii. Service lateral lines shall be installed to 2 feet inside adjacent property line at a typical
depth of between 4 feet and 6 feet, or deeper when required.
iii. Watertight plugs shall be installed in each branch pipe or stub.
iv. Service locations shall be marked with a piece of two-inch by four-inch lumber extended
from the end of the pipe to above ground level with the above-ground portion painted
green.
6.08 Inspection, Testing, Approval and Acceptance of Gravity Flow Sanitary Sewer
Pipe and Manholes
6.08.01 Scope
A. The work covered by this section consists of the inspection, testi ng, approval and acceptance of
gravity flow sanitary sewers and manholes and other appurtenances normally installed as part
of this system. The work may include inspection, cleaning, leakage testing, deflection testing
and television inspection of the interior of the finished sewer system.
6.08.02 Quality Standards
A. The latest published revision of:
Standard Topic
ASTM C969 Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed
Sewer Lines
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 67
ASTM C828 Low Pressure Air Test of Sewer Lines
UNI B 6 Recommended Practice for Low Pressure Air Testing of
Installed Sewer Pipe
ASTM C1214 Standard Test Method for Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines by
Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Method
ASTM C1244 Standard Test Method for Concrete Sewer Manholes by the
Negative Air Pressure (Vacuum) Test Prior to Backfill
6.08.03 Materials
A. Water used for exfiltration tests shall be potable or as otherwise approved by the City Inspector.
B. Equipment for tests shall be of the type, quality and capacity to perform the operations required
and shall be furnished by the Contractor.
C. All labor and materials, including water, shall be furnished at the Contractor’s expense.
6.08.04 Inspection
A. City Inspector shall inspect and approve all work accomplished.
i. Testing shall be performed at the discretion of the City Inspector.
B. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to coordinate inspection and testing with the
Engineering Department.
6.08.05 Cleaning
A. Contractor shall remove all foreign matter from the interior of the system prior to testing any
section of sewer pipe.
i. Chunks of concrete, mortar or other debris including dirt, small gravel, and grit shall be
removed from the interior of the newly installed system.
ii. Flushing debris into the downstream system shall not be allowed.
B. Watertight plugs or other methods approved by the City Inspector shall be used to prevent dirt
or debris from entering the system.
C. After cleaning manholes, manhole cover shall be positioned to prevent dirt or debris fr om
entering the system. Other means of preventing intrusion of dirt or debris may be employed if
approved by the City Inspector.
6.08.06 Pipe Testing
A. Contractor shall have the option of conducting a hydrostatic exfiltration test or a low -pressure
air test. An infiltration test may also be required if the pipeline is continuously subjected to an
exterior hydrostatic head.
B. Contractor shall notify the City Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of any testing.
C. Testing shall be conducted by the Contractor at their own expense.
D. Testing shall be accomplished in the presence of the City Inspector or his authorized
representative.
E. Testing shall not commence on any portion of the pipeline until all field placed concrete in
contact with the pipe, fittings or appurtenances is adequately cured.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
68 Section 6
F. Exfiltration Test
i. The sewer line being tested may be filled with water for a period long enough to allow
water absorption in the pipe wall. The saturation period shall be a minimum of 4 hours
and not more than 72 hours.
ii. Each section of the pipeline shall be tested between successive manholes or other
structures. The lower end of the section shall be closed with a watertight device. The
inlet end of the section to be tested shall be filled with water to a point 4 fee t above the
pipe invert at the centerline of the upper manhole or structure.
a. If the ground water level is above the pipe invert, the water level in the upper manhole
shall be 4 feet above the adjacent ground water level. Ground water level shall be
determined by the Contractor, subject to approval by the City Inspector.
iii. Allowable exfiltration shall not exceed 10 gallons/inch diameter/mile of
pipe/24 hour period.
iv. For construction within the 25-year flood plain, the infiltration shall not
exceed 5 gallons/ inch diameter/mile of pipe/24 hour period at the same
minimum test head.
v. Leakage shall be measured by checking the drop in the water level in the upper manhole
or structure over a period of 4 hours. vi. Contractor shall repair obvious or concentrated
leaks and other repairs as necessary to reduce exfiltration leakage to an acceptable rate.
vii. Contractor shall repeat the 4 hour exfiltration test after repairs are made until an
acceptable leakage rate is attained.
viii. Repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense.
G. Low-Pressure Air Test
i. Low-pressure air test shall be conducted in accordance to the provisions of UNI -B-6,
"Recommended Practice for Low-Pressure Air Testing of Installed Sewer Pipe," published
by Uni-Bell Plastic Pipe Association.
ii. Low pressure air shall be slowly introduced into the sealed line until the
internal air pressure reaches 4.0 psig greater than the average backpressure
of the groundwater above the pipe.
iii. The air supply shall be throttled to maintain that internal pressu re for at least 2 minutes
to permit the temperature of the entering air to equalize with the temperature of the
pipe wall.
iv. When temperatures have been equalized and the pressure stabilized at 4.0 psig, the air
supply shall be shut off or disconnected.
v. Time shall be recorded for the pressure inside the pipe to drop 4.0 psig to 3.0
psig.
vi. Time shall not be less than that outlined in the following table:
Pipe Diameter
(inches)
Minimum Time
(seconds)
Max Length for
Min Time (feet)
Time for Longer
Length
(seconds/foot
6 340 398 0.855
8 454 298 1.520
10 567 239 2.374
12 680 199 3.419
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 69
15 850 159 5.342
18 1020 133 7.693
21 1190 114 10.471
vii. City Inspector shall witness and verify results of the test.
viii. The City Inspector may stop a test if no pressure drop loss has occurred during the thirst
25% of the calculated testing time. ix. Contractor shall repair obvious or concentrated
leaks and other repairs as necessary to reduce leakage to an acceptable rate.
x. Contractor shall repeat the low-pressure air test after repairs are made until an
acceptable pressure drop for the test is attained.
xi. Repairs required shall be at the Contractor's expense.
H. Infiltration Test
i. Infiltration tests are acceptable only if the pipeline is cont inuously subjected to an
external hydrostatic head (ground water level) of at least 2 feet above the top of the
pipe at the upstream manhole or structure.
ii. Infiltration test shall be made by sealing the inlet and outlet ends of this pipeline and
measuring the volume of water that infiltrates into the section being tested.
a. Flow measurement may be measured by collecting the discharge into a volumetric
measuring container, weir or other approved method. iii. The test shall be continued over a
period of at least 4 hours. Time shall be allowed to soak lines and manholes in advance of
performing test.
iv. Allowable infiltration shall not exceed 10 gallons/inch diameter/mile of
pipe/24 hour period.
v. For construction within the 25-year flood plain, the infiltration shall not
exceed 5 gallons/ inch diameter/mile of pipe/24 hour period at the same
minimum test head.
vi. Contractor shall repair obvious or concentrated leaks and other repairs as necessary to
reduce the infiltration to an acceptable rate. vii. Contractor shall repeat the 4 hour
infiltration test after repairs are made until an acceptable infiltration rate is attained.
viii. All repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense.
ix. Whenever the rate of infiltration is found to repeatedly exceed the p rescribed amount,
the Contractor shall be notified in writing. The Contractor may then be required to
provide, at their own expense, video inspection of the interior of the conduit. The
Contractor shall make appropriate repairs by methods approved by the C ity Engineer or
designee and shall continue to test the conduit until it is proven satisfactory.
6.08.07 Video Inspection
A. Where determined to be necessary, the new sewer pipe shall be inspected by video camera
prior to final acceptance.
i. Initial video inspection shall be at the Contractor’s own expense.
B. Video equipment expressly designed for pipeline inspection purposes and operated by
experienced and qualified personnel shall be pulled through the entire pipeline.
i. Video equipment operator shall maintain a log of all inspections and note location, type
and extent of any deficiencies.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
70 Section 6
ii. Video equipment operator shall also photograph all deficiencies and not less than one
"typical" location per each 500 feet of pipeline inspected.
C. Contractor shall bear all costs incurred in correcting deficiencies found during the video
inspection, including cost of additional video inspection required to verify correction of noted
deficiencies.
D. Video inspection conducted solely for the Contractor's benefit shall be a t the Contractor's own
expense.
6.08.08 Deflection Test
A. Deflection tests shall be conducted in the presence of the City Inspector after the pipe has been
installed and backfilled.
i. The deflection test shall be conducted by pulling a mandrel (go no -go device) through
the pipe.
ii. The mandrel shall be designed and sized for each size and type of pipe and shall be at
least 1.5 pipe diameters in length.
iii. The mandrel shall be constructed with an odd number of runners placed parallel to the
pipe centerline and equally spaced around the perimeter of the mandrel.
iv. Test mandrel shall be furnished by the Contractor and approved by the City Inspector.
v. Test equipment, calibration data and procedures shall be subject to the approval of the
City Inspector.
vi. Deflection test cannot be performed until 30 days after final backfill per Title 30 Texas
Administrative Code Chapter 217.57(b)(4).
B. Ring or diametric deflection of the installed pipe shall not exceed 5% of the design internal
diameter of the pipe. Pipe sections that restrict free passage of the mandrel shall be removed
and replaced or excavated, re-bedded, backfilled and retested.
C. All repairs, replacement, remedial work and retesting shall be performed by the Contractor at
their own expense.
D. Deflection test may be conducted concurrently with the video inspection of the pipe interior,
subject to approval by the City Inspector.
6.08.09 Manhole Testing
A. Manholes shall be tested for leakage separately and independently of the sanitary sewer lines
by vacuum testing, hydrostatic exfiltration testing or other methods approved by the City
Inspector. An infiltration test may also be required if the manhole is continuously subjected to
an exterior hydrostatic head.
B. Contractor shall notify the City Inspector a minimum of 24 hours in advance of any testing.
C. Testing shall be conducted by the Contractor at their own expense.
D. Testing shall be accomplished in the presence of the City Inspector or his authorized
representative.
E. Testing shall not commence on any portion of the pipeline until all field placed concrete in
contact with the pipe, fittings or appurtenances is adequately cured.
F. Vacuum Test
i. All inlet and outlet pipes in the manhole shall be plugged with an airtight device.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 71
ii. All lift holes and exterior joints shall be plugged with a non-shrink grout.
a. No grout shall be placed in horizontal joints prior to testing.
iii. The manhole opening shall be sealed by a method approved by the City Inspector. iv.
Vacuum test shall be in accordance with ASTM 1244-11.
v. The Contractor shall have the option to repeat the vacuum test one time after repairs vi.
If a vacuum test is failed twice, the manhole shall be repaired and an exfiltration test shall
be performed.
vii. All repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense.
G. Exfiltration Test
i. All inlet and outlet pipes in the manhole shall be plugged with a watertight device.
ii. The manhole being tested may be filled with water for a period long enough to allow
water absorption into the manhole. The saturation per iod shall be a minimum of 4 hours
and not more than 72 hours.
iii. Test shall be conducted with the manhole filled with water to the top of the cone section.
iv. Allowable leakage shall not exceed 0.025 gallon/foot diameter/foot of
manhole depth/hour over a 4 hour period.
v. The Contractor shall repeat the exfiltration test after repairs until an acceptable leakage
rate is attained.
vi. All repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense.
H. Infiltration Test
i. Infiltration tests are acceptable only if the connecting conduit is continuously subjected
to an external hydrostatic head (ground water level) at least 2 feet above the top of the
conduit. Ground water level shall be determined by the Contractor, subject to approval
by the City Inspector.
ii. All inlet and outlet pipes in the manhole shall be plugged with a watertight device. The
volume of water that infiltrates into the manhole during a 4 hour period shall be
measured in a manner determined by the City Inspector.
iii. The test shall be conducted after the manhole has been subjected to the maximum
ground water level for at least 4 hours to thoroughly saturate the manhole wall.
iv. The allowable infiltration shall not exceed 0.025 gallon/foot of diameter/foot
of manhole depth/hour during a 4 hour test.
v. The Contractor shall repeat the 4 hour infiltration test after repairs until an acceptable
leakage rate is attained.
vi. All repairs required shall be at the Contractor's own expense.
6.08.10 Approval
A. Final approval of sewer lines and manholes shall be based on an inspection covering all items
in this specification and other approved plans and material. The inspection shall be done in an
appropriate manner by representatives of the City Engineer or designee.
B. Contractor shall remedy any defects in workmanship or ma terials revealed by inspection at their
own expense.
C. Final approval will be based on re-inspection of the sewer after the appropriate repairs and
corrections are completed.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
72 Section 6
6.08.11 Acceptance
A. Flow of any kind into the existing sanitary sewer collection system shall not be allowed until the
new sewer lines and manholes has been satisfactorily completed and accepted for use by the
City Engineer or designee.
B. Portions of the work completed may be placed in operation after all cleaning, testing and
inspection requirements have been fulfilled. Such partial use or partial acceptance shall be
subject to approval of the City Engineer or designee.
6.09 Lift Station
6.09.01 Lift station design must conform to the most recent TCEQ design criteria.
6.09.02 Site Layout
A. Lift station site location shall be approved by the City Engineer or designee.
B. Site shall be chosen to provide the least negative impact to surrounding existing and future
development.
C. The station site shall be located so it may serve as much of the entire sewer drainage basin as
possible. This may require that the station be located off-site of the development.
D. The station site shall be protected from the 100 -year flood plain and shall be accessible during
the 25-year storm event.
E. Lift station site and associated access road shall be located in a dedicated right -of-way or
permanent easement.
i. Access road shall be a minimum 12-foot wide all-weather surface.
ii. Additional staging and parking area shall be provided. iii. Station grounds shall
be minimum 5-inch thick, aggregate road base material.
F. Lift station site shall be fully enclosed by intruder-resistant fence and include a 14-foot vehicle
gate and 3-foot man gate. Vehicle gate shall be situated such that pumps and equipment are
accessible by service vehicles.
G. Lift station shall have bypass capability.
H. Lift station shall have lightning protection for all electronic components.
I. Lift station site shall be illuminated by a security light system.
J. Lift station shall be fitted with SCADA antennae.
6.09.03 Dry Well
A. Dry well shall have separate, dedicated entrance with ladder.
B. The dry well or valve vault shall have an approved, lockable, 26 -inch x 36-inch pedestrianrated
aluminum hatch.
C. Provisions shall be made for water removal from the dry well.
D. Dry well shall be adequately vented with a minimum of two 4-inch vent pipes with one having
an active ventilation blower.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 73
6.09.04 Wet Well
A. Wet wells must be enclosed by water-tight and gas-tight walls.
B. Interior walls of wet wells shall be lined with a lining system per the Approved Materials List.
C. Wet well shall have a maintenance hatch for servicing pumps and a separate, dedicated
entrance.
i. Dedicated entrance shall have an approved, lockable, 26-inch x 36-inch pedestrianrated
aluminum safety hatch.
ii. Maintenance hatch shall be an approved, double -door, lockable, 48-inch x 72-inch
pedestrian-rated aluminum hatch or as required to adequately maintain the wet well
pumps and components.
D. A gravity sewer pipe discharging to a wet well must be located so that the invert elevation is
above the level of the system’s “on” setting.
E. All piping within wet well shall be PVC with flanged fittings.
F. All interior components shall be stainless steel including nuts, bolts, other fasteners and all ba se
plates.
G. Each pump shall be fitted with minimum 25 feet of stainless steel lifting chain.
H. Each pump shall be fitted with dual-rail stainless steel guide bar and upper guide bar brackets.
I. Wet well shall have a sloped bottom toward the pump intake to avoid solids deposition.
J. Wet well shall be adequately vented with a minimum of two 4 -inch vent pipes with one having
an active ventilation blower.
K. Piping associated with lift stations shall be approved gravity or pressure rated sewer pipe.
6.10 Restoration and Clean Up
6.10.01 The Contractor shall restore or replace all removed or damaged paving, curbing, sidewalks,
gutters, sod, shrubbery, fences, irrigation systems, pipe, or other structures or surfaces to a
condition equal to that before the work began and to the satisfaction of the City Engineer or
designee.
6.10.02 All streets, alleys, driveways, sidewalks, curbs or other surfaces broken, cut or damaged by
the Contractor shall be reconstructed as required by the current City of Lubbock Street
Ordinance.
6.10.03 Irrigation systems affected by construction shall be properly repaired by a licensed irrigator,
with materials equal to the existing system and in compliance with current applicable codes.
6.10.04 All rubbish, excess excavated materials, unused materials and other non-native materials shall
be removed from the jobsite and legally disposed.
6.10.05 The right-of-way shall be left in a state of order and cleanliness as determined by the City
Engineer or designee.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
74 Section 6
6.11 Warranty and Acceptance
6.11.01 Within 30 calendar days after the Developer or Developers Engineer has given written notice
that the improvements have been substantially completed, the City shall inspect the
completed improvements and provide a punch list if necessary.
A. If it is mutually determined that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with
the engineering plans and the City of Lubbock Engineering Minimum Design Standards and
Specifications, the Developers Engineer shall submit Record Drawings, Certificate of Completion
and Developers Warranty Statement (Copies of the Certificate of Completion and the Developers
Warranty Statement are included in the City of Lubbock Engineering Minimum Design Standards
and Specifications)
B. Upon receipt of the Developers Certificate of Completion, Record Drawings and the Developers
Warranty Statement, the City will accept improvements within 30 calendar days; unless
exception is given in writing.
C. Neither the Final Payment nor the Certificate of Completion shall relieve th e Developer or
Contractor of responsibility related to warranty of materials or workmanship.
D. The Developer shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship that appear
within 1 year from the date of acceptance by the City of Lubbock.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Sewer Specifications
Section 6 75
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
76 Section 7
SECTION 7
APPROVED MATERIALS AND MANUFACTURERS LIST
7.01 Introduction
7.01.01 This section lists specific products and manufacturers that have been approved for use within
the City of Lubbock water and sanitary sewer system.
7.01.02 This listing is intended to be used as a reference source for Water Utilities employees, design
engineers, developers, contractors and vendors.
7.01.03 Materials produced by manufacturers not listed herein are not acceptable for use within the
City's system.
7.01.04 Manufacturers interested in submitting products for evaluation and possible approval should
submit a written request in accordance with the procedures listed below.
7.02 Product Submittal Procedures
7.02.01 Written requests should be sent to the attention of “City Engineer, City of Lubbock, PO Box
2000, Lubbock, Texas 79401”.
7.02.02 Written requests shall include the following:
A. A complete Application for New Product(s) (See Appen dix A-1)
B. Four (4) copies of the following documents:
i. A list of all applicable standards regarding the product and certification (AWWA, ANSI,
ASTM, etc.) ii. Adequate shop drawings and design information (brochures and other
product information)
iii. Location of the manufacturer's plant iv. Location of the nearest
local distribution point and retail outlet
v. A list of any special tools, fittings or methods of construction
required for installation and/or maintenance
vi. Spare parts and service availability information vii. A 5-year
history of the product documenting its performance viii.
Warranties ix. Product sample (where appropriate)
x. User references, with contact person and telephone numbers (Specifically in the State of
Texas)
xi. Life cycle costs (where appropriate)
xii. A statement of why the approval of the product would be beneficial to City of Lubbock
C. Applicant shall send a formal review meeting request to the City Engineer or
designee.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
Section 7 77
D. All submissions shall be made at least 30 days prior to the meeting at which review is requested.
7.03 Evaluation Process
7.03.01 Product evaluation will be conducted by the City Engineer or designee or their designee.
A. Review shall include:
i. Conformance with the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. ii.
Comments made by contractors, engineers, developers, suppliers, etc.
iii. Any other matters regarding the design, construction and implementation of the proposed
product into the City of Lubbock water and sanitary sewer syst em.
B. Applicant may be requested to make a brief presentation regarding the product. Representatives
shall be knowledgeable on product use, locations, design and reference checks. The
representative shall also have the authority to approve a trial run in Ci ty of Lubbock.
7.04 Approval Process
7.04.01 The decision of the City Engineer or designee is final.
7.04.02 For each product that has been submitted, one of the following recommendations will be
made:
A. Approval for Use
i. This approves a product for use throughout the City’s service area.
ii. The City Engineer or designee may withdraw the Approval for Use status for violation of
the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications.
iii. All use of the product will be in conformance with the manufacturer's specifications and
good engineering practices.
B. Conditional Approval for Use
i. This approves a product for use throughout the City's service area; however, the product
will be reviewed periodically to ensure that no unforeseen installation or maintenance
problems have risen and that quality assurance/quality control meet City Standards.
ii. After a suitable period of field observation, this approval may be upgraded to Approval
for Use status. The frequency of review and the length of field observation period will be
determined by the City Engineer or designee.
iii. If, during the field observation period, problems with installation, operation or
maintenance of the product are observed, the City Engineer or designee may downgrade
the status of the product to Disapproved for Use.
iv. The City Engineer or designee may withdraw the Conditional Approval for Use status for
violation of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications.
v. All use of the product will be in conformance with the manufacturer's specifications and
good engineering practices.
C. Limited Approval for Use
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
78 Section 7
i. This approves a product for use only in certain sites or projects within the City's service
area. The City Engineer or designee will determine where the product can be used.
ii. The product will be reviewed periodically to ensure that no unforeseen installation,
operation or maintenance problems have arisen.
iii. After a suitable period of field observation, this approval may be upgraded to
Conditional Approval for Use or Approval for Use status. The frequency of review and
the length of the field observation period will be determined by the City Engineer or
designee.
iv. If, during the field observation period, problems with the installation, operation or
maintenance of the product are observed, the City Engineer or designee may downgrade
the status of the product to Disapproved for Use.
v. The City Engineer or designee may withdraw the Limited Approval for Use status for
violation of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications.
vi. All use of the product will be in conformance with manufacturer's specifications and good
engineering practices.
D. Disapproved for Use
i. The product may not be used anywhere within the City's service area.
ii. If a product has been given a Disapproved for Use status by the City Engineer or
designee, the product may not be resubmitted for review unless significant changes have
been made to the product.
iii. The City Engineer or designee will not reconsider a product Disapproved for Use until at
least twelve (12) months have passed from the date of disapproval.
E. Insufficient Information
i. Not enough information was provided to evaluate the product.
ii. Upon receipt of requested additional information, the City Engineer or designee will
reevaluate the product.
iii. If, upon reevaluation, it is determined that not enough information was provided a
Disapproved for Use status will be given.
7.04.03 Design Changes of Approved Products
A. After the approval of a product, the manufacturer or their repre sentative shall inform the City
Engineer or designee, in writing, of any modifications in design or material. Such changes may
require further evaluation and approval.
7.04.04 Withdrawal of Approval
A. The City Engineer or designee may withdraw any approval as a result of a design change, field
observation, testing, product failure, or other factors that, in the opinion City Engineer or
designee, warrant such withdrawal.
7.05 Water System
7.05.01 Water Pipe
A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) 4-inch to 24-inch
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
Section 7 79
i. AWWA C900 or C905; Minimum DR-18 ii.
Manufacturers:
a. CertainTeed
(1) Certa-Lok
b. Diamond Plastics
c. JM Eagle
(1) Blue Brute
(2) Big Blue
(3) Eagle Loc 900
d. North American Pipe
e. Northern Pipe Products
f. Pipelife Jetstream
g. VinylPlex, Inc.
h. Royal Building Products
B. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
i. AWWA C906, PE 4710, Minimum DR11, Pressure Class 200 ii.
Manufacturers
a. Chevron
b. JM Eagle
c. Plexco
C. Cement-lined Ductile Iron (DIP) - Push-On or Mechanical Joint
i. AWWA C151 Minimum Thickness Class 50 ii.
Manufacturers
a. American Cast Iron Pipe
b. Griffin Pipe Products
c. McWane Pipe
d. U.S. Pipe and Foundry
D. Concrete Cylinder Pipe
i. AWWA C301, Pre-stressed Concrete Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe ii.
AWWA C303, Concrete Bar-wrapped Steel Cylinder Pressure Pipe iii.
Manufacturers:
a. Forterra
7.05.02 Fittings: (Bends, Crosses, Tees and Offset Glands)
A. Ductile Iron;
Compact B. AWWA
C110 and C-153
C. Manufacturers:
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
80 Section 7
i. American Cast Iron Pipe ii.
Griffin Pipe Products
iii. McWane Pipe iv.
Sigma Corporation
v. Star Pipe Products, Inc. vi. Tyler
Pipe and Foundry Utilities vii. U.S.
Pipe and Foundry
7.05.03 Couplings (Transition or Straight), Non-Restrained
A. Low-alloy or stainless steel bolts and nuts; outside finish: heat fused nylon coating or fusion
bonded epoxy coating; standard length body.
B. Manufacturers
i. Dresser ii. Ford
iii. JCM Industries
iv. Romac
v. Smith-Blair
7.05.04 Resilient Wedge Gate Valves, 4-inch through 12-inch
A. Ductile Iron Body; Outside finish: heat fused nylon coating or fusion bonded epoxy coating.
B. AWWA C509 and C515
C. Manufacturers
i. American AVK ii.
Clow iii. Darling iv.
EJIW
v. Mueller vi. M & H
Model 4067 vii. United
7.05.05 Butterfly Valves – 16-inch and Greater, with gearing if required by manufacturer
A. Ductile Iron Body; Outside finish: heat fused nylon coating or fusion bonded epoxy coating.
B. AWWA C504
C. Manufacturers
i. DeZurik ii.
Mueller iii. M
& H
7.05.06 Fire Hydrants
A. AWWA C502
B. 5-1/4-inch valve opening; 2-1/2-inch hose nozzles; 4-inch steamer nozzle
C. Factory painted orange
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
Section 7 81
D. Manufacturers
i. American Darling Model B-84-B ii.
East Jordan Iron Works
iii. Clow Medallion iv.
Mueller Centurion
v. M & H Style 129-09
7.05.07 Fire Hydrant Raised Pavement Marker
A. Manufacturer
i. Stimsonite Model 80
7.05.08 Service Saddles
A. Epoxy coated ductile iron body; Double band with SS bands and bolts
B. AWWA C800
C. 1-inch
i. Female AWWA Taper threads
(CC or CS) ii. Manufacturers
a. Ford
b. JCM Industries
c. Mueller
d. Romac Industries, Inc.
e. Smith-Blair
f. PowerSeal Pipeline Products
D. 2-inch
i. Female iron pipe threads ii.
Manufacturers
a. Ford
b. JCM Industries
c. Mueller
d. Romac Industries, Inc.
e. Smith-Blair
f. PowerSeal Pipeline Products
7.05.09 Corporation Stops
A. Full Port Ball Valve
B. AWWA C800
C. 1-inch
i. Male AWWA Taper threads (CC or CS) by flared copper or
compression ii. Manufacturers
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
82 Section 7
a. A. Y. McDonald
b. Ford
c. Mueller
D. 2-inch
i. Male iron pipe threads by flared copper or compression ii.
Manufacturers
a. A. Y. McDonald
b. Ford
c. Mueller
7.05.10 Service Tubing
A. Copper Tubing
i. ASTM B88
ii. Flared copper fittings iii. 1-inch
a. Type K - Soft
iv. 2-inch
a. Type K - Hard
B. Polyethylene Tubing (PET and PEXa); 1-inch only
i. ASTM D2737 - Copper Tube Size (CTS), 200 PSI Minimum, Black or Blue ii.
Slip Fittings
a. Ford - Ultratite
b. Mueller - Instatite
iii. Manufacturers
a. Endot – Endopure PE 4710
b. NuMex PE 4710
c. Rehau – Municipex PEXa
d. Silverline – Sil-O-Flex PE 3408 or 4710
e. Ultraline – Driscoplex 5100 Series PE 4710
7.05.11 Curb Stops
A. Full Port Ball Valve
B. 360 degree rotation
C. AWWA C800
D. Curb stops shall include meter swivel nut (meter spud) connection on outlet side such that
meter nut can be replaced without removing valve from operation.
E. Reductions for smaller meter sizes shall be accomplished by use of appropriately sized iron pipe
threaded brass bushing on outlet side of curb stop.
F. 1-inch and 2-inch
i. Flared copper or compression by female iron pipe threads with meter swivel nut.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
Section 7 83
ii. Manufacturers
a. A. Y. McDonald
b. Ford
c. Mueller
7.05.12 Compression Fittings
A. Compression fittings shall be quick joint type.
B. Manufacturers
i. Mueller Insta-Tite Connection ii.
Ford Ultra-Tite Connection
7.05.13 Tapping Sleeves
A. Stainless Steel Sleeves with Stainless Steel or Carbon Steel Flange
B. Epoxy coated with stainless steel bolts and nuts
C. Manufacturers
i. Ford FAST ii. JCM
Industries #469 iii.
Smith Blair #662 iv.
ROMAC #SST
v. PowerSeal Pipeline Products
7.05.14 Resilient Seat Wedge Tapping Valves
A. AWWA C509
B. Manufacturers:
i. American
ii. Clow iii.
EJIW iv.
Mueller v. M
& H
vi. U. S. Pipe
7.05.15 Water Meter Boxes and Vaults
A. Manufacturers
i. Hi-Density Polyethylene Plastic Box
a. Carson Industries Model 2200
ii. Heavy Duty HS-20 Rated
a. EJIW
b. Old Castle
7.05.16 Double Check, Double Detector Check and Reduced Pressure Principle Devices
A. American Society of Sanitary Engineering Seal Approval
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
84 Section 7
B. Call City of Lubbock backflow coordinator at (806) 775-2589 for specific applications.
C. Manufacturers
i. Ames ii.
Febco iii.
Watts iv.
Wilkins
7.05.17 Backflow Preventer Box
A. Polyester or Aluminum Enclosure, Heated and Insulated ASSE 1060
B. Manufacturers
i. EZ Box Model HEZ ii.
Hot Box iii. Safe-T-
Cover
7.05.18 Air Release Valves
A. Manufacturers
i. APCO ii.
ARI iii.
Crespin
7.05.19 Flushing Hydrants
A. Manufacturers
i. Kupferle
7.05.20 Sampling Stations
A. Manufacturers
i. Kupferle
7.05.21 Valve boxes
A. Cast-Iron slip type
B. Manufacturers
i. EJIW ii.
Sigma iii.
Star Pipe
7.05.22 Pipe Restraints
A. ASTM F1674
B. Manufacturers
i. EBAA
Iron,
Inc.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
Section 7 85
ii. Ford
iii.
Roma
c iv.
Sigma
v. Smith-Blair vi. Star Pipe
Products, Inc.
vii. Tyler Union viii.
AccuCast
7.05.23 Casing Spacers
A. Manufacturers
i. Advance Products ii.
BMW iii. Cascade iv.
CCI Pipeline v.
Culpico vi. PSI
7.05.24 Precast Concrete Vaults, HS-20 Rated
A. Manufacturers
i. Hanson Pipe and Products
ii. Vaughn Concrete Products
7.05.25 Waterline Marker
i. Manufacturers
a. Blackburn
b. Carsonite International
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Section 7 86
Approved Materials List
7.06 Sanitary Sewer System
7.06.01 Gravity Sewer Pipe
A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pipe
i. 6-inch thru 15-inch: ASTM D3034, Minimum Class SDR 35
ii. 18-inch thru 48-inch: ASTM F679, Minimum Class PS-46
iii. Fittings ASTM D1784
iv. Gaskets ASTM F477
v. Manufacturers
a. Certainteed Corporation
b. Diamond Plastics
c. GPK (Fittings Only)
d. Harco (Fittings Only)
e. JM Eagle
f. Multi Fittings (Fittings Only)
g. National Pipe and Plastics Ever-Green Sewer Pipe
h. North American Pipe ASTM D3034
i. Plastic Trend (Fittings Only)
j. VINYL Plex (Fittings Only)
k. Royal Building Products
B. PVC Corrugated Sewer Pipe with Smooth Interior
i. ASTM F949, ASTM F794
ii. Manufacturer
a. Diamond Plastics
C. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
i. ASTM F714 ii.
Manufacturers
a. Chevron
b. JM Eagle
c. Plexco
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
Section 7 87
D. Ductile Iron (DIP)
i. AWWA C151 Minimum Thickness Class 50 with Sewer Gas Resistant Interior Lining
ii. Manufacturers
a. American Ductile Iron Pipe
b. Griffin Pipe Corporation
c. McWane
d. U.S. Pipe and Foundry Company
E. Steel Reinforced Polymer Concrete
i. ASTM D6783 ii.
Manufacturers
a. U. S. Composite Pipe
F. Polypropylene Corrugated Dual Wall and Triple Wall
i. 12-inch thru 30-inch: ASTM F2736
ii. 30-inch thru 60-inch: ASTM F2764 iii.
Manufacturer
a. ADS Sanitite HP
7.06.02 Pressure Sewer Pipe
A. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
i. AWWA C900 Minimum Class DR25
a. Manufacturers
(1) Diamond Plastics
(2) JM Eagle
(3) North American Pipe ii. SDR26 Class 160
a. Manufacturers
(1) Diamond Plastics
(2) JM Eagle
(3) North American Pipe
B. Ductile Iron (DIP)
i. Minimum Thickness Class 50 with Sewer Gas Resistant Interior Lining ii.
Manufacturers
a. American Ductile Iron Pipe
b. Griffin Pipe Corporation
c. U. S. Pipe and Foundry Company
C. High Density Polyethylene (HDPE)
i. AWWA: C906, Minimum Pressure Class 160 ii. Manufacturers
a. Chevron
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
88 Section 7
b. JM Eagle
c. Plexco
7.06.03 Manholes
A. Precast Concrete Manholes
i. ASTM C478 ii.
Manufacturers
a. Hanson Building Products
b. South Plains Concrete Products
c. The Turner Company
d. Vaughn Concrete Products
B. Glass-Fiber-Reinforced Polyester Manholes, Wetwells and Manhole Liners
i. ASTM D3753 ii.
Manufacturer
a. LF Manufacturing
b. Containment Solutions
C. Composite Manholes
i. Amarok
ii. US Composite
Pipe
7.06.04 Manhole Frames and Covers
A. ASTM A48, Class 35B, AASHTO M-306
B. Standard Solid Cover
i. Manufacturers
a. East Jordan Iron Works
C. Watertight Frame and Cover
i. Manufacturers
a. East Jordan Iron Works
b. Rexus
7.06.05 Manhole Coatings/Protective Lining System
A. Manufacturers
i. A-Lok - Dura Plate 100 PVC Liner ii.
Raven 405 iii. Tnemec – Series 436
PermaShield
7.06.06 Gaskets and Flexible Manhole Connections
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
Section 7 89
A. Flexible cast-in-place seal or flexible boots installed with hydraulic pressure after manhole
manufacture. Manhole openings shall be made by hole-formers inserted during manufacture.
B. Manufacturers
i. Press-Seal Gasket Corp.
ii. A-Lok iii. International
Precast Supply iv. NPC
7.06.07 Internal Chimney Seals
A. ASTM C923
B. Manufacturers
i. Cretex ii.
NPC
7.06.08 Manhole Joint Seals
A. Sealant per ASTM C990
B. O-ring gaskets meeting ASTM C443 and ASTM C1628.
7.06.09 Manhole Joint Wrap (in addition to O-ring specified above)
A. Manufacturers
i. Ram Nek ii.
ConSeal CS 102
7.06.10 Manhole Joint Sealers
A. Butyl Mastic
B. Manufacturers
i. Ram Nek
7.06.11 ConSeal CS 102Inflow Prevention Device
A. Non-Corrodible with self cleaning gas relief and vacuum relief valves
B. Manufacturers
i. L.F. Manufacturing Inc. - Rain Guard ii. No Flow-In
Flow iii. The Man Pan iv. Southwestern Packing a nd
Seals, Inc. - Rainstopper
7.06.12 Polyethylene Slope Adjusting Ring
A. ASTM D1248
B. Manufacturers
i. Ladtech
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
90 Section 7
7.06.13 Saddles
A. Manufacturer
i. NDS
7.06.14 Cleanout Cover
A. Manufacturer
i. East Jordan Iron Works
7.06.15 Valves – Must Be Approved for Use in Wastewater Application
A. Plug, Full Port
i. Manufacturers
a. DeZurik
B. Resilient Seat Gate
i. AWWA C509
ii. Manufacturers
a. American Flow Control
b. Clow
c. M & H
d. Mueller
e. U.S. Pipe
C. Swing Check
i. Manufacturer
a. Golden Anderson
b. M & H
c. Val-Matic
7.06.16 Backwater Valve for Manhole Vent
A. Manufacturer
i. Josam
7.06.17 Lateral Backwater Valve
A. Diaphram Operated Stainless Steel Knife Valve ASME Al 12.14.1
B. Manufacturer
i. John Stephens ii.
Plastic Trends iii.
Smith Floodgate
7.06.18 Sewage Combination Air/Vacuum Valve
A. Manufacturers
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
Section 7 91
i. APCO/Willamette ii. ARI iii.
Golden Anderson Industries
7.06.19 Sanitary Sewer Marker
A. Manufacturers
i. Blackburn ii. Carsonite
International
7.06.20 Wastewater Pumps
A. Manufacturer
i. Flygt N-Pump
7.07 Water and Sanitary Sewer Systems
7.07.01 Modular Wall Seal
A. EPDM with stainless steel nuts and bolts
B. Manufacturer
i. Thunderline ii.
Pipe Seal iii.
Link Seal
7.07.02 Vault Doors
A. Type K heavy duty aluminum double leaf door, H-20 rated
B. Manufacturers
i. Bilco ii. Halliday iii.
USF Fabrication, Inc.
7.07.03 Tracer Wire
A. 12-gauge
B. Manufacturers
i. Copperhead ii.
Southwire
7.07.04 Marking Tape
A. 3-inch width, Sewer – green, Water - blue
B. Manufacturers
i. Presco Prodcuts
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
92 Section 7
ii. Terra Tape
7.08 Street Construction
7.08.01 Detectable warning surface for handicap ramps
A. Manufactures
i. StronGo Industries – Tek Way Dome Tiles
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Approved Materials List
Section 7 93
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 94
SECTION 8
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS FOR STREETS AND DRAINAGE
CONSTRUCTION
8.01 General
8.01.01 The construction and materials for any City of Lubbock Engineering paving or drainage
improvements project shall conform to the following specifications and associated standard
details.
A. Any construction or materials failing to meet the requirements of these specifications or the
standard details shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s own expense.
B. No consideration will be given to requests for reduced payments for construction or materials
not in conformance with these specifications and the plan sheets.
8.01.02 The term Engineer used in these specifications shall refer to the City of Lubbock City Engineer
or an individual designated by the City Engineer to administer these specifications and
associated plans.
8.01.03 The Engineer may require certificates from manufacturers certifying that materials or
equipment to be incorporated into the work meet these specifications. A. Material Safety Data Sheets
(MSDS) shall be required on all materials.
B. All materials or equipment shall be subject to approval by the Engineer before being
incorporated into any project.
C. After approval, the source and/or character of materials shall not be changed without written
authorization by the Engineer.
8.01.04 Streets to be constructed in a location where the traffic is expected to consist of an
unusual number of trucks or other heavy vehicles shall have an approved pavement structure
design specific to that loading condition.
8.01.05 All construction covered by these specifications shall be in compliance with the City of Lubbock
Code of Ordinances, Chapter 30 Lakes and Water Ways, Chapter 36 Streets, Sidewalks, and
Other Public Ways, Chapter 38 Subdivisions, and other chapters as applicable.
8.01.06 Any references to these specifications, ASTM, AASHTO, TxDOT, or other designated tests,
procedures, quality standards, or requirements which are included in these specifications or
any associated plans shall be the latest edition and revision thereof.
A. When information indicated on the plan sheets is in conflict with these specifications, the more
stringent requirement shall govern, unless the City Engineer or designee gives written approval
for a specific variance.
8.01.07 Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan (SWP3)
A. Prior to disturbance of construction area, Contractor shall coordinate with the City of Lubbock
Engineering Department to develop a site-specific Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 95
B. SWP3 measures shall conform to the integrated Stormwater Management (iSWM) criteria
developed by the North Central Texas Council of Governments.
C. SWP3 measures shall be installed prior to construction and shall be maintained throughout the
construction until final stabilization.
8.02 Design Standards
8.02.01 The following design standards shall apply to all paving and drainage improvements associated
with construction of new subdivisions.
A. If unusual site conditions necessitate design criteria different from these requirements, changes
will be permitted only if specifically approved by the City Engineer.
8.02.02 Street Crown Elevations
A. All street paving shall incorporate a centerline crown at the following listed elevation unless
otherwise indicated on plans, or as directed by the Engineer:
Pavement Width
(Face of Curb to Face of Curb)
Finished Paving Surface
Above Gutter
32 feet 0.52 feet
36 feet 0.58 feet
42 feet 0.67 feet
46 feet 0.73 feet
66 feet 1.03 feet
88 feet 1.18 feet
i. The widths listed above refer to the total proposed future full width of street.
ii. Where there is a difference in elevation between top of opposite street curbs, the crown
elevation shall be adjusted such that the cross slopes are 2.0 percent minimum and 4.0
percent maximum.
8.02.03 Minimum Grades
A. All street paving shall comply with the following minimum slopes unless otherwise approved by
the City Engineer:
Location Finished Grade Slope (%)
Linear Curb and Gutter 0.20
Curb and Gutter in Cul-De-Sacs 0.30
Concrete Dips, Valley Gutters and Fillets 0.35
Concrete Alley Paving 0.20
Concrete Drainage Channel 0.20
Fall Around Curb Radii 0.80
B. Asphalt dips shall not be used in the place of concrete dips or valley gutters.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
96 Section 9
8.02.04 Vertical Alignment Requirements
A. Vertical curves are required if the change in grade is greater than the following maximums:
Street Classification Maximum change in grade
(%)
Residential 2
Collector 1
Thoroughfare 0.5
B. Vertical curves are to be a minimum of 100’ long and shall be designed for a speed of 5 M PH
greater than the posted speed limit.
C. The minimum gutter slope in a sag vertical curve shall be 0.2%, while a crest vertical curve has
no minimum.
8.03 Testing and Inspection
8.03.01 All work shall be inspected and tested by a representative design ated by the City Engineer,
who shall have the authority to halt construction when, in their opinion, construction is being
performed contrary to these specifications or associated plans.
A. Whenever any portion of these specifications or associated plans is violated, the Engineer may
order the portion of construction that is in violation to cease until such violation is corrected.
8.03.02 Contractor shall cooperate with the Engineer in providing for sampling and testing
procedures.
A. The contractor shall provide at least a 2 hour notification to the City Inspection Staff prior to
requesting any inspection services.
B. In the event the City tests indicate out of specification materials, additional tests may be
provided by the contractor at their own expense.
C. Conflicting tests provided by the contractor will not automatically be considered as compliance
with City specifications, but will be considered only as additional information to be used by the
Engineer to determine the compliance of the material or construction in question.
8.03.03 The testing and inspection provided by the City is intended only to verify that materials and
construction comply with plans and specifications. The City's testing and inspection efforts
are not intended to replace the contractor's responsibility to comply with the specifications.
A. With respect to new material sources, or where the City lab has determined materials or
construction do not comply with these specifications, the City will not re -test until the contractor
has provided their own testing to demonstrate the materials and construction are in compliance
with the plans and specifications.
8.03.04 Upon completion of construction, the Contractor will apply sufficient water to all paving
improvements within the project to ensure all surfaces meet drainage requirements and are
in compliance with these specifications.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 97
8.04 Notification of Property Owners
8.04.01 The contractor shall be responsible for maintaining positive communication with adjacent
property owners.
8.04.02 The contractor shall provide two days notice to all affected property owners with respect to
pending construction, and restriction of access or driveway locations.
8.05 Protection of Utilities and Irrigation Systems
8.05.01 The plans show only approximate locations of utilities as obtained from various utility
companies.
A. It is not implied that all utilities or their accurate locations are shown on the plans.
8.05.02 It is the contractor’s responsibility to become familiar with all utilities and locations.
A. The contractor shall comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations with respect to utility
notification and protection, including Underground Facility Damage Prevention Notification
Centers.
B. The contractor shall call DIG TESS (1-800-344-8377) and provide sufficient time for all utilities
to be identified prior to construction.
8.05.03 On all projects the contractor shall exercise care not to damage any sanitary sewer pipe,
manholes, storm sewers, water lines, valves and boxes, c ommunication cables, power
cables, gas lines, nor any other pipe or utility. The contractor will be responsible during the
construction period for damages to any utilities.
8.05.04 Irrigation systems affected by construction shall be properly repaired by a licensed irrigator,
with materials equal to the existing system, and in compliance with current applicable codes.
The repairs shall be pressure tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer prior to being covered.
8.06 Water for Construction
8.06.01 Water is available from fire hydrants for construction purposes.
A. To use City water for construction the contractor shall acquire a water meter for use on a City
fire hydrant and will be charged the applicable rate for the quantity of water used.
B. The contractor shall contact Lubbock Power and Light Customer Service Department to establish
a utility account. The contractor must pay a deposit for each fire hydrant meter and will be
responsible for all charges associated with that account.
C. Once an account is established and the deposit is paid, the contractor may pick up a meter from
the City Water Department at 600 Municipal Drive.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
98 Section 9
8.06.02 Fire hydrants shall be operated only by use of an approved fire hydrant wrench. No pipe
wrenches, or other unapproved devices, shall be used to open and close a fire hydrant.
8.06.03 For top loading trucks or containers the contractor shall provide a back flow prevention
assembly on the discharge side of the meter.
A. The backflow prevention assembly shall be in the form of two spring loaded ball check valves.
B. When filling the truck or container there shall be an air gap of at least two times the opening
diameter of the truck or container.
8.06.04 For bottom loading trucks the contractor shall provide a Reduced Pressure Zone (RPZ) type
backflow prevention assembly.
A. All RPZ type back flow prevention assemblies must be tested and the test results approved by
the City prior to use.
B. The test results shall be sent to the City of Lubbock Public Works Department, Meter and
Customer Service Supervisor for approval.
8.06.05 In accordance with City of Lubbock Ordinance No. 10208 “Pertaining to Backflow Prevention”,
City representatives are authorized to suspend water use from a fire hydrant by a contractor
until the proper and correct backflow prevention devices are installed.
8.07 Concrete
8.07.01 These specifications shall govern Portland cement concrete used for curb and gutter, valley
gutters and fillets, alley paving, sidewalks, street paving, curb ramps, medians, and drainage
improvements.
A. The concrete shall be produced at a Ready-Mix Concrete Batch Plant conforming to ASTM C94.
B. The concrete shall be transported to the project location in approved Revolving Drum Agitator
Trucks, and shall be placed within one hour of mixing time. The concrete shall be continuously
mixed during transit.
C. Concrete shall have a temperature of less than 90 degrees at time of placement. Concrete above
this temperature will be rejected and shall be removed from the job site.
D. No more than eight cubic yards of concrete shall be loaded in a Revolving Drum Agitator Truck
and transported to the job site. Loads in excess of eight cubic yards will be rejected and shall
be removed from the job site.
E. Admixture for increasing and or decreasing air shall be a temporary solution while the batch
plant makes adjustments. A maximum of three loads may be treated per plant per day.
F. No patching of any nature shall be allowed in repairing any damage to concrete improvements.
Where damage occurs, the section shall be removed to the nearest joints and shall be replaced
with new construction. Small cracks with no evidence of displacement may be repaired with
epoxy, only where approved by the Engineer.
G. All concrete shall have 5 percent, minus 1.5 percent to plus 3 percent, air entrainment in
conformance with ASTM C260.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 99
H. When delivered to the jobsite, each truck shall provide the load ticket indicating weights of all
concrete ingredients, including cement, aggregates, water, and admixtures.
8.07.02 Classification
A. The following City of Lubbock classes of concrete shall be used:
Class Typical Uses
A Curb and gutter, sidewalks, curb ramps, drainage channels, medians,
inlet boxes, headwalls, junction boxes, driveways, and retaining walls.
B Valley gutters and fillets, alley returns, and alley paving.
C Concrete street pavement.
D Utility encasements
E Fast setting concrete pavement such as “Fast Track” Concrete
Pavement or, other special design.
8.07.03 Thickness of Concrete Pavement
A. The following City of Lubbock minimum concrete pavement thickness shall be used:
Street Classification Minimum Concrete Pavement Thickness
Residential (R-1/R-1A/R-2) 6”
Collector (C-1/Industrial) 7”
Thoroughfare 8”
B. Concrete alley paving shall have a minimum thickness of 7 -1/2 inches at edge and 5 inches at
flow line.
i. No tolerance on minimum thickness will be allowed.
ii. No additional compensation will be made to the contractor for thickness greater than
specified.
C. All other proposed concrete pavement thickness and steel requirements not meeting the COL
minimum design standards and specifications shall be approved in writing by the City Engineer.
8.07.04 Drainage Easements
A. All drainage easements shall have, at a minimum, a 10-foot wide concrete flow line to be
constructed with the street and alley paving improvements.
B. Drainage easements shall not be used as alleys or garbage collection.
8.07.05 Mix Design
A. Thirty (30) days prior to beginning any concrete construction the contractor sh all submit an
engineer’s recommended concrete mix design. The following shall be included in the submittal:
i. Test certificates from an approved commercial testing laboratory on all proposed
aggregate.
(1) Certificates shall indicate material source, grada tion, and loss from 5 cycle
Magnesium Sulfate test not to exceed 25 percent.
ii. Mix design based on water-cement ratio.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
100 Section 9
iii. Results of compression tests in conformance with ASTM C 39 and/or flexural tests in
conformance with ASTM C78, made by an approved commercial testing laboratory.
(1) Tests shall be made on 6 cylinders and/or 6 beams at curing times appropriate to
the class of concrete.
B. The Engineer will approve or reject the mix design and materials based on these submittals.
C. Mix design approval shall be subject to additional testing during construction.
D. Mix designs for various classes of concrete shall conform to the following:
Class Min. Sacks Cement
per cubic yard Water/Cement Ratio Max. Slump
(Inches)
A 5.0 0.40 – 0.60 5
B 5.5 0.40 – 0.60 5
C 6.0 0.35 – 0.45 3
D 4.5 0.40 – 0.60 5
E As required for specific cure time and strength.
i. New mix designs shall be submitted annually, or when material properties or sources
change.
8.07.06 Strength Requirements
A. The various classes of concrete shall conform to the following minimum strengths in pounds per
square inch (psi) as determined by the average of two test cylinders or beams:
Class Min. Compressive Strength Min. Flexural Strength
3 Day 7 Day 28 Day 28 Day
A - 2100 3000 -
B 2500 3000 - -
C - 2500 3600 600
D - - 2500 -
E 3000 psi at 24 hours
B. When cores are subsequently used to prove compressive strength where test cylinders indicate
failures, the cores shall be tested in accordance with ACI C42. In such cases, the required
compressive strength shall be increased by 10 percent.
8.07.07 Cement
A. Cement shall be Type I, Type II, or Type I -II cements, conforming to ASTM C150 “Standard
Specification for Portland Cement”.
B. The contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to any changes of the cement supplier or source
during construction. The Engineer may require a new mix design if changes of supplier or
source occur.
8.07.08 Aggregate
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 101
A. Concrete aggregate shall consist of natural, wa shed and screened sand, and washed and
screened gravel or clean crushed stone conforming to ASTM C33.
B. All aggregate shall be free of injurious amounts of clay, soft or flaky materials, loam, organic
impurities, or other deleterious materials.
C. Fine aggregate shall be graded from fine to coarse and shall conform to ASTM C136.
i. The gradation for fine aggregate shall meet the following requirements:
Fine Aggregate Cumulative Percent Passing (by
weight)
3/8” Sieve 100
No. 4 Sieve 95-100
No. 8 Sieve 80-100
No. 16 Sieve 50-85
No. 30 Sieve 25-65
No. 50 Sieve 10-35
No. 100 Sieve 0-10
No. 200 Sieve 0-3
D. Coarse aggregates shall be well graded from coarse to fine with a maximum size of 1-1/2 inches,
and shall conform to ASTM C136.
i. The gradation for coarse aggregate shall meet the following requirements:
Coarse Aggregate Cumulative Percent Passing (by
weight)
1-3/4” Sieve 100
1-1/2” Sieve 95-100
3/4” Sieve 60-90
1/2" Sieve 25-60
No. 4 Sieve 0-5
E. Coarse aggregate for Class C or E concrete shall be crushed limestone . Crushed gravel will be
allowed if on the TxDOT Quarterly Monitoring Program, or if specifically approved by the
engineer.
F. Aggregate shall comply with the following limits:
Material Property Max. Allowable Limit
Deleterious Material 2.0%
Decantation 1.5%
Flakiness Index 17
Magnesium Sulfate Soundness 25%
G. Stockpiles shall be protected from dusty conditions by drift fences or other methods approved
by the Engineer.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
102 Section 9
i. Stockpiling methods used shall not allow aggregate to roll down the slope as it is
added to existing stockpiles.
ii. Stockpiles shall be built in layers of uniform thickness. iii. Equipment shall not be
permitted to operate over the same lift repeatedly.
8.07.09 Flowable Fill
A. Flowable fill shall consist of a concrete mixture of pea gravel and sand with a cement content
of 1-1/2 sacks (120 lbs) per cubic yard.
B. Flowable fill may be used for backfill in all utility ditches within the right of way, and other areas
as specified.
C. Flowable fill used for repair of utility ditches in existing paved streets shall be placed from the
top of the utility line to the bottom of the paving surface. Use of concrete in place of flowable
fill is not acceptable, and if used in place of flowable fill shall be removed by the contractor at
their expense.
8.07.10 Water
A. Water shall be clean, clear, free from oil, acid or organic matter and free from injurious amounts
of alkali, salts, or other chemicals and shall conform to AASHTO T26.
8.07.11 Admixtures
A. Admixtures may be applied to the concrete mix design when approved by the Engineer to
achieve any desired special properties. Chemical admixtures shall conform to ASTM C494.
Chemical admixtures shall not be used as a substitute for Cement.
B. Mineral admixtures such as Class C Ash and Natural Pozzolans in conformance with ASTM C618
may be used with Types I, II, and III Portland Cement.
C. When fly ash is permitted to be used, “cement” in relation to mix design shall be defined as
“cement plus fly ash“.
i. Fly ash may constitute a maximum of 30 percent by weight of the cement.
D. Admixture for increasing and or decreasing air shall be a temporary solution while the batch
plant makes adjustments. A maximum of three loads may be treated per plant per day.
8.07.12 Reinforcing Material
A. All concrete shall incorporate reinforcement as follows:
i. Curb and gutter - horizontal paving steel shall extend to within 2” of back of curb. When
poured monolithically with adjacent concrete pavement. ii. Residential (R-1/R-1A/R-2)
and Collector (C-1/Industrial) Street Pavement – Refer to Plate No. 38-7 through Plate
No. 38-11 for more information.
iii. Valley Gutters and Fillets – A minimum of #4 deformed bars 12 inches on center both
ways.
iv. Drainage Channel – A minimum of #5 deformed steel bars 12 inches on center both
ways or design approved in writing by the City Engineer.
v. Alley Paving - No. 6 deformed steel bars on both edges as indicated on detail sheets and
either #4 deformed bars 12 inches on center both w ays or 6-inch x 6-inch - 6 gauge
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 103
welded wire fabric . vi. Alley Returns - #4 deformed steel bars 12 inch on centers both
ways or 6-inch x 6-inch - 6 gauge welded wire fabric.
vii. Sidewalk, Driveways (other than commercial), and Wheelchair Ramps - Fiber
reinforcement, or as required by the City of Lubbock Building Official, or design approved
in writing by the City Engineer.
viii. Commercial driveways, including pedestrian crossing area – #3 deformed steel bars
through the gutter section as indicated on the detail s heets and either #4 deformed
bards 12 inches on center both ways or 6 -inch x 6-inch – 6 gauge welded wire fabric.
B. Steel
i. All steel reinforcing materials shall be securely held in proper position with devices
appropriate to the type of reinforcement used, subject to approval by the Engineer.
ii. Wire mesh shall conform to ASTM A185, and shall be 6-inch x 6-inch - 6 gauge welded
wire fabric as specified.
iii. Reinforcing bars shall be grade 60 (60 KSI), open-hearth, basic oxygen or electric furnace
new billet steel manufactured in accordance with ASTM A615 and ASTM A305.
a. Steel reinforcing materials shall be stored off the ground in a manner as to be protected
from accumulations of grease, mud, other foreign matter and rust producing materials.
b. When incorporated into construction, steel reinforcement shall be free from rust, scale,
oil, mud, and structural defects.
iv. Dowels for slip joints shall be smooth plain round bars free from burrs, rough surfaces,
and deformations. Caps, sleeves, or wrapping shall be as indicated on plan sheets.
v. Chairs shall be used to support the reinforcing steel in the correct position while concrete
is being placed. Chairs shall be made of plastic (preferred) or steel, and shall be of
adequate size to positively hold the reinforcing materials in position.
C. Fiber
a. Fiber reinforcement shall be either 100 percent virgin polypropylene, collated,
fibrillated fibers specifically manufactured for use as concrete reinforcement,
containing no reprocessed olefin materials, or steel fibers.
b. The manufacturer shall provide calculations for equivalent amounts of fiber to replace
steel reinforcement, with a minimum of 1.5 pounds per cubic yard. The amount of
fiber used may be less than the equivalent steel for residential streets if approved by
the City Engineer or designee. When submitting less fiber than the equivalent steel,
the design must be stamped by a licensed engineer.
c. Fiber calculations must be done in accordance with ACI standards.
d. The physical characteristics on the fiber shall be as follows:
Physical Characteristic Value
Specific Gravity 0.91
Tensile Strength 70,000 psi to 110,000 psi
Length 3/4 inch
8.07.13 Joints
A. Curb and gutter (Class A concrete) shall be constructed with an expansion joint at the tangent
point of each return at intersections and at intervals not more than 40 feet between the
intersections.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
104 Section 9
i. Construction joints formed by removable metal templates accurately shaped to the cross -
section of the curb and gutter shall be located at the midpoint of each s ection between
expansion joints, or as directed by the Engineer.
ii. Tooled contraction joints cut at least one quarter the concrete depth shall be placed at
10 foot intervals.
B. Alley paving (Class B concrete) shall be constructed with an expansion joint at e ach cold joint
and at a maximum spacing of 130 feet.
i. Alley returns shall be poured monolithically with curb radii and fillets with joints as
indicated in Standard Detail 36-7.
ii. Tooled contraction joints, cut 1/2 inch wide 2 inch deep, shall be placed as s hown on
Standard Detail 36-11.
iii. Alley paving contraction joints shall be sealed with an elastomeric sealer. iv. Expansion
joints shall include bituminous pre-molded expansion joint board.
C. Street Paving (Class C or E concrete) shall be constructed with contraction and expansion joints
as indicated on plan and detail sheets.
i. Unless otherwise specified, the joints shall be sawed 1/2 inch wide and to depth equal to
1/4 of the pavement thickness plus one half inch. ii. Joints shall be saw cut within 12 hours
of placement of the concrete paving. iii. Joints shall be sealed with an elastomeric sealer.
iv. Joints shall be cleaned thoroughly with high pressure air prior to installation of any sealing
materials.
D. Valley gutters and fillets shall be constructed with tooled construction joints.
i. Joints shall be sealed with an elastomeric sealer.
ii. Joints shall be cleaned thoroughly with high pressure air prior to installation of any
sealing materials.
E. Joint Sealing Materials
i. Bituminous pre-molded expansion joint board material shall conform to ASTM D1751 and
shall be placed as indicated on plan sheets or in these specifications.
a. Expansion joint material shall be placed full depth of the concrete slab.
ii. Elastomeric sealant for contraction joints shall be, or shall be equivalent to, W.R.Meadows
“SOF-SEAL”, W.R. Meadows #158 cold applied, or “GARDOX” as required by plan sheets.
a. Hot poured sealant for joints between Portland cement concrete and Bituminous
concrete shall conform to ASTM D3405.
b. Hot poured joint sealant for all other joints in Portland cement concrete pavement shall
conform to ASTM D3406.
c. Cold poured joint sealant shall conform to ASTM C920.
iii. Elastomeric joint sealant shall be mixed and applied in accordance with the manufactur er’s
recommendations.
a. Prior to application, joints shall be cleaned by sandblasting and otherwise prepared so
that the sealant adheres to the surfaces to form an effective seal against moisture and
solid particles.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 105
b. The sealant shall be a soft, highly flexible, rubber like material after curing which shall
not track, flow, crack, or break when exposed to hot and cold temperature extremes
typical of local conditions.
iv. Backer rod used with elastomeric sealant shall be 25 percent greater in diameter t han the
joint width. It shall be made of polyethylene foam or other material as recommended
by the sealant manufacturer.
a. Compression of the backer rod material shall be approximately 25 percent shrinkage
at 8 psi applied stress.
b. The material shall not melt, shrink, evaporate, or absorb water, and shall be compatible
with the application of the sealant to be used.
8.07.14 Curing Compounds
A. All fresh concrete surfaces shall be completely painted with a liquid membrane forming curing
compound at a rate of one gallon per every 180 square feet. Its application shall conform to
DMS - 4650 and TxDOT Item "Concrete Structures - Curing Materials”.
i. Fresh concrete is defined as less than 10 minutes after finishing
B. No other methods of moisture retention on fresh concrete shall be used unless specifically
approved by the Engineer.
8.07.15 Forms
A. Forms for curb and gutter, paving, and flatwork may be of wood or metal, of a section
satisfactory to the Engineer, straight, free of warp, and of a depth equa l to the depth of the
concrete section formed.
B. Forms shall be constructed accurately to the line and grade as established in the field, shall be
adequately braced so that they will not move during the placing of the concrete, and shall
remain in place at least 12 hours after placing of the concrete.
C. Forms shall be treated with a light oil or release agent before each use, and forms which are to
be re-used shall be cleaned immediately after each use and maintained in good condition.
D. Curb forms shall be such that the face of the curb can be formed by use of a face form held in
place by steel templates.
E. Forms used for curb radii shall meet all of the above specifications, except that face forms on
curb radii may be omitted if a true section and an accurate flow line can be obtained by other
methods approved by the Engineer.
F. In no case will concrete placement be started without the approval of the Engineer.
G. No forms shall be placed until the subgrade is within one inch of its finished grade.
H. Forms for paving slabs may be used as a guide for screeding.
I. Where longitudinal construction joints are required, the form shall be so constructed as to
provide an approved load transfer mechanism in the face.
8.07.16 Placing and Finishing Concrete
A. Placing of concrete shall not start before sunrise, and shall stop one hour before sunset.
i. Concrete shall be placed as close to its proper location as practical.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
106 Section 9
ii. Sufficient concrete shall be placed to allow for shrinkage and extra material for finishing.
iii. The concrete shall be floated and troweled to the approximate section.
iv. When water is needed for finishing purposes it must be dispensed by a pressurized
canister with a misting nozzle.
B. Removal of face forms and finishing of curb and gutter shall be started o nly after a partial set
occurs.
i. Only construction approved forms, templates, and tools shall be used to form the cross -
sections indicated on plan or detail sheets.
C. Concrete shall not be placed when the ambient temperature and the surface temperature i s
below 40 degrees F or if sustained winds are 25 mph or higher as determined by the Texas
Tech University Mesonet sites in Lubbock. If the sustained winds exceed the 25 miles per hour
all placement operations will cease immediately.
i. The contractor shall have available sufficient covering material, approved by the
Engineer, to immediately protect concrete should the air temperature fall below 33
degrees F. This protection and forms shall remain in place as long as the temperature
continues below 32 degrees, to a maximum of 5 days.
ii. No salt or other chemical admixtures shall be added to the concrete to prevent freezing.
D. All concrete placed for pavement shall be consolidated by use of mechanical vibrators approved
by the Engineer and designed to vibrate the concrete internally.
i. Vibrators shall be operated in a manner not to interfere with joints, and shall not come
in contact with forms.
ii. Vibrators shall not be used to move concrete within the forms.
E. The surface of concrete street paving shall incorporate a tined finish perpendicular to the travel
direction.
F. All other concrete surfaces shall be completed with a light broom finish.
G. When forms are used for concrete paving the forms must stay in place for a minimum of 12
hours.
H. No equipment shall be placed on concrete until it has reached 75 percent of the specified 28
day compressive strength.
I. Finished concrete surfaces shall not have irregularities in excess of 1/8 inch when tested with a
10 foot straightedge using the TxDOT Item 585 Surface Test Type A.
J. Prior to acceptance, the Contractor shall apply sufficient water to all gutters and paving to
determine locations of ponding.
i. Ponded areas deeper than 1/8 inch shall be removed and replaced, or rectified as directed
by the Engineer.
K. Where the surface of T-1 or T-2 thoroughfare paving is noticeably uneven, the City may require
measurement of the ride quality using the TxDOT Surface Test Type B.
i. If the International Roughness Index (IRI) is determined to exceed 65 inches per mile
corrective action shall be performed by diamond grinding, or other methods acceptable
to the Engineer.
ii. If the IRI exceeds 95 inches per mile the pavement shall be removed and replaced.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 107
L. Any concrete construction damaged by equipment, tools, vandals, or other influences sh all be
replaced at the contractor’s own expense.
8.07.17 Tolerance in Elevation and Grade
A. Curb and gutter or other concrete surfaces shall be constructed to the elevations and grades as
indicated on plan sheets. Deviation from elevations indicated on plans resulting in a longitudinal
slope of less than 0.15%, will be considered to be deficient, and shall be removed and replaced
at the correct elevations as indicated on the plans, unless curb and gutter surfaces drain with
flood testing and approved in writing by the City Engineer or designated staff.
8.07.18 Concrete Alley Paving Cuts
A. Refer to Standard Detail 37-2.
B. Transverse Cuts
i. Minimum width between transverse joints shall be 4 feet.
ii. No more than 2 transverse joints shall be added between existing 13 foot tooled joints.
iii. Transverse joints shall be doweled 6 inches into existing pavement with #5 dowel bars
at 3 foot spacing. When installed at expansion joints, slip dowels shall be used.
C. Longitudinal Cuts
i. Longitudinal cuts along the edge of existing alley pavement shall be a minimum width of
3 feet.
ii. Maximum width of longitudinal cuts shall be 4 feet.
iii. Longitudinal cuts wider than 4 feet, regardless of location, shall replace the full width of
existing alley paving. iv. Longitudinal joints shall be doweled 6 inches into existing
pavement with #5 dowel bars at 3 foot spacing.
D. Potholing for Locating Existing Utilities
i. Pavement cuts for potholing purposes shall be circular cored holes or clean square
cutouts.
a. Cored holes in asphalt pavement shall be filled with cold-mix asphalt to match the
depth of existing pavement.
b. Cored holes in concrete pavement shall be filled with concrete to match the depth of
existing pavement.
c. Cutouts shall be repaired as specified in Plate No. 37-3.
8.08 Subgrade and Base
8.08.01 Subgrade
A. Subgrade material for concrete or asphalt construction shall consist of suitable native soil or off-
site soil, free from vegetation or other objectionable matter.
B. All unstable or objectionable material shall be removed from the subgrade and replaced with
approved material.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
108 Section 9
C. Subgrade material shall be suitable for forming a stable embankment and shall meet the
following requirements:
Material Property Wet
(ASTM 4318 – 05.10.1
Dry
(ASTM 4318 – 05.10.2
Liquid Limit Max 45 Max 45
Plasticity Index Min 5; Max 20 Min 10; Max 25
Linear Shrinkage Min 2; Max 10 Min 2; Max 10
D. Subgrade Construction
i. All testing of subgrade will be completed prior to any placement of curb and gutter.
Subgrade will be processed the entire width of the roadway including under the curb and
gutter section.
ii. Subgrade shall be prepared in conformance with the lines and grades shown on the
plans, or as directed by the Engineer, by scarifying and compacting to a minimum of 95
percent of Modified Proctor Density at optimum moisture content, plus or minus 2
percent.
iii. Subgrade shall be constructed in maximum of 6 inch lifts, and each 6 inch lift tested for
moisture and density.
iv. Subgrade thickness shall be a minimum of 12 inches for all streets, regardless
of street width or classification.
v. The compaction method for subgrade shall provide for each lift to be compacted to the
specified density using appropriate equipment.
a. After each section of subgrade is complete, moisture/density testing will be performed
by the City of Lubbock inspection staff.
b. At any time the City Engineer may require proof rolling on streets or alleys with a 25
ton pneumatic roller, to test the uniformity of compaction.
c. Rollers will be completely loaded with water or wet sand to ensure they meet the
manufacturer's weight requirements.
vi. All utility ditches shall be determined to be stable prior to construction of subgrade over
such utility ditch.
vii. Any fill placed within existing or proposed street right-of-way in execution of an approved
cut and fill plan shall be in compliance with these specifications for materials and
construction.
a. Cut and fill operations shall comply with Chapter 38 of the City of Lubbock Code of
Ordinances.
viii. Subgrade which has become wet, or otherwise altered, after completion may be subject
to retesting and reprocessing as determined by the Engineer.
ix. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley gutters
are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface, and so that the
compacted subgrade thickness will not be less than specified above.
a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one -half of the lip-to-lip
roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard
Detail 36-11.
E. Rejected Subgrade Material
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 109
i. Rejected subgrade material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site,
shall be dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain the re until
all construction is completed.
a. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the
construction, all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be
removed.
b. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction.
8.08.02 Flexible Base (Caliche)
A. Material for flexible base shall consist of crushed caliche, limestone, and calcareous clay particles
produced from oversize quarried aggregate, sized by crushing and produced from a naturally
occurring single source.
i. All base material sources are subject to approval by the Engineer.
ii. If material characteristics within an approved source change, the material shall be
subject to retesting and re-approval prior to continued use.
iii. The Contractor shall not change material sources without approval by the Engineer.
B. Crushed concrete may be blended with quarried material only to the extent necessary to
produce material in compliance with these specifications, to a maximum of 20 percent crushed
concrete by weight.
i. Crushed concrete shall be produced from parent material consisting of structural strength
concrete, such as City of Lubbock Class A, B, and C.
ii. Lower strength materials, such as flowable fill, are not acceptable.
iii. Crushed concrete shall be free of reinforcing steel and any objectionable material, and
have a maximum of 1.5 percent deleterious material when tested in accordance with
Tex-413-A.
iv. When crushed concrete is used, the final product shall be entirely in compliance with the
specifications for single source material.
C. Recycled Asphalt Pavement (RAP) will not be approved for use in flexible base.
D. Prior to construction the contractor shall build stockpiles of sufficient quantity of base material
as required to complete the entire project or subdivision.
i. Each stockpile shall be dedicated, and identified as to the project or subdivision it is for.
ii. After a stockpile is completed the contractor shall not add material to that stockpile.
iii. The contractor's methods, plant, and equipment are subject to appro val by the Engineer,
and shall be appropriate and in suitable condition to produce stockpiles in compliance
with these specifications.
E. Material Tests
i. Flexible base material shall conform to the following requirements:
a. Sieve Analysis
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate Cumulative Percent Passing(by
weight)
1-3/4” Sieve 100
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
110 Section 9
7/8” Sieve 65-90
3/8” Sieve 50-70
No. 4 Sieve 45-55
No. 40 Sieve 15-30
b. Atterberg Limits
(1) Material passing the No. 40 Sieve shall be known as “Soil Binder” and shall meet
the following requirements:
Material Property Value
Liquid Limit Max 35
Plasticity Index Min 3; Max 15
c. Wet Ball Mill
(1) When tested in accordance with Tex-116-E (Wet Ball Mill) the base material shall
have a value not to exceed 45.
(2) The percent of material passing the #40 sieve shall not increase by more than 20
during the test.
F. Flexible Base Construction
i. Areas behind curbs shall be backfilled and leveled with approved topsoil prior to placing
base material.
ii. Approved flexible base material shall be hauled in vehicles of uniform capacity and
dumped evenly along the project length for processing and compaction.
iii. Flexible base thickness shall be a minimum of 6 inches. iv. Processing shall be
accomplished in lifts of 6 inches compacted thickness.
v. Each course shall be wetted and rolled with a pneumatic roller as required to produce a
uniform compaction to a minimum of 95 percent of Modified Proctor Density with a
moisture content of 2 percent above to 2 percent below optimum
a. Densities will be taken by City of Lubbock inspection staff
b. At any time the Engineer may require proof rolling with a 25 ton pneumatic roller to
ensure uniform compaction of base.
c. Processing for compaction of caliche base with a sheep's foot type roller will not be
permitted.
vi. The base shall be allowed to cure a minimum of 3 days, or until determined by the
Engineer to be adequately cured, before placing prime or surface course.
a. During the cure time the base shall be maintained by blading or other method s until
the wearing surface is placed.
b. Windrow caliche shall not be removed until the base has passed finish inspection.
c. Base which becomes wet, or otherwise altered, may be subject to retesting and
reprocessing as determined by the Engineer.
vii. The compacted flexible base shall be finished and shaped immediately preceding the
application of the surface treatment
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 111
a. All loose or unconsolidated material shall be removed and the surface moistened and
rolled with a steel wheel roller.
b. All irregularities, depressions, or weak spots which develop shall be corrected by
scarifying, adding or removing material as required, reshaping, and recompacting, or
other methods approved by the Engineer.
viii. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley gutters
are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface and so that the
compacted base thickness will not be less than 6 inches, or thickness otherwise specified
by the engineer.
a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip-to-lip
roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard
Detail 36-11.
ix. Any deviation in the surface of the finished base in excess of 3/8 inch from the
established grade or true cross-section, using a 10 foot long straight edge, shall be
corrected as provided above.
x. The compaction method for flexible base shall provide for each lift to be compacted to
the specified density using appropriate equipment.
xi. After each section of flexbase is complete, moisture/density testing will be performed by
the City of Lubbock inspection staff.
a. All irregularities, depressions, weak or soft spots which develop shall be corrected
immediately by the contractor.
G. Rejected Flexible Base Material
i. Rejected material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site, shall be
dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there until all
construction is completed.
ii. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the construction,
all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be removed.
iii. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction.
8.08.03 Asphalt Stabilized Base (ASB)
A. Asphalt stabilized base shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt
cement mixed hot in a mixing plant in accordance with these specifications.
i. Caliche is not an acceptable aggregate for ASB.
B. The contractor’s plant and equipment are subject to appr oval by the Engineer, and shall be
appropriate and in suitable condition to produce the base material consistently in compliance
with these specifications.
C. In place compaction control is required for all ASB.
i. Locations of Cores, when required, will be determined by City of Lubbock personnel and
marked
ii. The ASB will be cored by the City inspection staff to determine composition, compaction,
thickness, and density.
iii. The contractor shall replace the pavement removed from core holes at no cost to the
City.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
112 Section 9
iv. ASB found to be deficient in composition, compaction, thickness, or density shall be
corrected at the contractor’s expense as directed by the Engineer.
D. ASB Mix Design
i. The contractor shall submit an ASB mix design less than one year old, prepared by a
qualified lab, in compliance with these specifications using approved materials indicating
gradation and optimum asphalt content.
ii. The aggregate mixture shall conform to the following master gradation:
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate Cumulative Percent Passing
(by weight)
Passing 1” Sieve 98-100
Passing 3/4” Sieve 84-98
Passing 3/8” Sieve 60-80
Passing No. 4 Sieve 40-60
Passing No. 8 Sieve 29-34
Passing No. 30 Sieve 13-28
Passing No. 50 Sieve 6-20
Passing No. 200 Sieve 2-7
a. Design produced Minimum VMA 13.0 percent
b. Plant produced Minimum VMA 12.0 percent
iii. Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as “soil binder” and shall meet the
following requirements:
Material Property Value
Liquid Limit Max 45
Plasticity Index Max 15
Linear Shrinkage Max 5
iv. The mineral aggregate shall not contain more than 0.5 percent moisture prior to entering
the pug mill for mixing with asphalt.
v. The mix design shall have optimum asphalt content determined in accordance with Tex-
204-F, with a target lab molded density of 96.5 percent.
vi. Asphalt content of the Job Mix Formula shall not vary during construction from the design
by more than 0.3 percent.
vii. Asphalt for the mixture shall be a Performance Grade (PG) 64-28, or better. viii. New mix
designs must be submitted annually, or when material properties change. ix. A
maximum of 20 percent approved rap material can be added to ASB.
E. ASB Placement
i. The ASB material shall be placed on the approved prepared surface using an approved
lay down machine.
ii. ASB thickness shall be a minimum of 9 inches, or as required by the Engineer.
iii. Asphalt Stabilized Base shall be placed and compacted in 3 inch lifts to form the specified
thickness of compacted base, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 113
a. Prior to placing ASB, the subgrade shall be prepared as previously specified.
iv. The cross-section shall be constructed to form the specified crown on the ASB surface
at the centerline of the street, or as indicated on the plans.
v. ASB shall not be placed when the air temperature, as reported by the Texas Tech
University Mesonet sites in Lubbock, less than 50 degrees F ambient or 60 degrees
surface temperature.
vi. ASB shall be placed at a temperature between 265 and 325 degrees F.
vii. Any ASB material that is above or below the specified temperature range, measured
while passing through the lay down machine, shall be rejected by the Engineer.
viii. The material shall be placed in such a manner that when properly compacted the finished
course is smooth, of uniform density, and in conformance with the crosssections and
grades shown on the associated plans.
ix. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley gutters
are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface and so that the
compacted base thickness is not less than 9 inches.
a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one -half of the lip-to-lip
roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard
Detail 36-11.
F. ASB Compaction
i. ASB shall be compacted thoroughly and uniformly with approved rollers to a density
between 93 percent and 98 percent of the maximum theoretical gravity, with a lab
molded target of 96.5 percent using the Texas Gyratory compaction method.
a. All results will be calculated using the maximum theoretical Rice gravity.
ii. Compaction less than 93 percent or greater than 98 percent will be considered deficient.
All deficient pavement shall be removed and replaced as determined by the Engineer at
the contractor's expense.
iii. ASB shall meet all compaction requirements at the time of inspection. Re -rolling is not
an approved method for achieving compaction requirements.
iv. Contractor shall set rolling patterns using a thin lift nuclear gauge in order to en sure
maximum compaction.
v. All roller marks shall be removed and compaction completed prior to the ASB mixture
cooling below 185 degrees F.
G. Rejected ASB Material
i. Rejected ASB material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site,
shall be dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there until
all construction is completed.
ii. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the construction,
all in place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be removed.
iii. No payment will be made for rejected material or construction.
8.09 Hot Mix Asphalt Concrete Surface (HMAC)
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
114 Section 9
8.09.01 Hot mix asphalt concrete surface shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate
(coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, mineral filler) and asphalt cement mixed hot in a mixing
plant in accordance with these specifications.
8.09.02 The contractor's methods, plant, and equipment are subject to approval by the Engineer, and
shall be appropriate and in suitable condition to produce the HMAC surface material
consistently in compliance with these specifications.
8.09.03 Strip paving is a substandard, temporary improvement and does not satisfy the paving
requirements of the platting process. Strip paving may be used only in special circumstances
and must be approved by the City Council. If strip paving is used, the developer is still
responsible for providing for the required permanent curb and gutter and paving.
A. Unless otherwise specified, the materials and constr uction shall conform to TxDOT Item 340 -
Dense-Graded-Hot-Mix Asphalt (Method).
B. Approval of the source and character of the materials shall be obtained from the Engineer prior
to use.
i. The combined mineral aggregate, after final processing by the mixi ng plant and prior to
addition of asphalt and mineral filler, shall have a sand equivalent value of not less than 45
when tested in accordance with Test Method Tex-203-F. ii. The percent of flat and elongated
slivers of stone for any aggregate shall not exceed 25 percent when tested in accordance
with Test Method Tex-224-F.
iii. Asphaltic mixtures with aggregates which exhibit stripping characteristics shall be
conditioned with either minimum 1 percent lime in accordance with DMS -6350, or liquid
anti-stripping agent approved by the Engineer.
a. Anti-stripping agents shall meet requirements of TXDOT Item 301 - Asphalt Antistripping
Agents, and shall be added at the manufacturer’s recommended dosage and
temperature range.
8.09.04 A minimum of two sets of cores per 600' block or one set of cores per day, whichever is more,
will be taken to determine thickness and density of HMAC surfaces.
A. Core locations will be marked and cored at random locations by City of Lubbock inspection staff.
B. Cores will be taken in pairs and averaged to determine the percent air voids based on the
theoretical maximum gravity.
C. HMAC surface found to be deficient shall be corrected at the contractor’s own expense as
directed by the Engineer.
D. The contractor shall replace the pavement removed from core holes immediately after testing
at no cost to the City.
8.09.05 Thickness of HMAC Surfaces
A. HMAC thickness shall be a minimum of 2 inches, or as indicated on the plans.
i. No tolerance on minimum thickness will be allowed.
B. If a core shows less than the specified minimum thickness, prior to being trimmed, the HMAC
surface shall be considered deficient with respect to thickness, and the deficiency shall be
rectified by removal and replacement at the specified thickness.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 115
i. Additional cores will be taken at 25 foot spacing to define the limits of deficiency.
C. No additional compensation will be made to the contractor for thickness of HMAC surface greater
than specified.
8.09.06 HMAC Mix Design
A. The contractor shall provide a current HMAC mix design using the approved materials, indicating
gradation and optimum asphalt content as determined by Test Method Tex -204-F.
i. The mix design shall have a lab molded density of 96.5 percent using the Texas
Gyratory compaction method.
ii. New designs shall be submitted annually, or when material properties change. iii.
The aggregate mixture shall conform to the following master gradation:
a. Type “C” Coarse Graded Surface Course – Curb and gutter street widths
greater than 36 feet:
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate Cumulative Percent Passing
(by weight)
Passing 3/4” Sieve 95-100
Passing 3/8” Sieve 70-85
Passing No. 4 Sieve 43-63
Passing No. 8 Sieve 32-44
Passing No. 30 Sieve 14-28
Passing No. 50 Sieve 7-21
Passing No. 200 Sieve 2-7
(1) Design Produced Minimum VMA 14 percent
(2) Plant Produced Minimum VMA 13 percent
b. Type “D” Fine Graded Surface Course – Curb and gutter street widths of 36
feet or less and strip paved streets of any width:
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate Cumulative Percent Passing
(by weight)
Passing 1/2” Sieve 98-100
Passing 3/8” Sieve 85-100
Passing No. 4 Sieve 50-70
Passing No. 8 Sieve 35-46
Passing No. 30 Sieve 15-29
Passing No. 50 Sieve 7-20
Passing No. 200 Sieve 2-7
(1) Design Produced Minimum VMA 15 percent
(2) Plant Produced Minimum VMA 14 percent
c. HMAC Type is in reference to the ultimate full width street, not half width.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
116 Section 9
iv. Material passing the No. 40 sieve shall be known as “soil binder” and shall maximum
linear shrinkage value of 5.
v. Mineral aggregate shall not contain more than 0.5 percent moisture prior to entering the
pugmill for mixing with asphalt.
vi. HMAC mixture shall consist of a uniform mixture of mineral aggregate and asphalt
material.
vii. The contractor's materials and mix design shall meet all the performance criteria
addressed in these specifications.
B. Coarse Aggregate
i. Coarse aggregate must be approved for use by the Engineer and must be on the TXDOT
source rating catalog or approved in writing by the City Engineer. ii. Coarse aggregate shall
be the material retained on a No. 4 sieve, and shall consist of clean, washed, tough, durable
fragments of crushed stone of uniform quality.
a. Mixing or combining of crushed gravel and crushed stone will not be permitted.
iii. Coarse aggregate shall be crushed to the extent that produces a minimum of 80 percent
crushed faces for both Type “C” HMAC, and Type “D” HMAC, when tested in accordance
with Test Method Tex-460-A Part I "Determination of Crushed Face Count".
iv. Decantation shall be a maximum of 1.5 percent when tested in accordance with Tex217-
F.
v. Deleterious materials shall be a maximum of 2.0 percent when tested in accordance with
Tex-217-F.
vi. Coarse aggregate shall have a maximum loss of 25 percent when subjected to 5 cycles
of the Magnesium Sulfate Soundness Test ASTM C-88. vii. The amount of organic matter,
clays, loams, or particles coated therewith, or other undesirable materials shall not
exceed 1.5 percent.
C. Fine Aggregate
i. Fine aggregate shall be that part of the aggregate passing th e No. 10 sieve and shall be
of uniform quality throughout.
ii. A maximum of 15 percent of the total virgin aggregate may be field sand or other crushed
fine aggregate.
iii. Sand which exhibits no variation in particle size shall be limited to a maximum of 7
percent of the total virgin aggregate.
iv. Screenings shall be of the same or similar material as specified for coarse aggregate. v.
Linear shrinkage shall be a maximum of 3 percent.
vi. Mineral filler shall consist of thoroughly dry stone dust, slate dust, Portl and cement or
other material dust approved by the Engineer.
a. The mineral filler shall be free of foreign and other injurious matter and shall meet the
following gradation:
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate Cumulative Percent Passing
(by weight)
Passing No. 8 Sieve 100
Passing No. 200 Sieve 55-100
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 117
D. Asphalt
i. Asphalt shall be a Performance Graded (PG) 64-28, or better, unless otherwise shown
on plans.
ii. The contractor shall notify the Engineer of the source of asphaltic material for approval
prior to production of the asphaltic mixture.
a. The contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to any changes of the asphalt supplier or
source.
b. The Engineer may require a new mix design if changes of supplier or source occur.
iii. Asphalt content shall not vary more than plus or minus 0.3 percent of design during
production
a. Asphalt content within that range is considered to be acceptable if no other defects
are noted, with the requirement that adjustments shall be made during production to
achieve the optimum asphalt content.
b. If the asphalt content falls outside these parameters immediate action is required.
c. If at any time the asphalt content varies to plus or minus 0.5 percent of optimum,
production shall immediately cease and all affected material shall b e removed.
d. Production shall not be resumed until the contractor has provided sufficient evidence
of the problem being corrected.
e. A maximum of 10 percent approved RAP will be allowed within the surface course, as
included in the submitted design.
8.09.07 HMAC Placement
A. Prior to production beginning, contractor must submit in writing a job mix formula (JMF) for the
mix design proposed to be run on that project. The JMF will be held to tolerances as outlined.
B. Prime and Tack Coats
i. Prior to placing HMAC on flexible base, the surface shall be primed and cured 48 hours
or until determined by the Engineer to be adequately cured, using an application of 0.20
gallons of asphalt per square yard of surface.
a. The contractor shall strap the asphalt distributor in the presence of the inspector to
verify the application rate.
ii. Before any asphaltic mixture is laid, the surfaces against which the pavement is to be
placed shall be cleaned, primed, and tacked to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
a. The surfaces shall be given a uniform application of tack coat using asphaltic materials
of this specification.
(1) Prime coat will not be used as a tack coat.
b. The tack coat shall be evenly and thoroughly applied with an approved sprayer as
directed by the Engineer.
(1) Mopping or brooming of tack coat is not allowed, unless prior approval by City
Inspection Staff.
(2) Minimum thickness shall be no less than 2 mil. thickness.
c. All contact surfaces of curb and gutter, structures, and joints shall be sprayed with a
thin uniform tack coat.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
118 Section 9
iii. The prime coat shall be MC 30, and shall be applied in accordance with TxDOT Item 310
Prime Coat.
iv. The tack coat shall be an asphalt material such as PG, AC-10.
a. Asphalt materials cut with kerosene, diesel, or other petroleum solvent may
not be used.
C. HMAC Installation Requirements
i. Pavement shall only be constructed on previously approved base.
ii. HMAC surface shall not be placed until at least 48 hours after the application of the prime
coat.
iii. Placing of HMAC shall not start until 30 minutes after sunrise, and must stop and all
equipment off the right of way 30 minutes prior to sunset.
iv. Air temperature requirements for placing HMAC shall be as follows:
a. November 1 to April 1
(1) HMAC shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 55 degrees F and
falling.
(2) HMAC may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees F and rising.
b. April 1 to November 1
(1) HMAC shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 50 degrees F and
falling.
(2) HMAC may be placed when the air temperature is above 45 degrees and rising.
v. Surface of roadway must be 60 degrees or higher prior to placing HMAC pavement, as
determined in the field.
vi. Air temperature shall be determined by the Texas Tech University Mesonet sites in
Lubbock.
vii. HMAC shall be placed at a temperature between 265 and 325 degrees F.
a. Any HMAC material that is above or below the specified temperature range, measured
at any point, shall be rejected by the Engineer.
viii. When high winds occur, contractor must provide a water truck in order to minimize
blowing dust.
a. If the sustained winds reach 25 mph, all concrete and HMAC operations will cease
production immediately.
ix. The asphaltic mixture shall be dumped and spread on the approved prepared surface
using an approved spreading and finishing machine.
a. The material shall be placed in such a manner that when properly compacted the
finished course is smooth, of uniform density, and in conformance with the
crosssections and grades shown on the associated plans.
b. Wings of the laydown machine may not be dumped unless they are dumped after
every load.
x. A level up course 1/2 inch to 1 inch in thickness shall require the use of Type D HMAC. xi.
A level up course greater than 1 inch shall require the use of ASB.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 119
xii. When the asphaltic mixture is placed in a small area where use of a finishing machine is
not practical, the contractor may use other methods approved by the Engineer provided
a satisfactory surface can be obtained.
xiii. Adjacent to curbs gutters or other flush structures, the surface shall be finished uniformly
high so that when compacted it will be 1/4 inch above the curb or other concrete surface.
xiv. All joints shall present the same texture, density, and smoothness as other sections of
the course.
a. The joints between old and new pavements or between successive day’s work shall be
made to insure a continuous bond between the old and new sections of the course.
xv. The transverse edges of old pavement and, if required by the Engineer, the successive
day’s pavement shall be cut with an appr oved concrete saw to expose an even vertical
surface for the full thickness of the course.
xvi. All contact surfaces of previously constructed pavement shall be painted with a thin
uniform coat of approved tack coat before the fresh mixture is placed.
xvii. Special care shall be exercised in grading street intersections where dips or valley gutters
are located so that the cross profiles present a smooth riding surface and so that the
compacted asphalt thickness is not less than 2 inches.
a. Crown section shall begin transition at a distance equal to one-half of the lip-to-lip
roadway width from concrete intersection or valley gutter, as indicated on Standard
Detail 36-11.
D. HMAC Compaction
i. HMAC surfaces shall be constructed to the following compacted thickness:
Type of HMAC Surface Minimum Thickness
(in.)
Maximum Thickness
(in.)
Type D 2.0 2.5
Type C 2.0 3.0
ii. Using appropriate rollers approved by the Engineer, the HMAC surface shall be
compacted thoroughly and uniformly to a density between 94 percent and 98 percent of
the theoretical maximum gravity, with a lab molded target of 96.5 percent using the
Texas Gyratory compaction method.
a. All results will be calculated using the maximum theoretical Rice gravity.
iii. Compaction less than 94 percent or greater than 98 percent will be considered deficient.
iv. All deficient HMAC shall be removed and replaced as determined by the Engineer at the
contractor's expense.
v. HMAC shall meet all compaction requirements at the time of inspection. Re-rolling is not
an approved method for achieving compaction requirements.
vi. The contractor shall set rolling patterns using a thin lift nuclear gauge in order to ensure
correct compaction.
vii. Gasoline, oil, grease, solvents, or other foreign matter shall not be permitted to fall on
the pavement when rollers are in operation or standing.
viii. Places inaccessible to the rollers may be compacted using lightly oiled tamps.
ix. Trenches and other limited areas where required compaction cannot be obtained using
a three wheel roller shall be compacted with a trench type roller.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
120 Section 9
x. The surface of the pavement after compaction shall be smooth and true to the
established line, grade, and cross-section.
xi. Finished surfaces, including asphalt and concrete, shall not have irregularities in excess
of 1/8 inch when tested with a 10 foot straightedge. xii. Prior to acceptance, the
contractor shall apply sufficient water to all paving surfaces, asphalt and concrete, to
determine location of ponding.
a. Ponded areas deeper than 1/8 inch shall be removed and rep laced, or rectified as
directed by the Engineer.
xiii. Where the surface of T-1 or T-2 thoroughfare paving is noticeably uneven the City may
require measurement of the ride quality using the TxDOT Surface Test Type B.
a. If the International Roughness Index (IRI) is determined to exceed 65 inches per mile
corrective action shall be performed by diamond grinding, or other methods approved
by the Engineer.
b. If the IRI exceeds 95 inches per mile the pavement shall be removed and replaced.
E. Emulsified Asphalt Sealer
i. All HMAC surface courses shall be sprayed with an emulsified asphalt sealer consisting of
a 15/85 mixture of CSS-1H, or 20/80 SS-1, liquid anionic asphalt and distilled water. ii. The
emulsified asphalt sealer shall be applied after the HMAC sur face has cooled to below 70
degrees F, and shall be applied at a rate of 0.10 to 0.12 gallons per square yard of surface.
F. Release Agents
i. Diesel shall not be used as a release agent.
ii. Only approved agents (such as Black Magic or equivalent) will be used.
iii. Diesel will not be permitted to be used on any tools or machinery that comes
into contact with the HMAC.
8.09.08 Sampling of HMAC
A. When sampling HMAC for testing purposes, the City of Lubbock representative will determine
when the sample is taken and will split the sample with the contractor (at the contractor's
request).
B. A "referee" sample will be taken at the same time and held at the city laboratory until all test
results are completed.
C. If the contractor's results differ from the City's results the referee will be utilized and it will be
run at an independent laboratory at the expense of the contractor, at which time all tests are
final.
D. If the contractor does not run quality control samples then no referee will be utilized and the
City of Lubbock test results will be final.
8.09.09 Rejected HMAC Material
A. Rejected HMAC material, either from the construction area or delivered to the job site shall be
dumped on the job site outside the area of construction, and remain there until all
construction is completed.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 121
B. If it is determined that unapproved material has been incorporated into the construction, all in
place material shall be considered unapproved and shall be removed. C. No payment will
be made for rejected material or construction.
8.09.10 Islands In Streets
A. Islands in streets require City Council approval.
i. As a condition of approval, persons requesting approval of islands within a street shall
be required to submit to the City Engineer a street pavement structural design that
exceeds the minimum standard specifications for street paving.
ii. In general that shall mean an approved reinforced concrete pavement design.
iii. The paving design shall apply to all street paving adjacent to, and 50 feet beyond any
proposed island.
B. The submitted request shall include the proposed pavement design, surface treatment of the island,
types of plant materials, and methods and details of irrigation systems.
8.10 Micro-Surfacing
8.10.01 Micro-surfacing materials and construction shall conform to TxDOT Specification Item # 350.
There shall be no deviation from these specifications unless so directed by the Street
Superintendent.
8.10.02 It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to produce, transport, and place the
microsurfacing pavement and to ensure that the finished surface has a uniform texture and
the micro-surfacing mat is fully adhered to the existing roadway surface.
8.10.03 Materials of Construction
A. All materials that are to be stockpiled shall be protected from dust and other contamination.
B. Mineral filler shall be stored in a manner that will keep it dry and free from contamination.
C. All asphalt materials shall be kept free from contamination.
D. Cationic Polymer-Modified Asphalt Emulsion
i. Provide CSS-1P in accordance with TxDOT Item # 300.2.D “Emulsified Asphalt”.
E. Aggregate
i. Aggregate shall consist of clean, washed, tough, durable fragments of crushed stone of
uniform quality and from a single source.
ii. Aggregate shall meet TxDOT Class “A” surfacing classification.
iii. Contractor shall include the amount of mineral filler added to the mix determining the
total minus No. 200 sieve aggregate fraction.
iv. Aggregate shall meet the following gradation requirements:
Standard Crushed Rock Aggregate Cumulative Percent Retained
(by weight)
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
122 Section 9
Retained on 1/2” Sieve 0
Retained on 3/8” Sieve 0-1
Retained on No. 4 Sieve 6-14
Retained on No. 8 Sieve 35-55
Retained on No. 16 Sieve 54-75
Retained on No. 30 Sieve 65-85
Retained on No. 50 Sieve 75-90
Retained on No. 100 Sieve 82-93
Retained on No. 200 Sieve 85-95
v. Maximum Magnesium Sulfate Soundness shall be 30 percent (5 cycles) based upon
TxDOT Test Method Tex-411-A vi. Minimum Sand Equivalent shall be 70 percent based
upon TxDOT Test Method Tex203-F.
F. Mineral Filler shall be free of lumps and foreign matter consisting of Type S Lime.
G. Contractor shall adjust the mix design to attenuate the usage of Lime.
H. Water shall be potable and free of harmful soluble salts.
I. Use only approved additives as recommended by the emulsi on manufacturer in the emulsion
mix or in any of the component materials when necessary to adjust mix time in field.
8.10.04 Methods of Construction
A. Equipment
i. Equipment shall be kept in good working conditions with no leaks.
ii. Any equipment that shows signs of leaks shall be fixed immediately and shall not be
used until such leaks are fixed.
iii. The mixing machine shall be a self-propelled micro-surfacing mixing machine with
selfloading devices to promote continuous laying operations.
iv. Mixing machine shall have sufficient storage capacity for mixture materials with individual
volume or weight controls that will proportion each material to be added to the mixture.
v. Mixing machine shall have a water pressure system and nozzle -type spray bar
immediately ahead of spreader box capable of spraying the roadway for the width of the
spreader box.
vi. Scales used for weighing materials and emulsion must be calibrated and meet the
requirements of TxDOT Item # 520.
vii. Electronic Monitoring System
a. The micro-surfacing machine shall be equipped with an electronic monitoring system
that consists of pulse sensors measuring material delivery rates, a radar gun to monitor
distance traveled, and programmable micro-controller, and operators display/input
board and an on-board printer.
b. System shall be capable of monitoring and displaying application rates and use of
aggregate, emulsion, fines, water and additives.
c. System shall be capable of calculating and displaying ratios of emulsion to aggregate,
fines to aggregate, additive to aggregate, water to aggregate, and application rate in
pounds per square yard. Aggregate moisture must be checked weekly, or after a
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 123
weather event which could effect moisture content. Moisture percent must be input
into the monitoring system, and verified daily.
d. System shall be capable of printing a hard copy report at the end of each street section
which displays the date, weight of aggregate, emulsion, fines, number of gallons of
additive and gallons of water, and all of the above mentioned ratios since last reset.
e. A computer-generated report providing statistics for the full work day shall be provided
with each hand calculated daily run sheet.
f. This system shall be accurate to within 1/2 of a percent of actual weights and mea sures
for all parameters noted above. The system is not expected to calculate quantities and
ratios for materials used in handwork and cul-de-sac areas.
B. Air temperature requirements for placing micro-surfacing pavement shall be as follows:
i. November 1 to April 1
a. Micro-surfacing shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 60 degrees F
and falling.
b. Micro-surfacing may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees F and
rising.
ii. April 1 to November 1
a. Micro-surfacing shall not be placed when the air temperature is below 50 degrees F
and falling.
b. Micro-surfacing may be placed when the air temperature is above 50 degrees and
rising.
iii. Surface of roadway must be 60 degrees or higher prior to placing micro -surfacing
pavement, as determined in the field.
iv. Air temperature shall be determined by the Texas Tech University Mesonet sites in
Lubbock, Texas.
C. Placement of Micro-Surfacing
i. The existing roadway surface shall be thoroughly clean and free of all vegetation, loose
aggregate, and soil.
ii. Existing raised pavement markers and thermoplastic markings shall be thoroughly
removed.
iii. When existing roadway surface conditions require, provide a water spray immediately
ahead of the spreader box.
a. Apply water at a rate that dampens the entire surface w ithout any free-flowing water
ahead of the spreader box.
iv. Micro-surfacing shall be spread uniformly at a rate of not less than 25 pounds of dry rock
per square yard and no more than 30 pounds per square yard, or as directed.
v. The spreader box shall be kept clean to minimize lumps.
vi. Set and maintain the skis on the spreader box as to prevent chatter in the finished mat.
vii. Adjust the rear seal to provide the desired spread viii. Adjust the secondary strike-off to
provide the desired surface texture.
ix. The finished mat shall be protected from traffic until it has cured and traffic will not harm
it.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
124 Section 9
x. Adjustments shall be made to the mixture to allow rolling traffic back on the surface in
one hour. xi. Locations with turning or stop-and-go traffic shall be protected for longer
periods of time.
xii. Special care shall be taken by the Contractor to ensure that all manholes, water valves,
and other surface structures are sufficiently protected from the micro -surfacing process
by the use of a plastic membrane covering or other approved method.
xiii. The Contractor shall be responsible for uncovering each manhole, water valve, and other
structure after the micro-surfacing pavement has been applied to the roadway surface.
D. Rutting on Major Thoroughfares and Collector Streets
i. Shallow ruts that are less than ½ inch in depth may be covered by a full width scratch
box utilizing a steel primary strike-off plate.
ii. Ruts that are between ½ inch and 1 inch in depth shall be filled independently with a
fixed width spreader box no more than 6 feet wide. The rut filling box shall have a steel
primary strike-off plate that is the same width as the spreader box.
iii. Ruts that are in excess of 1 inch in depth shall be filled with a 5-foot wide rut filling
spreader box specifically designed to fill wheel path ruts. This operation will require
multiple placement passes to restore the pavement to its original cross section. Special
care shall be used by the Contractor to ensure that the material has proper time to dry
between applications to promote bonding between the original pavement and the micro-
surfacing pavement.
iv. Maximum micro-surfacing thickness applied as rut filling shall not exceed 1 inch for each
pass required to restore pavement to the original profile.
E. Asphalt Milling at Concrete Intersections
i. All thoroughfares and collector streets which have concrete intersections or where
concrete valley gutters intersect the street shall have the asphalt surface milled to such
a depth as to allow a smooth transition between concrete and the completed
microsurfacing pavement.
F. Scratch Course
i. All “Scratch Course” applications shall be performed utilizing a steel primary strike -off
plate.
ii. This will allow the bottom, or “scratch course”, to mitigate any irregularities and have a
more uniform profile for the micro-surfacing pavement to be applied to.
G. Finished Surface
i. Micro-surfacing pavement finished grade shall be uniform in texture and free from
excessive scratch marks, tears, and other surface irregularities.
a. All such irregularities shall be repaired by the Contractor at their own expense.
ii. Longitudinal joints shall be place on lane lines unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
iii. Joints shall be uniform in appearance when placed adjacent to existing joints. iv. Joints
and edges shall be uniform and neat in appearance.
v. All ruts, utility cuts, and depressions in the surface shall be filled in a separate pass from
the final pass.
8.10.05 Hours of Operation
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 125
A. Operating hours will be Monday through Saturday as outlined in Section 8.15 of these
Specifications, unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
B. Hours of operation shall be:
i. Major Thoroughfare: 7:00pm to 7:00am (Night) ii.
Residential Areas: 7:00am to 7:00pm (Day)
C. On major thoroughfares the micro-surfacing pavement shall be traffic ready by 7:00am, including
all traffic control devices and barricades being removed from the roadway.
8.11 Storm Sewer
8.11.01 Storm sewer shall include installation of pipe, manholes, inlet structures, outlet structures, and
all appurtenances associated with these items.
8.11.02 Contractor shall use only materials, tools, methods, and equipment considered standard by the
pipeline construction industry, and approved by the Engineer.
8.11.03 Grade and horizontal alignment shall be maintained using a laser or batter boards.
8.11.04 Materials of Construction
A. Storm Sewer Pipe
i. As a standard, storm sewer shall be constructed using reinforced concrete pipe, either
precast or cast in place.
ii. Pipe shall conform to the requirements of AASHTO M170 or ASTM C76. Pipe shall be
Class III unless otherwise noted on plan sheets.
iii. Other pipe materials may be considered for approval by the Engineer based on
engineering and design criteria.
B. Mortar
i. Mortar shall be used for grouting and filling between pipe and drainage structures.
ii. Mortar shall be composed of 1 part, by volume, of Portland cement and 2 parts of mortar
sand.
a. Portland cement shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C150, Type I.
b. Sand shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C144.
iii. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount equal to
15 percent of the weight of cement used.
a. Hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ASTM C6.
iv. Mortar which has not been used after 45 minutes of having water added shall be
discarded.
a. Mortar may not be retempered by having water added.
C. Preformed Bituminous Gasket Joints
i. Preformed bituminous gaskets for concrete non-pressure pipe shall conform to the
requirements ASTM D994, and shall be Ram-Nek or approved equal.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
126 Section 9
ii. Gaskets shall be installed in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and shall
form a water-tight joint.
D. Manholes, Frames, and Covers
i. Manhole barrel, cone and extension sections shall be constructed of precast concrete.
ii. A plant inspection may be required for production facility inspection and to review record-
keeping for material certification. iii. The manufacturer must provide certification that all
materials used for manufacturing meet with the following ASTM Specifications:
ASTM Specification Material
ASTM C33 Aggregates
ASTM C150 Cement
ASTM C39 Sampling Specimens
ASTM C185 Reinforcing
ASTM C144 Sand and Mortar
iv. Precast concrete sections for manholes shall conform to ASTM C478 specifications.
a. Compressive strength test results must verify concrete strengths meet or exceed 4,000
psi.
v. Joints, excepting grade rings, shall be tongue and groove or an equivalent male and
female type joint as approved by the Engineer.
a. Joints shall be effectively jointed to prevent leakage and infiltration.
b. Connections between wall sections shall be joined with Conseal Joint Sealant or
approved equal to provide a watertight manhole.
(1) Sealant will be provided by supplier and will be considered an essential part of each
shipment.
vi. Cones and adjusting rings shall maintain a clear 30-inch opening.
a. Adjusting rings shall be reinforced with the same percentage of steel as risers and tops
and will also meet ASTM C478 specifications.
b. Adjusting rings, as well as all precast concrete manhole products, shall be s mooth,
uniform in size and dimensions, consistent in components throughout and free of voids
or honeycombs.
vii. Manholes shall be designed to withstand H-20 AASHTO loading.
viii. Manholes shall also have lifting holes that do not protrude through manhole wall.
a. One full inch of concrete thickness must remain between lift hole and outside wall of
manhole.
ix. Manhole barrels shall be assembled of precast riser section.
a. Riser sections and top cone sections shall be placed vertically with tongues and grooves
properly keyed.
x. Invert channels shall be smooth and semi-circular in shape conforming to the inside of
the adjacent pipe section.
a. Changes in direction of flow shall be made with a smooth curve of as large a radius as
the size of the manhole will permit.
b. Changes in size and grade of the channels shall be made gradually and evenly.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 127
c. Invert channels may be formed directly in the concrete of the manhole base or may
be half-pipe laid in concrete.
d. The floor of the manhole outside the channel shall be smooth and shall sl ope toward
the channel not less than one inch per foot, nor more than two inches per foot.
xi. Connections between the riser or base sections and the sewer pipe shall be joined in
such a manner as to make the manholes watertight.
a. Preformed rubber waterstop gaskets cast into the riser or base section are acceptable.
b. Preformed flexible plastic sealing compounds equivalent to “Ram -nek” or “Kent Seal”
may be used provided a watertight seal is achieved.
xii. Adjusting rings may be used for adjusting the top elevation of manholes.
a. Each manhole shall have a minimum of 6 inches of grade adjustment.
b. Total height of the adjusting rings shall not exceed 12 inches at any manhole.
c. Concrete shall be placed around and under the rings to provide a seal and seat the
ring at the proper elevation.
xiii. Frames and Covers
a. Manhole frames and covers shall be of good quality gray iron casting and conform to
ASTM A48, having a clear opening of not less than 22 inches.
b. The casting shall be designed with a full bearing ring so as to provide a continuous
seat between frame and cover.
c. The cover shall be furnished with lifting ring cast into the cover in such manner as to
prevent water leaking through.
d. Frame and cover shall have a weight of not less than 275 pounds.
e. The manhole ring and cover shall conform with Plate SS-2.
8.11.05 Methods of Construction
A. All equipment necessary and required for the proper construction of storm sewers, manholes
and culverts shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the
Engineer before construction is permitted to start.
B. If precast concrete pipe or manhole sections are used, the Contractor shall provide appropriate
hoisting equipment to handle the pipe or sections while unloading and placing it in its final
position without damage to the pipe.
C. The Contractor shall provide hand tampers and pneumatic tampers to obtain the required
compaction of the pipe bed, the manhole bed and the backfill, as specified.
D. Excavation and Trenching
i. The Contractor shall do all excavation to the depth shown on the plans.
ii. Where rock, or soil containing rocks or gravel, hard pan or other unyielding foundation
material is encountered in trench excavation, the pipe shall be bedded in accordance
with the requirements of one of the classes of bedding, and the hard unyielding material
shall be excavated below the elevation of the bottom of the pipe or pipe bell to a depth
of at least 8 inches or 1/2 inch for each foot of fill over the top of the pipe, whichever is
greater, but not more than three-fourths the nominal diameter of the pipe.
a. The cushion shall consist of a fine compressive material, such as silty clay or loam,
lightly compacted, and shaped as required for the specified class of bedding.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
128 Section 9
b. The cost of furnishing and placing the cushion material shall be included in the bid
price per linear foot of pipe in place.
c. The bottom of the trench shall be excavated to a horizontal section as far as
practicable.
iii. Excavated material not required or acceptable for backfill shall be disposed of by the
Contractor as directed by the Engineer.
iv. Excavation shall not be carried below the required depth; but when it is, the trench shall
be backfilled at the Contractor's expense with material approved by the Engineer
and compacted to the density of the surrounding earth material as determined by
AASHTO T180.
v. When directed, unstable soil shall be removed for the full width of the trench and
replaced with sand or with approved granular material.
a. The Engineer shall determine the depth of removal of unstable soil and the amount of
backfill necessary. vi. Backfill shall be compacted and shaped to a firm but slightly yielding
condition to form the bed for the pipe.
vii. Grades for pipe shall be as shown on the drawings. No changes in grade will be made
unless so directed by the Engineer.
viii. The minimum width of the trench at the top of the pipe, when placed, shall be a width
which will permit the proper construction of joints and compaction of backfill around the
pipe.
ix. The sides of the trench shall be vertical, unless otherwise approved by the Engineer.
x. The width of the trench shall provide adequate working room for installation, joining and
proper compaction along both sides of the pipe.
a. Trenches shall conform to the following dimensions, unless otherwise sh own on the
Plans:
Pipe Size Min. Trench Width Max. Trench Width
Less than 18” Pipe O.D. +12” Pipe O.D. +18”
18” thru 36” Pipe O.D. +18” Pipe O.D. +24”
37” thru 60” Pipe O.D. + 24” Pipe O.D. + 30”
b. The width of the trench above the top of the pipe may be as wide as necessary for
shoring, bracing or proper installation of the pipe.
c. Excavation in paved areas shall be confined to a minimum practical width.
xi. The bed for pipe shall be so shaped that at least the lower quarter of the pipe
circumference shall be in continuous contact with the bottom of the trench.
xii. Manholes
a. The excavation for manholes shall be essentially the same as that for the piping.
b. The sides of the excavation shall be vertical unless otherwise approved by the
Engineer.
c. The Contractor shall do such trench bracing, sheathing or shoring necessary to perform
and protect the excavation as required for safety and conformance to applicable laws
and regulations.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 129
d. Bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall not be removed in one operation but shall be done
in successive stages to prevent overloading of the pipe during backfilling operations.
e. The cost of the bracing, sheathing, or shoring and the removal of same, shall be
included in the unit price bid per foot for the pipe.
xiii. Surface water shall be prevented from entering the excavation.
xiv. Heavy equipment, except for excavating equipment, shall not be operated within 20 feet
of the edge of the excavation.
xv. Excavated materials shall be stockpiled no closer than 3 feet from the edge of the
excavation.
E. Pipe Installation
i. Contractor shall provide the appropriate tools and methods to insure installation of the
pipe to line and grade, as shown on the drawings.
ii. Contractor's method for lowering pipe into the trench shall be such that neither the pi pe
nor the trench will be damaged or disturbed.
iii. The Engineer shall inspect all pipe before it is placed in the trench.
iv. Any section that is damaged by handling or is defective to a degree which, in the opinion
of the Engineer, will materially affect the function and service of the pipe shall be rejected
and removed from the job site.
v. Installing pipe in the finished trench shall be started at the lowest point and laid upgrade.
a. For tongue and groove pipe, the grooved end shall be laid upgrade.
vi. The pipe shall be firmly and accurately installed to line and grade so that the invert will
be smooth and uniform.
vii. The pipe shall be protected from water during placing and until the concrete, for castin-
place pipe, or the mortar, for joints of precast or cast in place pipe, has thoroughly set.
a. The contractor shall provide temporary diversions as necessary to prevent surface water
flow into the excavation.
viii. Pipe shall not be laid or installed on frozen ground.
ix. Pipe which is not true in alignment, or which shows any change in grade after laying or
installing, shall be taken up and re-laid or re-installed without additional compensation.
x. Mortar shall be used for caulking and filling between the pipe and the drainage
structures.
xi. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded.
a. Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted.
xii. Pipe joints for precast concrete pipe shall be of the tongue and groove type.
xiii. Joints shall be made water tight by means of a preformed bituminous gasket.
a. Gaskets shall be installed as recommended by the pipe manufacturer.
xiv. Field poured concrete bases shall be at least 12 inches thick and not less than 12 inches
greater diameter than the outside diameter of the manhole riser section. xv. Concrete
shall be Class A at a minimum 3000 psi 28 day compressive strength.
xvi. Concrete placement shall conform to ACI and good construction practices.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
130 Section 9
xvii. Concrete shall be consolidated and struck-off to a horizontal surface within the forms or
pouring rings. xviii. Field poured concrete bases shall be reinforced as detailed on the
Plans or as shown in the Standard Details.
xix. Manholes shall be constructed to ASTM C-891 standards.
xx. Precast reinforced concrete bases shall be of the size and shape detailed on the Plans o r
as shown in the Standard Details.
F. Backfilling
i. All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled as the pipes and manholes are installed,
unless otherwise directed by the Engineer.
ii. Outside of street right of way the backfill material shall be selected g ranular material
from excavation or borrow; material which is placed at the sides of the pipe and manhole
and 1 foot over the top shall be material which can be readily compacted.
a. It shall not contain stones retained on a 2 -inch sieve, frozen lumps, chunks of highly
plastic clay, or any other material which is objectionable to the Engineer.
b. The material shall be moistened or dried, if necessary, to be compacted by the method
in use.
c. Backfill material shall be approved by the Engineer.
iii. The backfill shall be placed in loose layers not to exceed 6 inches in depth along each side
of the pipe and manhole.
a. Special care shall be taken to secure thorough compaction under the haunches and at
the sides of the pipe and manhole.
b. This backfill shall be brought up evenly on each side of the structure to an elevation
of 1 foot over the top of the pipe, or such greater elevation as directed by the Engineer.
c. Backfilling shall be done in a manner as to avoid injurious top or side pressures on the
pipe and manhole.
d. Backfill shall be compacted to minimum 95 percent Modified Proctor Density.
iv. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer or plans, excavation within street right of way
shall be backfilled with flowable fill material (2 -sacks of cement per cubic yard concrete
mix) to 2 inches below the asphalt surface.
a. The pipe shall be restrained so that during the pour the pipe shall not be displaced.
v. Movement of construction machinery over a culvert, pipeline, or manhole shall be at the
Contractor's risk.
a. Any damaged construction shall be removed and replaced at the Contractor’s own
expense.
8.11.06 Trench Protection
A. Trench excavations not exceeding five feet in depth shall be protected in accordance with
applicable OSHA, state, and local requirements.
B. Trench excavations greater than five feet in depth shall be protected in accordance with the
following specifications.
i. All work performed under this section shall also comply with OSHA Part 1926, Subpart P
and all State and Local codes.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 131
ii. The Contractor shall be responsible for complying with all trench safety requirements,
the requirements of the specifications, drawings and all applicable codes.
iii. Trench protection shall be performed by forces having at least two years experience with
similar types of trench safety systems.
iv. The manufacturer of prefabricated items used in trench safety systems shall have at
least two years of experience in fabricating the items.
v. The contractor shall provide detailed drawings for proposed trench safety systems.
a. The drawings shall identify where each system is proposed for use and type of system
to be used.
vi. Trench excavations shall not be started until trench safety systems have been submitted
and approved by the Engineer.
vii. If trench boxes are to be used, the contractor shall submit manufacturer’s standard data
sheet and certificate of compliance stating the maximum allowable depth for the given
design pressure for each type of trench box proposed for use.
viii. If alternative systems composed of steel, aluminum, wood or a combination of materials
are proposed, the contractor shall submit design data demonstrating the ability of the
proposed materials to provide the necessary trench protection.
ix. Materials used for trench safety shall be capable of withstanding imposed loads w ithout
excessive deflections.
x. Materials shall be clean, free of rust, holes, knots and other defects, and shall conform
to the following:
a. Steel – Steel shall be of type and thickness as required and shall have a minimum yield
stress of 36 ksi.
b. Aluminum – Type 6061-T6, thickness as required.
c. Wood in Contact with Earth – Pressure treated woods.
d. Wood not in Contact with Earth – Soft or hardwood as required.
8.12 Fences
8.12.01 Unless otherwise indicated on plans, existing fences which must be adjusted or relocated shall
be reconstructed using the same or equivalent materials, height, and construction in the
proper location.
8.12.02 The contractor shall remove existing fences and either store for reuse or legally dispose of the
fence materials, as directed by the Engineer.
8.12.03 New fence construction shall be in accordance with specifications and details included on plan
sheets.
8.13 Salvage of Asphalt Paving
8.13.01 All salvaged asphalt material shall be broken into pieces not more than 2 inch in size and
stockpiled at a location indicated in the plans.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
132 Section 9
8.13.02 Any non-asphaltic materials, such as flexible base and soil, shall be kept separated from the
salvaged asphalt.
8.14 Traffic Control
8.14.01 Prior to starting work on any project covered by these specifications, the contractor shall submit
a Traffic Control Plan for approval by the Engineer.
A. The contractor shall have the sole responsibility for providing, installing, moving, replacing,
maintaining, cleaning, and removing upon completion of work, all traffic control devices.
B. The Traffic Control Plan and devices shall be in compliance with the Texas Manual of Uniform
Traffic Control Devices (MUTCD).
8.14.02 The Traffic Control Plan approved by the Engineer shall be considered the mini mum
requirement for the project.
A. The contractor shall provide additional devices as determined to be necessary during the project.
B. If at any time during construction the approved plan does not accomplish the intended purpose,
due to weather or other conditions affecting the safe handling of traffic, the contractor shall
immediately make necessary changes to correct the unsatisfactory conditions.
8.14.03 The contractor shall provide and maintain at least one driveway to each property open directly
to the project corridor, at all times during construction.
A. Driveway width to remain open shall be appropriate for the character and volume of traffic
accessing the property, and shall require approval by the Engineer.
B. No driveways shall be closed along the project corridor without either a comprehensive access
management plan approved by the Engineer, or approval for individual closures from the
Engineer.
C. The contractor shall notify affected property owners a minimum of two (2) days in advance of
any driveway restriction or closure.
8.14.04 All signing and barricading shall be in place before construction operations are started and
during all times construction is in progress.
A. All hazards shall be clearly marked and adequately protected.
8.14.05 If pedestrian walkways are blocked, pedestrian control shall conform to “Typical Sidewalk and
Curb-Lane Closure for Pedestrian Control” as indicated in Texas MUTCD.
8.14.06 If traffic control is not specifically stated in the bid proposal, no separate payment wi ll be made
for traffic control. The required plan and devices shall be considered to be subsidiary to pay
items.
8.14.07 During the period the Contractor is directing traffic over the base, the surface shall be
satisfactorily maintained by the use of spri nkling and blading as required, so that no hazard
will result.
A. The base course shall be maintained until the wearing surface is placed thereon.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 133
B. At no time during the period of construction shall driveways and/or alleys be left impassable
between the night hours of 6:00 PM to 6:00 AM, except during the construction of curb and
gutter for which the driveways and/or alley’s shall remain closed not more than 4 days.
C. Contractor shall give a minimum of one (1) day advance notice of the work schedule to affecte d
property owners, and shall conduct construction efforts so as not to create a disturbance or
nuisance.
8.14.08 All spoil piles must be 3’ from travel lanes or have a traffic barrier that will prevent the soil
from encroaching on travel lanes.
8.14.09 If roll off dumpsters are placed on street paving, then the paving must be protected from
damage.
8.15 Prosecution of the Work and Working Days
8.15.01 As a standard, no work will be performed on weekends, nights, or holidays.
A. Requests by the contractor to work evenings, weekends, or holidays must be made and
processed in accordance with current City of Lubbock Administrative Policies and Procedures
"Construction on Weekends, Nights, or Holidays".
B. If the request is approved, the contractor shall be responsible for all City personnel costs
associated with the work.
C. If the Engineer determines that it is necessary and appropriate to work after dark or before
daylight, the contractor shall provide adequate lighting as required to allow prosecution of t he
work equivalent to that in daylight hours.
8.15.02 Working Days Definition
A. City contracted paving projects will be based on working days allowed.
i. No requests for extensions of time will be considered.
B. A working day is defined as a calendar day, not including Saturdays, Sundays, or City of Lubbock
designated holidays, in which weather or other conditions beyond control of the contractor will
permit the performance of the principal unit of work for a continuous period of not less than 7
hours between 7:00 am and 6:00 pm.
i. Work on Saturdays, Sundays, or City of Lubbock designated holidays must be authorized
by the Engineer.
ii. For each Saturday, Sunday, or City of Lubbock designated holiday on which the
Contractor chooses to work and has authorization from the Engineer to work, 1 day will
be charged against the contract working time.
iii. Work on Sunday will not be authorized except in cases of extreme emergency, as
determined by the Engineer.
C. Working days will be considered to begin on the effective date stated in the Notice to Proceed,
unless the contractor is unable to begin work on that date due to factors beyond their control
as determined by the Engineer.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
134 Section 9
i. In that event, time charged against the project will begin on the date the contractor
could first work a minimum of 7 hours as described above.
D. The Engineer will furnish the contractor a monthly statement showing the number of working
days used and the working days remaining.
i. The contractor shall be allowed 10 calendar days in which to protest the co rrectness of
each statement. ii. The protest shall be in writing, addressed to the Engineer, and shall
indicate basis of the protest. iii. The Engineer shall respond to the protest within 10
calendar days of receiving the protest.
iv. Failure to file a protest within the allotted 10 days for any statement shall indicate the
contractor’s approval of the time charges as shown on that period’s time statement, and
future consideration of that time statement will not be permitted.
8.15.03 Work Between November 1 and January 2, and on Other City Holidays
A. If conditions are such that, in the opinion of the Engineer, construction will negatively affect
local businesses during holiday periods, the Engineer may suspend construction operations from
November 1 to January 2.
B. The City of Lubbock observes specific holidays, and City staff is not required to work those days.
i. As standard procedure, construction operations that require testing/inspection may not
be performed on those holidays.
ii. If the contractor needs to perform construction operations that require City personnel
on holidays, the contractor shall make a written request for authorization to work from
the Engineer.
iii. The request shall state the reason the work is necessary, and shall state that the
contractor agrees to pay the City for the related personnel expenses including salary,
overtime, and benefits.
iv. If City personnel are available, the Engineer may approve the request.
8.16 Measurement and Payment
8.16.01 The unit price bid for all bid items shall include furnishing and installing all materials,
excavation, filling, backfilling, reinforcement, forming, finishing, joint cutting, joint sealing,
and all incidentals necessary to complete the work, except as otherwise specified, necessary
or incidental to complete the various items of work in accordance with the plans and
specifications.
A. Cost of work or materials shown on the plans or called for in the specifications and for which no
bid item is indicated shall be considered subsidiary to the various bid items.
i. No separate payment shall be made for such subsidiary work or materials.
B. Payment will not be made for any item that is not complete, including all associated incidental
work.
C. All of the items covered by these standard specifications ma y not be included in a particular
project.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 135
D. Only those items indicated on bid documents and plan sheets shall be included for construction
and payment.
8.16.02 Separate Curb and Gutter
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of separate curb and gutter actually constructed.
B. Separate curb and gutter will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot.
C. The 24-inch curb and gutter shall be considered standard; The 30-inch curb and gutter shall be
used only if specifically indicated on plans or bid documents.
D. Curb on a slab that is part of a sidewalk, driveway, alley return, alley paving, valley gutter and
fillets, drainage channel, or wheelchair ramp will be considered to be subsidiary to those items,
and no separate payment will be made for such curb.
8.16.03 Concrete Flat Slabs - Sidewalk, Driveway, Alley Return, Alley Paving, and Valley Gutters and
Fillets
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of flat slab actually constructed.
B. Flat slabs will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot for each specific type of slab.
C. Curb on sidewalks, driveways, alley returns, alley paving and valley gutters and fillets shall be
included in the area measured for the slab and will not be paid for as a separate item as curb
and gutter.
8.16.04 Curb Ramps (Handicap Ramps)
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of curb ramp actually constructed,
including surface treatments and top surface area of any curb above the slab.
B. Landings, wings, and ramps will be paid for per square foot as 4 inch thick sidewalk.
C. Curb ramps will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot. No separate payment will be
made for curb as part of a ramp.
8.16.05 Concrete Drainage Channel
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of drainage channel actually constructed,
including top surface area of any curb above the slab.
B. Drainage channel will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot.
8.16.06 Retaining Walls
A. Retaining wall will be considered as that portion of concrete construction which constitutes a
separate reinforced structural member for soil retention, extending above and below a surface
slab.
B. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of retaining wall actually constructed.
C. Retaining wall will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot.
8.16.07 Concrete Median
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
136 Section 9
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square feet, of median actually constructed.
B. Median will be paid for at the unit price bid per square foot.
8.16.08 Concrete Street Paving
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of concrete street paving actually
constructed.
B. Concrete street paving will be paid for at the unit price bid per square yard.
8.16.09 Sawing and Sealing of Joints in Concrete Street Paving
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of sawed and sealed joints actually constructed.
B. Sawing and sealing of joints will be paid for at the unit price bid per linear foot.
8.16.10 Curb and Gutter Removal
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of curb and gutter actually removed.
B. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of curb and gutter removed.
C. The contractor shall ensure that the Engineer has the opportunity to measure the linear feet of
curb and gutter prior to removal.
D. If curb and gutter is removed without measurement by the Engineer, no payment will be made
for that removal.
8.16.11 Concrete Slab Removal and Disposal
A. Measurement will be made of the area in square feet of concrete slab actually removed and
legally disposed of.
B. The contractor shall ensure that the Engineer has the opportunity to measure the area of
concrete slab prior to removal.
C. If concrete slab is removed without measurement by the Engineer, no payment will be made
for that removal and disposal.
D. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square foot of concrete slab removed and
disposed of.
8.16.12 1-1/2 Sack (120 lbs) Flowable Fill
A. Quantities of 1-1/2 sack (120 lbs) flowable fill will be determined from tickets provided by the
drivers of the delivery trucks.
B. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per cubic yard of in place 1 -1/2 sack (120 lbs)
flowable fill.
8.16.13 Asphalt Paving
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of asphalt paving actually constructe d.
B. The unit price bid shall include furnishing and installing all materials, subgrade preparation,
construction of caliche or asphalt stabilized base as specified, excavation, filling, tack and prime
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 137
coats, HMAC surface, emulsion seal, and all incidentals necessary to complete the work C.
Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square yard of asphalt paving.
8.16.14 Asphalt Paving Repair
A. Measurement will be made of the area, in square yards, of in place asphalt paving repair.
B. The unit price bid shall include removal of existing surface materials, furnishing and placing all
asphaltic materials, sawing of existing paving edges, smoothing and preparation of the existing
base, tack and prime coats, compaction, and all incidentals necessary to complet e the work.
C. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per square yard of paving repair.
8.16.15 Micro-Surfacing
A. Micro-surfacing will be measured by the ton of composite micro-surfacing mixture used, defined
as the asphalt emulsion, aggregate, and mineral filler.
B. The unit price bid shall include surface preparation, furnishing, hauling, preparing, and placing
materials, and all required equipment, labor, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the
work.
C. Payment will be made at the unit price per ton of composite micro-surfacing mixture used.
8.16.16 Excavation and Grading Outside Limits of Construction
A. Volume of excavation or fill, in cubic yards, will be determined by average end area method.
B. The unit price bid shall include all labor, equipment, and incidentals necessary to excavate or
fill the site to the grades established by the Engineer.
C. No separate payment will be made for disposing of excess material.
D. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per cubic yard of completed excavation or fill.
8.16.17 Ditch Grading and Unpaved Street Surface Grading
A. Measurement will be made of the linear feet of ditch or street grading.
B. No separate payment will be made for disposing of excess material.
C. Payment will be made at the unit price bid per linear foot of completed ditch or street grading.
8.16.18 Traffic Control
A. Set up and maintenance of traffic control plans indicated as a bid item in the contract will be
paid for on a per day basis for each day the control plan devices are required to be in place.
B. If no bid item for traffic control is included in the contract it shall be considered to be subsidiary
to bid items, and no separate payment shall be made for traffic control.
8.16.19 Mobilization
A. Contractor mobilization indicated as a bid item in the contract shall be paid for as a lump sum.
B. If no separate bid item for mobilization is included in the contract it shall be considered
subsidiary to contract bid items, and no separate payment shall be made for mobilization.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
138 Section 9
8.17 Restoration and Clean Up
8.17.01 After any construction covered by these specifications is completed, the Contractor shall
remove all equipment, surplus materials, and rubbish from the site.
8.17.02 The contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their origi nal condition satisfactory to the
Engineer, including sidewalks, driveways, curb or curb and gutter, sprinkler systems, and
turf or landscaping disturbed outside the defined construction area.
8.18 Certificate of Completion and Warranty
8.18.01 Within 30 calendar days after the Developer or Developers Engineer has given written notice
that the improvements have been substantially completed, the City shall inspect the
completed improvements and provide a punch list if necessary.
A. If it is mutually determined that the improvements have been constructed in accordance with
the engineering plans and the City of Lubbock Engineering Minimum Design Standards and
Specifications, the Developers Engineer shall submit Record Drawings, Certificate of Completion
and Developers Warranty Statement (Copies of the Certificate of Completion and the Developers
Warranty Statement are included in the City of Lubbock Engineering Minimum Design Standards
and Specifications).
B. Upon receipt of the Developers Certificate of Completion, Record Drawings and the Developers
Warranty Statement, the City will accept improvements within 30 calendar days; unless
exception is given in writing.
C. Neither the Final Payment nor the Certificate of Completion shall relieve the Developer or
Contractor of responsibility related to warranty of materials or workmanship.
D. The Developer shall remedy any defects due to faulty materials or workmanship that appear
within 2 years from the date of acceptance by the City of Lubbock.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 139
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
140 Section 9
SECTION 9
CHECK LIST FOR STREETS AND DRAINAGE CONSTRUCTION PLANS
9.01 Plan Submittal Requirements
9.01.01 All street and drainage improvements construction plans shall be checked for conformance
with City of Lubbock Standard Specifications for Street and Drainage Construction prior to
submittal to the Engineering Department. Approval of plans is for general conformance with
the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and Specifications. Approval of plans shall
not relieve the Engineer or Developer from any City, State or other governing requirements
nor for errors or omissions in the plans and specifications.
9.01.02 Plan Review
A. The Design Engineer shall submit two sets of construction plans to the City Engineer for review
and comment.
B. Upon completion of review, one set shall be returned to the Design Engineer with comments.
i. Plans requiring resubmittal may require payment of an additional Plan Review fee.
C. After comments have been addressed and changes have been made, 6 sets of plans shall be
provided for final approval for construction.
i. If additional approved plan sets are required by the Design Engineer, the appropriate
amount shall be provided at this time.
ii. If comments have not been addressed on plans submitted for final approval for
construction the plans will be rejected and returned to the Design Engineer.
D. Upon approval, stamped “Approved for Construction” plans shall be distributed as follows:
i. One (1) set will be secured in the City’s records.
ii. Three (3) sets will be distributed to the City’s inspectors and support staff.
iii. Two (2) sets will be provided to the Design Engineer. iv. Where applicable, additional
sets will be provided to the Design Engineer.
E. Final construction plans should not be submitted for Engineering Department approval for work
that will not be installed within 1 year of the approval date.
i. Delays between approval date and construction may require resubmittal of the plans for
review under current standards.
9.01.03 Construction Cost Estimate and Fees
A. Two (2) sets of preliminary Cost Estimates shall be submitted for review at the time of plan
review submittal.
i. The preliminary Estimate shall be based upon reasonable estimates for the work as
established by the Design Engineer.
B. Two (2) sets of final Cost Estimates shall be submitted for review and reference at the time
that a contract is awarded for the work.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 141
i. The final Cost Estimate shall be based upon actual contract values.
C. Plan Review Fees in the amount of 0.5 percent of the final Estimate amount (minimum $50)
shall be submitted prior to construction.
D. Inspection and Testing Fees in the appropriate amount of the final Cost Estimate amount
(minimum $125) shall be submitted prior to construction.
E. Inspection and Testing Fees shall be based on the following requirements:
Cost Estimate Range Testing and Inspection Fee
Percent Multiplication Factor
Up to $20,000 4.0 0.04
$20,001 - $25,000 3.75 0.0375
$25,001 - $30,000 3.5 0.035
$30,001 - $40,000 3.25 0.0325
$40,001 - $50,000 3.0 0.03
$50,001 - $75,000 2.5 0.025
$75,001 - $150,000 2.0 0.02
Greater than $150,000 1.5 0.015
9.01.04 Checklist
A. A copy of the completed “City of Lubbock Pavement Submittal Checklist” shall be submitted at the
time of plan review submittal. The checklist can be found in the Appendix.
9.01.05 Construction Plans
A. All plans to be used or kept on the job site shall be original or reproduced plan sets clearly
marked “Approved for Construction” with the signature of reviewer and date approved by the
Engineering Department.
B. Should circumstances during construction warrant changes from the approved plans or
specification, as determined by the City Inspector, a written approval must be obtained from
the City Engineer.
i. Copies of the written approval shall be attached to the construction plans and maintained
on the job site.
9.01.06 Record Drawings
A. The Design Engineer shall be responsible for recording constructed dimensions, grades,
elevations and additional information on a set of Record Drawings during the pr ogress of
construction.
i. The City of Lubbock
Engineering Department shall
monitor this process to assure
that changes in construction
are kept up to date on the
Record Drawings.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
142 Section 9
B. Reproducible Mylar “Record Drawings”, certified by the Design Engineer and the City of Lubbock
Engineering Department, shall be presented to the City within 30 days of completion of the
construction.
C. Where the construction is phased and a lapse of more than 60 days occurs between phases,
then reproducible Mylar Record Drawings shall be presented to the City of Lubbock Engineering
Department reflecting the completed construction prior to issuance of the Certificate of
Acceptance of Streets and Drainage Improvements.
D. Items required to be submitted with Record Drawings:
i. Letter of Transmittal ii. Record
Drawing iii. Updated Pro Rata
Cost Estimate
iv. Certificate of Completion (Provided to Contractor from City Inspector)
v. Developer’s Warranty Statement (See Appendix) vi. Adjacent Mains
Refund Contract (see Apendix)
9.01.07 Acceptance
A. Upon completion of construction, satisfactory tests, completion of punch list items, and submittal
of Record Drawings, the Design Engineer shall submit a request to the City Engineer for a
Certificate of Acceptance of Streets and Drainage Improvements.
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 143
9.02 Plan Details
9.02.01 Plan Format
A. All drawings shall be no larger than 24-inch by 36-inch in size.
9.02.02 The following information shall be shown on the plans:
A. General
i. Title Block (lower right hand corner preferred) ii.
Scale
a. Horizontal 1”=20’ or 1”=50’
b. Vertical 1”=1’ (preferred) or 1”=2’ (maximum)
iii. Original Date and Revision Dates iv. Name of Professional
Engineer v. Professional Engineer's Seal vi. Firm Name and
Contact Information vii. Legal Description of Property Being
Improved viii. Drawings Number (s) ix. City of Lubbock
Engineering Department Contact Information:
a. Streets Inspector: 775-3750
x. Statement:
“All work shall be performed in accordance with the current version
of the City of Lubbock Minimum Design Standards and
Specifications.”
B. Plan
i. Bench Marks and USGS Datum ii. North Arrow iii.
ROW Lines, Property Lines and Lot Numbers iv.
Street Names and Easements with Width Dimensions
v. Existing Curbs and Paving (Gray) vi. Proposed
Curbs and Paving (Bold) vii. Spot Elevations on
Radii, Dips, Grade Breaks, and Ditches viii. Location
and Direction of Dips
ix. Other Pertinent Details (Buildings, Utilities, Water Courses, Etc.)
C. Profile
i. Existing Ground Surface at Curb Lines (Gray) ii.
Existing Gutters or Flow Lines (Gray) iii. Proposed
Gutters or Flow Lines (Bold) iv. Stationing with
Profiles Indexed to Plan View
v. Intermediate Station Numbers and Elevations at Points of Grade Change and Radii vi.
Ditch Grades
vii. Existing and Proposed Utilities Where Crossed
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
144 Section 9
D. Detail Sheet
i. Details are not required when engineers plans
refer to City standards ii. Include all non-standard
details
E. Overall Layout Sheet – As Required
i. Scale 1 "=100' ii. Lot Lines
iii. Streets and Street Names
2018 Design Standards and Specifications
Streets and Drainage Check List
Section 9 145
Construction Details
SECTION 10 TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION
Design Standards and Specifications
Section
10 A Design Standards and Specifications
Construction Details
A Section 10 Construction Details
10.01 General Details
10.01.01 Construction shall be in accordance with the following standard details unless otherwise
indicated on plans or directed by the Engineer.
Design Standards and Specifications
Section
10 A
Design Standards and Specifications
Construction Details
10.02 Water Details
Section 10 B
Design Standards and Specifications Construction
Details
10.03 Sewer Details
Section 10 C
Design Standards and Specifications Construction
Details
10.04 Street and Drainage Details
Section 10 D
APPENDIX
A-2
Approved Materials and Manufacturers List
Application For New Product(s)
Note: Incomplete applications will be returned unprocessed.
Date of Application:_____________________
Company Name
Address
Contact Person
Position Phone Number
Email Fax Number
Manufacturer
(If not applicant)
Supplier (If not
applicant)
Product Nomencl ature Model No. Series
Description/Use of Product
Have you include d a sample? Would you like this sample returned?
List Testing
Certifications
(Required)
1.
List Attached
Items
(Provide five
copies of each)
1.
2. 2.
3. 3.
4. 4.
5. 5.
6. 6.
7. 7.
****Do not write below this line - - For City use only****
Application No. ______________ (Ex. 2014-01) Approved By: ______________
Title: ______________
Rejected
Comments:
Accepted
CERTIFICATE OF COMPLETION
DATE: ___________________________
PROJECT DATA
SUBDIVISION NAME: _____________________________________
PLAT DESCRIPTION: _____________________________________
TYPE OF MUNICIPAL IMPROVEMENT
☐ WATER ☐ SEWER ☐ PAVING ☐ DRAINAGE
☐ OTHER ____________________________________________
CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT TO DEVELOPER
I certify that the work under the above named project, including all amendments thereto, has been satisfactorily
completed in accordance with the engineering plans and specifications and in accordance with the City of
Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications; that no liens have been or
will be attached against the property and improvements of the owner; that no suits are pending by reason on
the project under the contract; and no public liability claims are pending.
CONTRACTOR / DEVELOPER: _______________________________
ADDRESS: ____________________________________________
PHONE: ____________________________________________
SIGNED: ____________________________________________
PRINTED: ____________________________________________
TITLE: ____________________________________________
RECOGNITION BY CITY OF LUBBOCK
An inspection of the work on the above referenced Project was conducted on _____________________.
Those participating in the inspection (final walk -through) were __________________, _________________,
_____________________, _____________________, _________________, _______________________,
________________________, ________________________, and _________________________. The
inspection revealed that the infrastructure inspected has been completed substantially in accordance with the
plans and specifications and is recommended for acc eptance on ___________________________.
City of Lubbock
__________________
By
______________________ Printed
Name
______________________
Title
Rev. 05-01-2014
DEVELOPER WARRANTY STATEMENT
DATE: _____________
PROJECT DATA
SUBDIVISION NAME: _________________________________________
PLAT DESCRIPTION: _________________________________________
TYPE OF MUNICIPAL IMPROVEMENT
☐ WATER ☐ SEWER ☐ PAVING ☐ DRAINAGE
☐ OTHER _________________________________________________
WARRANTY STATEMENT
TO THE CITY OF LUBBOCK:
As the developer of the above referenced development, I guarantee the improvements installed by my
Contractor and inspected, tested, and accepted by the City of Lubbock to be free from defects for a period of
one year for water and/or sewer improvements and two years for paving and or drainage improvements from
the date the infrastructure is accepted by the City of Lubbock. Upon receipt of the Developers Certificate of
Completion, Record Drawings and the Developers Warranty Statement, the City will accept improvements within
30 calendar days; unless exception is given in writing. The Contractor, Engineer/Surveyor, Record Drawing
submittal date, and the Substantial Completion Date are listed below.
CONTRACTOR: ___________________________________________
ENGINEER/SURVEYOR: _____________________________________
RECORD DRAWING SUBMITTAL DATE: ________________________
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION DATE: ______________________________
DEVELOPER CONTACT INFORM ATION
DEVELOPER: __________________________________________________
ADDRESS: __________________________________________________
PHONE: __________________________________________________
EMAIL: __________________________________________________
SIGNED: __________________________________________________
PRINTED: __________________________________________________
LIMITATIONS
This warranty does not include damage to underground utilities caused by others due to excavation or boring activities af ter
the date of the infrastructure is accepted by the City of Lubbock. This warranty does not include any cosmetic damages or
the results of any cosmetic damages to either above ground utility infrastructure or paving/drainage improvements occurring
after the date of substantial completion. These cosmetic damages may include but are not limited to gouges in asphalt from
vehicular traffic excluding all construction equipment related to the development, the failure of asphalt due to water pondin g
beyond the control of the Developer, any natural disaster, or utility work within dedicated Public Right of Way.
Rev. 05-01-2014
PAVEMENT
MUNICIPAL IMPROVEMENTS
SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST
LEGAL DESCRIPTION:
ENGINEERING FIRM: ADDRESS:
E-MAIL: CONTACT:
PHONE NUMBER: DATE:
CRITERIA
NOTES
General Requirements
Provide 2 sets of plan for review
Provide review fee calculations
Provide payment for review fee
Drawings shall be no larger than
24”x36”.
Include a Location map
Include a Title Block (lower right
corner preferred)
Drawing Scale shall be
Horizontal 1”=50’ or 1”=20’
Vertical 1”=1’ or 1”=2’
Include original date and revision
dates
Include Name of Professional
Engineer
Include Firm Name and Contact
Information
Include Legal Description of Property
Being Improved
Include Drawings Numbers
Include City of Lubbock Inspector
Contact Information 806-775-3751.
Include Note on Plans “All work shall
be in accordance with the City of
Lubbock Minimum Design Standards
and Specifications.”
Plan
Include Benchmark and Datum
Include North Arrow
1
CRITERIA
NOTES
Include ROW lines, property lines and
lot numbers
Include Street Names and Easements
with Width Dimensions
Include Existing Curbs and Paving
(Gray)
Include Proposed Curbs and Paving
(Bold)
Include Spot Elevations on Radii, Dips,
Grade Breaks, and Ditches
Include Location and Direction of Dips
Include Other Pertinent Details
(Buildings, Utilities, Water Courses,
Etc.)
Profile
Include Existing Ground Surface at
Curb Lines (Gray)
Include Existing Gutters or Flow Lines
(Gray)
Include Proposed Gutters or Flow
Lines (Bold)
Include Stationing with Profiles
Indexed to Plan View
Include Intermediate Station
Numbers and Elevations at Points of
Grade Change and Radii
Include Ditch Grades
Include Existing and Proposed Utilities
Where Crossed
Detail Sheet
Details are not required when
engineers plans refer to City standards
Include all non-standard details
Overall Layout Sheet – As Required
Drawing Scale shall be 1 "=100'
Include Lot Lines
Include Streets and Street Names
2
1
WATER AND SEWER
MUNICIPAL INFRASTRUCTURE
SUBMITTAL CHECKLIST
LEGAL DESCRIPTION:
ENGINEERING FIRM: ADDRESS:
E-MAIL: CONTACT:
PHONE NUMBER: DATE:
CRITERIA
NOTES
General Requirements
Provide 2 plan sets for review
Provide fee calculations (Pro Rata)
Provide payment of review fee
Include a Location map
All drawings shall be approximately 24-inch by
26-inch in size
Include the legal description of property being
improved
Include a title block (Lower right hand corner
preferred)
Make the drawings to standard engineering
scale (with graphic scale representation shown
on plans)
Include original date and revision dates
Include the name of the Professional Engineer
Include Professional Engineer’s seal
Include the Firm name and contact information
2
Include City of Lubbock Engineering Department
Contact Information:
Development Engineering Services: (806)
775-2347 Senior Inspector:
(806) 548-4152
Include Drawing number(s)
Includes statement: “All work shall be
performed in accordance with the City of
Lubbock Design Standards and Specifications.”
Plans
Include Bench Marks
CRITERIA
NOTES
Include Location control dimensions
Include North Arrows
Include Property Lines
Include Street Names and Easements with
Width Dimensions
Include Existing Buried Utility Lines Location
and Depth (Gray-Dashed)
• Water
• Gas
• Communications
• Storm drains
• Sanitary sewers
• Electric
Include Other Pertinent Details (Structures,
Curbs, Water Courses, Etc.)
Include Proposed water/sewer mains (Bold –
Solid)
Label proposed diameters
Label proposed materials
Include proposed manholes
Label water line elements (fittings, tees, crosses,
reducers, bends, plugs, blow-offs, thrust blocks,
valves and fire hydrants)
3
Include stationing and other number
designations
Include elevation of inverts in and out of
manhole
Include elevation of manhole rim
Label manhole stub-outs
Include proposed future extensions
Include proposed service connections or stubins
Include proposed concrete encasement
Include proposed cut-off walls
Include easement description for offsite
easements.
Make utility easements have correct
orientation and offsets (water north & west,
sewer 10ft from water lines)
Profiles
Include ground surface – existing (dotted) and
proposed (Solid)
Include station numbers
Include length between manholes and depth of
cut
Include existing and proposed utilities where
crossed
CRITERIA
NOTES
Include existing manhole invert and rim
elevations
Include Plan, Profile, and Complete Details for
off-site transmission mains, lift stations, special
valves and vaults, tanks, etc.
Water Design
Include water line summary
Include overall layout (scale 1” = 100’)
4
Include Profiles at large utility crossings
including sewer mains >10”, fiber or electric
duct banks, storm sewers, etc.
Include profiles for 12” or larger water lines.
Verify existing lines for tie-in
Abandoned line procedure followed
Boring and casing standards followed
Include shutoff valves (12” or < dist. mains
<600ft, larger mains <800ft)
Include a fire hydrant within 500ft of each
structure
Make a looped system
Water lines shall be 2 ft. above existing sewer
lines (and force mains)
Make joint spacing and clearances of 9ft at
sewer crossing
No stub outs under paving
No dead end mains > 150ft
No developed lines that cut off adjacent plots
from future water
No service taps off streets
No size on size municipal taps without approval
Sewer Design
Include overall layout (scale 1” = 100’)
Include profiles
Verify existing line for tie-in
Abandoned line procedure followed
Gradients follow:
• 6 in diam 0.60-12.35% 8 in diam 0.40-
8.40%
• 10 in diam 0.28-6.23%
• 12 in diam 0.22-4.88%
• 15 in diam 0.15-3.62%
• 18 in diam 0.12-2.83%
All shallow manholes (<16ft) on small sewer
lines (<15in diam) have 48in diam manholes
spaced at <500ft
5
All deep manholes (>16ft) on small sewer lines
(<15in diam) have 60in diam manholes spaced
at <500ft
CRITERIA
NOTES
All manholes on large sewer lines (>15in diam)
have 60in diam manholes spaced at <800ft
Protective coatings specified on all large and
drop manholes and manholes receiving force
main discharge
Max sewer service tap depth of 12ft (or
Engineering Department approval)
Water lines shall be 2 ft. above existing sewer
lines (and force mains)
Joint spacing and clearance of 9ft at sewer
crossing
Inlet drops in manholes follow:
• Inlet angle <30 degree drop 0.10ft min
• Inlet angle >30 degree drop 0.20ft min
Inlet with <24 in drop must be filleted
Drop manhole (>24in drop) follow:
• Existing manholes drop inside
• New manholes drop outside
No stub outs under paving
R E F U N D C O N T R A C T D E C L A R A T I O N
DEVELOPMENT LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY:
DEVELOPER/OWNER:
ADDRESS:
NUMBER STREET
CITY
CERTIFIED REFUND INTENT
I accept the terms of this Refund Contract (the “Contract”) and request the adjacent mains fees
collected by the City of Lubbock (the “City”), for the infrastructure improvements (“Improvements”)
on the developed property listed above (the “Property”), be released to me as a refund within 6
(six) months of receipt.
I hereby knowingly, and willingly waive the right to a refund for adjacent mains fees for
Improvements accepted by the City on behalf of the Property (including all lines not shown in
“Exhibit A”) due to separate agreements made with adjacent property owners or for any other
reason.
The City and the undersigned developer, Property owner, and/or authorized representative of the developer
or Property owner, pursuant to Section 22.05.015 of the City of Lubbock Code of Ordinances, does hereby
enter into this Contract for Water and/or Sewer Infrastructure. The execution of which is upon accep tance
of infrastructure by the City, which requires infrastructure development that is performed in accordance with
Section 22.05.010, including, but not limited to receipt of as-builts of the water and sewer improvements as
outlined in the City of Lubbock Public Works Engineering Minimum Design Standards and Specifications.
The parties hereto, by execution of this Contract, acknowledge and agree that the amount of the refund, if
any, shall ultimately be determined, in part, on the number of adjacent property owners electing to connect
to the infrastructure during the term of the Contract, and further paying the appropriate adjacent main fee.
During the term of this Contract, the City shall hold, in trust, adjacent main fees collected in connection with
the Property, and periodically release funds therefrom, to eligible applicants, for any associated extensions.
REFUND CONTRACT NO.
STATE ZIP
The City makes no representation as to, nor does it warrant, the amount of refund eligible under the
Contract, and the City is under no obligation to pay, from its own funds, any portion of the refund. The lines
subject to this Contract are attached as “Exhibit A” (which shall include record
p . 1 o f 2 R e f u n d C o n t r a c t
drawings including the water and sewer refund calculation spreadsheet for each
line the developer is requesting the refund of fees collected), attached and
incorporated herein.
The term of this refund contract shall be fifteen (15) years from the date of
execution, and in no case shall the City be liable to issue refunds after such
term. No interest shall accrue or be paid on any funds held by the City.
___________________________________________
PRINTED NAME OF DEVELOPER/ PROPERTY OWNER OR AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE
SIGNATURE DATE
BELOW TO BE COMPLETED BY THE CITY
Lines Accepted On: ___________________
Approved as to form:
Authorized By the City:
LUBBOCK CITY ATTORNEY
LUBBOCK CITY MANAGER
DATE
p . 2 o f 2 R e f u n d C o n t r a c t
REFUND CONTRACT NO.
AMHERST S TN HARTFORD AVEN UNIVERSITY AVE FM 1264UNIVERSITY AVEN INDIANA AVECOLGATE ST
DUKE ST
WACO AVE2ND PL
4TH S T FM 2255
1ST ST N DETROIT AVE2ND ST N DETROIT AVEAUBURN ST
BATES ST
ERSKINE ST
N FLINT AVECLOVIS RD US 84
DUKE ST
BAYLOR ST
BATES ST
1ST PL AVE Y2ND ST
UNIVERSITY AVEBOSTON AVEN AKRON AVEBAYLOR ST
3RD ST
BATES ST
CLOVIS RD US 84
4TH S T FM 2255
AUBURN ST
MARSHA SHARP FWY US 82
COLGATE ST
AUBURN ST
N ELGIN AVE2ND PL
DUKE ST
2ND PL
AMHERST S T
DARTMOUTH ST
HARTFORD AVEN FLINT AVEN UNIVERSITY AVEERSKINE ST
COLGATE ST
1ST ST
1ST PL
2ND ST N BOSTON AVEDARTMOUTH ST
AKRON AVEDETROIT AVEEMORY ST
HARTFORD AVE3RD PL WACO AVEERSKINE ST
N ELGIN AVECOLGATE ST
N UNIVERSITY AVEDUKE ST
ERSKINE ST
1ST ST
MARSHA SHARP FWY US 82
BAYLOR ST
JOLIET AVEAUBURN ST
N WACO AVEN INDIANA AVE1ST PL
2ND ST
EMORY ST
N BOSTON AVEN AKRON AVEN CANTON AVEAUBURN ST
3RD STN GARY AVEDARTMOUTH ST
CORNELL ST
3RD ST
1ST ST
AVE XAMHERST S T
CORNELL STCORNELL ST
3RD PL
CORNELL ST N ATHENS AVEELGIN AVEN HARTFORD AVEN AVE XGARY AVEAMHERST S T
COLGATE ST
N GARY AVECORNELL ST
SANTA FE DR2ND PL
1ST PL
BAYLOR ST
1ST ST
ERSKINE ST
2ND PL
DARTMOUTH ST
CANTON AVEN CANTON AVEN HARTFORD AVE3RD ST
EMORY ST
BATES ST
INDIANA AVEAVE X2ND PL
1ST ST
BAYLOR ST
FLINT AVEBAYLOR ST
4TH S T FM 2255
EMORY ST
8 97
1
23
Total Square Yards336,566
48TH ST
AVE TPARIS AVEAVE P37TH ST
40TH ST
50TH ST AVE V44TH STUVALDE AVEAVE T49TH ST AVE TAVE Q US 8435TH ST
AVE VAVE T40TH ST40TH ST
48TH ST
4 2 N D S TAKRON AVE49TH ST
34TH ST
AVE R37TH ST
UNIVERSITY AVE43RD ST
41ST ST
46TH ST
AVE NAVE XAVE UAVE SAVE Q US 84AVE PAKRON AVE42ND ST
43RD ST
37TH ST
35TH ST
33RD ST 33RD ST
AVE P38TH ST
36TH ST
34TH ST
AVE Q US 8446TH PL
38TH ST
46TH ST
AVE V43RD ST
AVE LAVE W49TH ST AVE SAVE U44TH ST
50TH ST
36TH ST
35TH ST
AVE PAVE TAVE X47TH ST
39TH ST 39TH ST
51ST STUNIVERSITY AVE41ST ST
36TH ST
46TH ST
44TH ST
46TH ST AVE SAVE Q US 84AVE VAVE W40TH ST 4 0 T H S T
42ND ST AVE U48TH STUNIVERSITY AVEAKRON AVE36TH ST
38TH ST
47TH ST
47TH ST AVE M34TH ST
AVE N47TH STAVE SAVE XAVE U48TH ST
34TH ST
46TH STAVE WAVE P45TH ST
43RD ST
42ND ST AVE N36TH ST
49TH ST
50TH ST AVE SAVE P48TH ST
35TH ST
AVE LAVE P45TH ST
50TH ST
48TH STAVE Q US 84AVE W41ST ST
49TH ST AVE U49TH ST
38TH ST AVE X39TH ST
47TH ST
37TH ST
42ND ST
47TH ST
37TH ST
UNIVERSITY AVE39TH ST
50TH STAKRON AVE38TH ST
AVE XAVE NAVE U46TH ST AVE S41ST ST
50TH ST AVE UAVE NAVE W36TH ST
45TH ST
38TH ST
AVE N37TH ST
48TH ST AVE R39TH ST
45TH ST
35TH ST
AVE W51ST STAVE VAVE Q US 8439TH ST
AVE V34TH ST
AVE XAVE M34TH ST
40TH ST
AVE X45TH ST UNIVERSITY AVE44TH ST
AKRON AVEUNIVERSITY AVEAVE Q US 8414 1315
3
33
4
32
Total Square Yards312,829
N DETROIT AVEN HARTFORD AVEHARVARD ST
ERSKINE ST
ITASCA ST
GRINNELL STGRINNELL ST
N INDIANA AVEELGIN AVEN FLINT AVEN FLINT AVECESAR E CHAVEZ DRN INDIANA AVESHALLOWATER DR
EMORY ST
ERSKINE ST
N ELGIN AVEN GARY AVEERSKINE ST
HARVARD ST
CLOVIS RD US 84
N INDIANA AVEN HARTFORD AVEN HUDSON AVEN CANTON AVEN ELGIN AVEN GARY AVEN HARTFORD AVEFORDHAM ST
GRINNELL ST
JARVIS ST
CLOVIS RD US 84N INDIANA AVEEMORY ST
FORDHAM ST
CLOVIS RD US 84
N GARY AVE23
87
22
Total Square Yards 76,977